ffff"^*miiKtifrYm>ff^i^ 


JUBILEE  SINGERS 


WITH  THEIR  SONGS 


FROM   THE   LIBRARY  OF 
REV.    LOUIS    FITZGERALD    BENSON,   D.  D. 

BEQUEATHED    BY   HIM   TO 
THE   LIBRARY  OF 


PRINCETON  THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY 


\f 


/K^ 


i 


THE  STORY 


OF   THE 


JUBILEE    SINGERS; 

WITH   THEIR   SONGS. 

BY 

J.  B.  T.  MARSH. 
Remsieto  (Efcttton. 

FIFTY-NINTH  THOUSAND. 


BOSTON: 
'  HOUGHTON,  OSGOOD  AND   COMPANY. 
(L&e  Btberaitie  JDress,  Cantfcrtfcffe. 

1880. 


riverside,  Cambridge: 
stereotyped  and    printed 
h.  o.  houghton  and  company 


NOTE. 


This  volume  is  in  part  an  abridgment  of  the  two  Jubi- 
lee Histories  which  were  written  by  the  Rev.  G.  D.  Pike, 
and  which  have  had  a  wide  circulation,  one  giving  an  ac- 
count of  the  first  campaign  in  America,  and  the  other  of 
the  first  visit  to  Great  Britain.  But  the  interval  between 
these  two  narratives  is  here  bridged  over,  and  the  story- 
is  brought  down  to  the  return  of  the  Jubilee  Singers  from 
Germany. 

The  personal  histories  have  been  more  fully  written 
out,  and  a  large  number  of  new  songs  have  been  added, 
including  several  of  the  most  popular  pieces  ever  given 
in  the  Jubilee  concerts. 


J.  B.  T.  M. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

THE  YEAR  OF  JUBILEE. 

PAGK 

Our  Argonauts.  —  The  Real  Significance  of  the  War.  —  The 
"  Contrabands  "  and  the  Boys  in  Blue.  —  Hunger  for  the  Spell- 
ing Book.  —  The  Heroines  of  the  Freedmen's  Schools.  — 
Missionary  Work I 

CHAPTER   II. 

THE  FORLORN   HOPE. 

The  Founding  and  the  Founders  of  Fisk  University.  —  Buying  a 
Site  on  the  Sly.  —  Hospital  Barracks  turned  into  School- 
Rooms  ;  Handcuffs  sold  to  buy  Testaments.  —  A  Full  and 
Busy  Hive.  —  A  Troublesome  Problem.  —  The  Man  who  Un- 
dertakes to  Work  it  Out.  —  Experiments  with  the  Student 
Choir.  —  The  Forlorn  Hope  starts 8 

CHAPTER   III. 

ADRIFT   ON    STORMY    SEAS. 

The  Captain  and  his  Company.  —  The  Beginning  at  Cincinnati. — 
Enthusiastic  Audiences,  but  Light  Receipts.  —  Insults  at  Ho- 
tels. —  Ups  and  Downs,  especially  "  Downs."  —  Uncouth  Out- 
fits. —  Doubting  Friends  who  sit  near  the  Door.  —  The  Man- 
of -all- Work.  —  He  has  Good  Grip 16 

CHAPTER   IV. 

LIGHT    IN   THE   EAST. 

Before  the  Council  at  Oberlin.  —  Seed  sown  in  Good  Ground.  — 
The  Concerts  at  Cleveland  and  Columbus.  —  A   Friend  in 


vi  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Need.  —  The  Company  christened  ;  a  Good  Night's  Work.  — 
Free  Concerts,  and,  as  usual,  Small  Collections.  — A  Glimmer 
of  Light.  —  Among  Friends  at  New  York.  — "  Beecher's  Negro 
Minstrels."  —  Sunrise  in  the  City  of  Churches  .        .        .24 

CHAPTER  V. 

SUCCESS    AT   LAST. 

Triumph  after  Triumph.  —  A  Furore  for  making  Presents. — A 
Distinguished  Lecturer  loses  his  Audience,  and  follows  them 
to  hear  the  Singers.  —  Guests  of  a  Governor  One  Day,  and 
turned  out  of  a  Hotel  the  next.  —  Singing  for  President  Grant 
and  Parson  Brownlow.  —  Floating  on  a  High  Tide.  — The  Ju- 
bilee Songs  whistled  and  sung  Everywhere.  —  Twenty  Thou- 
sand Dollars  for  the  Three  Months'  Work 


CHAPTER   VI. 


THE   SECOND    CAMPAIGN. 


33 


At  the  Boston  Peace  Jubilee.  —  Hisses  drowned  in  Applause.  — 
How  an  Insult  was  Answered. —  Friends  in  High  Places  at 
Philadelphia.  —  A  Dining-Room  Concert;  Reserved  Seats  for 
the  Waiters.  —  Caste  Indignities  at  Baltimore  and  Princeton. — 
Servants  who  could  not  wait  on  "  Nagurs ;  "  Christian  Peo- 
ple who  could  say,  "  Have  Mercy  on  us  Miserable  Sinners  "  in 
the  same  Pew  with  them.  — Fort  Gillem  makes  way  for  Jubilee 
Hall.  —  Another  Twenty  Theusand  Dollars  secured.  —  Prepa- 
rations for  going  Abroad  .        .        .   •     .        .        .        .40 

CHAPTER   VII. 

THE  FIRST  VISIT  TO   LONDON. 

A  Helping  Hand  from  the  Earl  of  Shaftesbury.  —  The  Prepara- 
tions for  the  First  Concert.  —  Its  Complete  Success.  —  Guests 
of  the  Duke  of  Argyll.  —  Singing  for  the  Queen.  —  Memo- 
rable Hospitalities.  —  Entertained  by  Dean  Stanley  and  George 
MacDonald.  —  Mr.  Gladstone  introduces  the  Singers  to  a  Dis- 
tinguished Company.  —  And  excuses  himself  from  the  Lord 
Mayor's  Banquet  to  receive  them  as  his  Guests. —  Good  Words 
from  Dr.  Moffat,  and  kindly  Favors  from  Dr.  Allan  and 
Newman  Hall. —  In  Mr.  Spurgeon's  Tabernacle  ;  a  Song  sug- 
gests a  Sermon  ....  .  .     48 


CONTENTS.  Vll 

CHAPTER    VIII. 

A    BUSY    WINTER    IN    GREAT  BRITAIN. 

PAGE 

On  the  Way  to  Scotland.  —  Crowded  Concerts  at  Hull,  New- 
castle, and  Sunderland.  —  Hospitalities  at  Castle  Wemyss.  — 
Lord  Shaftesbury  again  renders  Valuable  Service.  —  A  Jaunt 
into  Ireland.  —  Conceits  at  Belfast  and  'Deny.  —  Distin- 
guished Attentions  at  Glasgow  and  Edinburgh.  —  Singing  in 
Mr.  Moody's  Meetings.  —  The  Harvest  in  the  Midland  Coun- 
ties.—  An  Avalanche  of  Invitations  to  give  Concerts.  —  The 
Burden  breaks  down  the  Working  Force.  —  The  Death  of 
Mrs.  White.  —  Closing  Concerts.  —  Nearly  $50,000  carried 
Home 62 

CHAPTER   IX. 

OVER   THE   OCEAN    AGAIN. 

Results  of  the  First  Decade  of  Work  at  Fisk.  —  Jubilee  Hall  com- 
pleted.—  Success  increases  the  Needs.  — The  Singers  take  the 
Field  again.  —  Farewell  Tour  in  the  States,  and  Departure  for 
England. — An  Enthusiastic  Welcome  in  London.  — Singing  in 
the  Moody  Meetings  ;  a  Month  of  Revival  Work. —  An  Au- 
tumn in  Scotland.  —  The  Old  Enthusiasm  of  Old  Friends, 
and  the  Equal  Heartiness  of  New  Ones.  —  Overflowing  Au- 
diences at  Glasgow,  Edinburgh,  Dundee,  Aberdeen,  and  Inver- 
ness. —  The  Jubilee  Sunday-School  Mass  Meetings.  —  First 
Visit  to  Dublin  ;  which  gives  a  Genuine  Irish  Welcome.  — An 
Afternoon  at  Hawarden  Castle. — Subscriptions  for  Livingstone 
Missionary  Hall.  —  A  Scouting  Excursion  on  the  Continent. — 
Two  Months  in  Holland.  —  The  Story  and  the  Songs  trans- 
lated into  Dutch. —  Distinguished  Attentions   .         .  .     75 

CHAPTER   X. 

EIGHT   MONTHS    IN    GERMANY. 

Preparations  for  Work  at  Berlin. — Dinner  Parties  and  Recep- 
tions.—  An  Eventful  Afternoon  ;  Audience  with  the  Emperor. 

—  The  Domkirche  and  Sing-Akademie  opened  for  the  Singers, 

—  The  Verdict  of  the  German  Critics. — The  Welcome  from  the 
Religious  Public.  — A  Visit  with  Professor  Christlieb  at  Bonn. 

—  Attentions  from  the  Princess  Alice  :  Another  Meeting  with 


Vlli  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

the  Prince  of  Wales.  —  The  King  and  Queen  of  Saxony  at  the 
Jubilee  Concerts.  —  The  Good  Results  of  the  Trip  through 
Germany.  —  Homeward  Bound 90 

CHAPTER  XL 

PERSONAL  HISTORIES  OF  THE    SINGERS. 

The  Children  whom  the  Proclamation  of  Emancipation  set  free. 
—  The  New  Life  which  the  Singers  entered.  —  Ella  Shep- 
pard.  —  Maggie  L.  Porter.  —  Jennie  Jackson.  —  Georgia  Gor- 
don. —  Thomas  Rutling.  —  Frederick  J.  Loudin.  —  Mabel 
Lewis.  —  Minnie  Tate.  —  Benjamin  M.  Holmes.  —  Isaac  P. 
Dicke-rson 101 

THE  JUBILEE   SONGS 125 


THE   STORY 


OF  THE 


JUBILEE    SINGERS. 


CHAPTER   I. 

THE    YEAR    OF   JUBILEE. 

The  story  of  the  Jubilee  Singers  seems  almost  as 
little  like  a  chapter  from  real  life  as  the  legend  of 
the  daring  Argonauts  who  sailed  with  Jason  on  that 
famous  voyage  after  the  Golden  Fleece.  It  is  the 
story  of  a  little  company  of  emancipated  slaves  who 
set  out  to  secure,  by  their  singing,  the  fabulous' sum 
of  $20,000  for  the  impoverished  and  unknown  school 
in  which  they  were  students.  The  world  was  as  un- 
familiar to  these  untraveled  freed  people  as  were  the 
countries  through  which  the  Argonauts  had  to  pass  ; 
the  social  prejudices  that  confronted  them  were  as 
terrible  to  meet  as  fire-breathing  bulls  or  the  war- 
riors that  sprang  from  the  land  sown  with  dragons' 
teeth  ;  and  no  seas  were  ever  more  tempestuous  than 
the  stormy  experiences  that  for  a  time  tested  their 
faith  and  courage. 

They  were  at  times  without  the  money  to  buy 
needed  clothing.     Yet  in  less  than  three  years  they 


2  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

returned,  bringing  back  with  them  nearly  one  hun- 
dred thousand  dollars.  They  had  been  turned  away 
from  hotels,  and  driven  out  of  railway  waiting-rooms, 
because  of  their  color.  But  they  had  been  received 
with  honor  by  the  President  of  the  United  States, 
they  had  sung  their  slave-songs  before  the  Queen 
of  Great  Britain,  and  they  had  gathered  as  invited 
guests  about  the  breakfast-table  of  her  Erime  Min- 
ister. Their  success  was  as  remarkable  as  their  mis- 
sion was  unique. 

The  civil  war  which  broke  out  in  the  United 
States,  in  r86i,  was  avowedly  waged,  on  one  side  to 
overthrow  the  Union  of'the  States,  and  on  the  other 
to  preserve  it.  But  back  of  this  object  it  was  really 
a  war,  on  one  side  to  perpetuate  slavery,  and  on  the 
other  to  abolish  it.  The  South  understood  this  from 
the  start.  So  did  those  at  the  North  who  were  wise 
to  read  the  signs  of  the  times,  and  especially  those 
who  had  the  spiritual  instinct  to  interpret  the  mean- 
ing of  God's  providences. 

The  anti- slavery  reformers,  who  had  sought, 
through  the  peaceful  agencies  of  the  press,  the 
pulpit,  and  the  platform,  to  secure  the  abolition  of 
slavery,  went  into  the  war  with  an  ardor  they  never 
could  have  felt  in  the  struggle  of  a  slave-holding 
nation  for  mere  political  existence.  No  young  men 
responded  to  the  call  for  troops  more  heartily  than 
those  whose  boyhood  homes  had  been  stations  on 
the  Underground  Railway  —  that  unique  line  whose 
stock  was  never  offered  in  market ;  whose  trains  ran 
only  by  night ;  whose  tracks  were  country  by-roads  ; 
whose  coaches  were  plain  farm  wagons ;  whose  pas- 


THE   CONTRABANDS.  3 

sengers  were  fugitive  slaves ;  whose  terminus  was 
the  free  soil  of  Canada.  The  first  detachment  of 
Union  troops  that  passed  through  Baltimore  on  its 
way  to  Washington  made  the  streets  of  that  sullen 
city  ring  with  a  song  in  honor  of  old  John  Brown, 
the  abolitionist  of  Harper's  Ferry.  And  regiment 
after  regiment  of  volunteers,  the  pride  and  flower  of 
half  a  million  Northern  homes,  "  rallied  round  the 
flag,  shouting  the  battle-cry  of  freedom." 

The  slaves,  too,  utterly  ignorant  as  they  were  of 
common  political  issues  and  the  proportions  of  the 
struggle,  almost  everywhere  and  at  once  read  the 
significance  of  the  great  conflict.  Tidings  of  every 
turn  in  the  fortunes  of  war  passed  from  cabin  to 
cabin  by  some  mysterious  telegraphy,  and  every 
Union  victory  was  the  signal  for  secret  thanksgiving 
services. 

It  was  the  natural  result  that  the  camps  of  the 
Union  army  should  at  once  become  cities  of  refuge 
for  fugitive  slaves.  A  New  England  general,  who 
had  been  in  close  political  alliance  with  the  slave 
power  until  it  raised  its  hand  to  strike  down  the 
Union,  gave  them  a  name  and  a  recognized  standing 
in  the  military  lines  as  "  contraband  of  war."  And 
by  and  by  there  came  from  the  good  President  who 
had  so  patiently  bided  the  time,  the  proclamation 
that  made  the  army,  in  the  aim  as  well  as  the  inci- 
dent of  its  work,  an  army  of  emancipation. 

Its  advance  was  the  signal  for  a  rally  of  slaves 
from  all  the  country  round  to  follow  it,  they  knew 
not  whither,  save  that  it  was  to  freedom.  They 
flocked  in  upon  the  line  of  march  by  bridle-paths 
and  across  the  fields  ;  old  men  on  crutches,  babies 


4  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

on  their  mothers'  backs  ;  women  wearing  the  cast-off 
blue  jackets  of  Yankee  cavalry-men,  boys  in  abbre- 
viated trousers  of  rebel  gray ;  sometimes  lugging 
a  bundle  of  household  goods  snatched  from  their 
cabins  as  they  fled,  sometimes  riding  an  old  mule 
"  borrowed  "  from  "  mas'r,"  but  oftener  altogether 
empty-handed,  with  nothing  whatever  to  show  for 
their  life-time  of  unrewarded  toil.  But  they  were 
free ;  and  with  what  swinging  of  ragged  hats,  and 
tumult  of  rejoicing  hearts  and  fervent  "God  bless 
you's,"  they  greeted  their  deliverers  !  "  The  year  of 
jubilee,"  of  which  they  had  sung  and  for  which  they 
had  prayed  and  waited  so  many  years,  had  come  at 
last! 

By  this  violent  emancipation  of  war  —  so  different 
in  its  process  from  the  peaceful  abolition  for  which 
the  friends  of  the  slave  had  been  so  long  looking 
and  laboring  —  over  four  millions  of  bondmen  were 
suddenly  made  free.  They  were  homeless,'  penni- 
less, ignorant,  improvident  —  unprepared  in  every 
way  for  the  dangers  as  well  as  the  duties  of  free- 
dom. Self-reliance  they  had  never  had  the  oppor- 
tunity to  learn,  and,  suddenly  left  to  shift  for  them- 
selves, they  were  at  the  mercy  of  the  knaves  who 
were  everywhere  so  ready  to  cheat  them  out  of  their 
honest  earnings.  They  had  been  kept  all  their  lives 
in  a  school  of  immorality,  and  even  church  member- 
ship was  no  evidence  that  one  was  not  a  thief,  a  liar, 
or  a  libertine.  Their  former  masters  were  so  im- 
poverished by  their  emancipation,  along  with  the 
other  costs  of  the  war,  that  they  had  little  ability  — 
and  were  so  exasperated  by  it  that  they  had  usually 
still  less  disposition  —  to  help  them. 


HUNGER  FOR   THE  SPELLING  BOOK.  5 

The  task  of  giving  these  freed  slaves  a  Christian 
education  was  laid  mainly,  therefore,  upon  the 
Christian  people  of  the  North.  It  was  a  missionary 
work  of  such  magnitude  and  character  as  no  people 
was  ever  called  to  take  up  before.  Schools  were 
started  —  even  before  the  close  of  the  first  six 
months  of  the  war — in  little  cabins,  in  army  tents, 
in  unfloored  log  chapels,  in  abandoned  slave  marts, 
under  the  open  sky.  Hundreds  of  Northern  ladies, 
many  of  them  from  homes  of  luxury  and  culture, 
came  to  teach  these  degraded  people  the  A  B  C's 
of  the  spelling-book  and  of  Christian  citizenship. 

The  work  was  full  of  discomforts,  difficulties,  and 
danger.  By  the  varying  fortunes  of  war  the  schools 
were  often  broken  up,  and  the  teachers  forced  to 
seek  safety  for  their  lives  in  flight.  Overworked, 
unable  sometimes  to  obtain  suitable  food,  shelter,  or 
medical  attendance,  many  of  these  brave  women  laid 
down  their  lives  in  the  cause,  as  truly  as  a  soldier 
who  is  buried  on  the  field  of  battle.  Even  after  the 
war  they  were  shunned  as  lepers  in  Southern  so- 
ciety, and  more  than  one  teacher  was  assassinated 
by  the  Ku  Klux  banditti  for  refusing  to  obey  their 
anonymous  warnings  to  give  up  the  work  and  leave 
the  State. 

But  their  mission  was  not  without  its  brighter 
side.  God's  Spirit  was  often  present  with  convert- 
ing power  in  the  schools,  and  in  the  prayer-meetings 
that  always  went  hand-in-hand  with  the  schools. 
All  their  lives,  the  lash  or  the  auction-block  had 
been  the  swift  penalty  for  slaves  who  were  caught 
learning  to  read.  Now  that  the  fetters  had  fallen 
from  mind  as  well  as  body  there  came  an  eagerness 


6  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

to  learn  that  was  like  a  consuming  fire.  The  world 
never  saw  such  a  sight  before  as  these  schools  pre- 
sented. 

Families  pinched  with  hunger  asked  more  eagerly 
for  schools  than  for  bread.  Women  of  threescore 
and  ten  sometimes  mastered  the  alphabet  in  a  week. 
Old  men  bent  over  the  same  spelling-books  with 
their  grandchildren.  Fathers  would  work  all  day 
to  support  their  families,  and  walk  every  night  to  an 
evening  school  miles  away.  Girls  suspended  from 
school  privileges  for  a  few  days,  for  some  wrong- 
doing, would  plead  instead  for  the.  penalty  of  a 
whipping.  Their  gratitude  for  instruction  was  as 
fervent  as  their  desire  for  it  was  ravenous,  and  their 
attachment  to  their  teachers  was  most  devoted. 

The  first  school  for  the  freedmen  was  started  by 
teachers  sent  out  for  that  purpose  by  the  American 
Missionary  Association.  This  society  was  formed 
in  1846,  because  of  the  acquiescent  attitude  towards 
slavery  of  most  of  the  older  missionary  organiza- 
tions. It  had  sustained  missions  among  the  negroes 
of  Jamaica  and  West  Africa.  Its  home  missionaries 
in  the  slave-holding  States,  while  striving  to  reach 
both  white  and  black  with  schools  and  the  preach- 
ing of  the  gospel,  had  always  faithfully  borne  testi- 
mony against  the  great  sin  of  slavery.  It  had  the 
confidence  and  support  of  the  friends  of  freedom. 
And  when  this  great  task  of  giving  more  than  four 
millions  of  freedmen  a  Christian  education  was  sud- 
denly laid  upon  the  nation,  its  origin,  its  associa- 
tions, and  its  past  labors,  all  pointed  to  it  as  provi- 
dentially trained  up  for  the  occasion.  And  to  it  a 
large  part  of  the  work  has  fallen. 


THE   SCHOOLS  FOR    THE  FREEDMEN.  J 

In  1863  ^  nad  83  ministers  and  teachers  in  this 
field;  in  1864,  25°  5  m  1868,  532.  Since  the  work 
began  it  has  expended  about  $3,000,000  in  it.  As 
public  schools  came  to  be  opened,  to  some  extent, 
for  the  colored  people,  and  as  the  importance  of 
permanent  institutions  for  the  training  of  teachers 
and  ministers  from  among  the  freedmen  themselves 
became  more  apparent,  and  the  necessity  for  them 
more  imperative,  the  Association  withdrew  for  the 
most  part  from  this  temporary  primary  work,  and 
concentrated  its  efforts  upon  a  system  of  training- 
schools. 

Besides  the  seventeen  academies  and  normal 
schools  which  it  has  planted  at  central  points 
throughout  the  South,  and  which  require  the  serv- 
ices of  nearly  a  hundred  skilled  teachers,  it  has 
under  its  fostering  care  seven  chartered  institutions 
for  collegiate  and  theological  education.  These  are 
located  in  as  many  different  States,  and  no  two  of 
them  are  within  three  hundred  miles  of  each  other. 
They  are  Berea  College,  at  Berea,  Kentucky ;  Hamp- 
ton Institute,  at  Hampton,  Virginia ;  Fisk  Univer- 
sity, at  Nashville,  Tennessee  ;  Atlanta  University, 
at  Atlanta,  Georgia  ;  Talladega  College,  at  Talla- 
dega, Alabama ;  Tougaloo  University,  at  Tougaloo, 
Mississippi ;  and  Straight  University,  at  New  Or- 
leans, Louisiana. 


CHAPTER   II. 

THE   FORLORN    HOPE. 

The  first  steps  towards  the  establishment  of  Fisk 
University  were  taken  in  the  autumn  of  1865.  Rev. 
E.  P.  Smith,  after  rendering  invaluable  service  to  the 
Union  army  during  the  war  as  the  Field  Agent  of 
the  United  States  Christian  Commission,  had  just 
taken  up  the  work  of  Secretary  of  the  American 
Missionary  Association  at  Cincinnati.  Rev.  E.  M. 
Cravath,  early  in  the  war,  had  exchanged  the  min- 
istrations of  an  Ohio  parish  for  those  of  an  army 
chaplaincy.  The  son  of  a  pioneer  Abolitionist,  whose 
home  was  a  busy  station  on  the  "  Underground  Rail- 
way," and  whose  children  were  thus  inoculated  from 
their  earliest  days  with  anti-slavery  convictions  and 
a  special  interest  in  the  colored  race,  his  army  expe- 
rience had  brought  him  into  such  acquaintance  with 
the  needs  of  the  Freedmen,  that,  at  the  close  of  the 
war,  he  was  commissioned  by  the  Association  for 
special  service  in  organizing  its  schools  in  the  same 
department  to  which  Mr.  Smith  had  been  assigned. 

These  two  met  at  Nashville.  Carefully  surveying 
the  field,  they  were  convinced  that  this  was  a  cen- 
tral point  where  a  permanent  university  ought  to  be 
planted  for  the  higher  education  of  the  freed  people, 
to  equip  their  ministers  and  teachers,  and  to  give 


AN  IDEA    TAKES  SHAPE.  9 

their  leaders  in  all  departments  of  the  life  now  open 
ing  before  them  a  Christian  training  for  their  work. 

As  the  capital  city  of  Tennessee,  and  as  the  base 
of  some  of  the  most  extensive  and  decisive  military 
operations  of  the  war,  Nashville  was  not  only  a  point 
of  great  business,  social,  and  political  importance, 
but  the  centre  of  a  large  colored  population.  Eight 
of  the  thirteen  formerly  slave-holding  States  sur- 
round and  actually  border  upon  Tennessee,  and  in 
it  and  them  four  fifths  of  the  freed  people  have  their 
homes. 

To  aid  in  starting  such  an  important  enterprise, 
there  were,*  providentially,  two  other  efficient  friends 
of  the  freed  people  at  hand, —  General  Clinton  B. 
Fisk,  the  distinguished  Christian  soldier  then  in 
charge  of  the  Freedmen's  Bureau  in  the  District  of 
Kentucky  and  Tennessee ;  and  Professor  John  Og- 
den,  formerly  Principal  of  the  Minnesota  State  Nor- 
mal School,  and  afterwards  an  officer  in  the  Union 
army,  but  at  that  time  resident  in  Nashville  as  the 
agent  of  the  Western  Freedmen's  Aid  Commission, 
—  a  society  which  was  afterwards  merged  into  the 
American  Missionary  Association. 

These  four  took  hold  of  the  work,  but  were  met  at 
the  outset  by  two  formidable  difficulties.  A  site  and 
buildings  of  its  own  were  absolutely  essential  to  the 
success  of  the  undertaking.  The  Association  at  that 
time  had  no  funds  that  it  felt  at  liberty  to  invest  in 
real  estate  for  such  an  enterprise.  More  than  that, 
the  dominant  element  in  the  community  was  so  hos- 
tile .to  any  effort  to  elevate  the  colored  people,  that 
it  was  next  to  impossible  to  purchase  land  for  such 
uses.     But  a  favorable  site  was  found  and  secured, 


10  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

without  the  purpose  for  which  it  was  wanted  being 
made  known  to  the  seller  ;  three  of  these  friends  of 
the  work  becoming  individually  responsible  for  the 
entire  purchase-money  of  $16,000. 

One  of  the  chief  advantages  of  the  location  was 
the  fact  that  it  was  already  occupied  by  a  group  of 
one-story  frame  buildings,  which  had  been  erected 
and  used  for  hospital  barracks  by  the  Union  army. 
It  was  known  that  these  could  be  obtained  from  the 
government,  and  be  easily  and  cheaply  adapted  to 
the  present  necessities  of  the  enterprise.  And  so, 
in*  January,  1866,  the  new  school  was  opened.  The 
occasion  was  the  most  notable  event  of  *  the  sort  in 
the  history  of  the  colored  people  of  Tennessee.  Gov- 
ernor Brownlow  made  a  short  address,  and  other 
distinguished  gentlemen  in  civil  and  military  life 
were  present.  There  was  inspiration  for  the  freed 
people  in  the  very  thought  of  thus  founding  a  uni- 
versity for  the  emancipated  slaves,  who  had  all  their 
life  long  been  forbidden  the  slightest  knowledge  of 
letters. 

The  officers'  quarters  became  the  home  of  an  ear- 
nest band  of  teachers  ;  the  sick-wards  were  fitted  up 
as  school-rooms,  and  filled  with  hundreds  of  eager 
children  ;  the  dead-house  was  turned  into  a  store- 
room of  supplies  for  the  naked  and  hungry.  And 
there  was  an  almost  pathetic  romance  in  the  work 
when  a  pile  of  rusty  handcuffs  and  fetters  from  the 
abandoned  slave-pen  of  the  city  came  into  the  pos- 
session of  the  school,  and  were  sold  as  old  iron,  and 
the  money  invested  in  the  purchase  of  Testaments 
and  spelling-books ! 

The  number  of  pupils  in  daily  attendance  the  first 


A    BUSY  HIVE.  I  I 

year  averaged  over  one  thousand.  Some  who  began 
the  first  term  never  ceased  attendance  until  they  had 
graduated,  ten  years  afterwards,  from  a  full  collegiate 
course.  At  first  the  instruction  was,  of  necessity,  of 
an  elementary  sort.  But  the  idea  upon  which  the 
school  was  avowedly  founded,  of  providing  the  high- 
est collegiate  advantages,  was  kept  prominently  in 
view.  In  1867  tne  action  of  the  city  of  Nashville, 
in  making  some  provision  for  public  schools  at  which 
colored  children  could  be  educated,  relieved  the 
school  of  many  of  its  primary  pupils  and  opened 
the  way  for  more  perfectly  carrying  out  the  original 
purpose.  A  university  charter  was  obtained.  Some 
of  the  buildings  which  had  been  used  as  school- 
rooms were  refitted  as  dormitories,  into  which  stu- 
dents from  abroad,  eager  for  a  higher  education,  at 
once  began  to  gather.  It  was  not  long  before  the 
number  applying  for  admission  was  greater  than 
could  be  accommodated. 

There  never  was  a  hive  of  busier  workers.  As 
they  became  qualified  for  the  work,  the  students 
went  out  to  teach, — missionaries  to  lift  up  their  less- 
favored  fellows.  Many  of  them  in  this  way  earned 
the  money  that  enabled  them  to  return  again  and 
go  on  farther  with  their  own  studies.  In  a  single 
year  as  many  as  10,000  children  have  been  enrolled 
in  the  schools  taught  by  teachers  sent  out  from  Fisk, 
—  teachers,  some  of  whom  a  little  while  before  did 
not  themselves  know  one  letter  from  another  !  The 
school  was  pervaded,  too,  by  a  religious  earnestness 
that  wras  contagious.  The  conversion  of  new  stu- 
dents was  confidently  looked  for,  and  more  earnestly 
sought  than  their  progress  in  letters. 


12  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

But  along  with  all  this  success  there  had  been  a 
steadily  increasing  occasion  of  anxiety.  The  build- 
ings, cheaply  and  hastily  constructed,  as  they  were; 
for  temporary  uses,  were  falling  into  decay.  The 
site,  which  had  been  admirably  adapted  for  the 
earlier  work  of  the  Institution,  was  found  un suited 
to  its  permanent  uses.  Year  by  year  the  problem 
of  obtaining  funds  for  a  new  site  and  new  buildings 
grew  more  and  more  perplexing.  The  necessity  for 
its  solution  at  last  became  imperative,  and  the  Uni- 
versity treasurer,  Mr.  George  L.  White,  undertook 
to  work  it  out. 

Mr.  White  was  a  native  of  Cadiz,  New  York,  born 
in  1838.  A  village  blacksmith's  boy,  his  school 
privileges  were  limited  to  what  he  learned  in  the 
public  school  before  the  age  of  fourteen.  Like  so 
many  other  Yankee  boys  while  waiting  for  their 
work,  — or  while  getting  ready  for  it,  —  he  became 
a  school-teacher.  He  had  inherited  from  his  father 
a  special  love  for  music,  and  though  he  had  never 
had  any  musical  instruction  himself,  and  made  no 
pretensions  as  a  vocalist,  his  schools  were  famous 
for  the  good  singing  which  he  had  the  knack  of  get- 
ting out  of  his  pupils. 

Leaving  the  school-room  for  the  camp,  he  fought 
for  the  Union  in  the  bloody  battles  of  Gettysburg 
and  Chancellorsville ;  and  the  close  of  the  war  found 
him  in  the  employ  of  the  Freedmen's  Bureau  at 
Nashville.  He  had  been  actively  interested  in  Sun- 
day-school work  among  the  freedmen,  and  at  the 
opening  of  Fisk  School  was  invited  by  Professor 
Ogden,  its  principal,  to  devote  his  leisure  hours  to 
the  instruction  of  the  pupils  in  vocal  music.     When 


THE  STUDENT  CHOIR.  I  3 

Fisk  University  was  chartered  he  became  its  treas- 
urer—  in  other  words,  its  man-of-all-work  in  busi- 
ness matters. 

The  progress  made  by  his  large  singing  classes 
was  a  surprise  and  delight  to  him.  With  a  presenti- 
ment, seemingly,  of  what  was  coming,  he  began  to 
pick  out  the  most  promising  voices  and  give  them 
that  special  training  for  which  his  own  remarkable 
range  of  voice,  instinct  for  musical  effect,  and  mag- 
netism as  a  drill-master  so  well  fitted  him. 

In  the  spring  of  1867  he  gave  a  public  concert 
with  his  school  chorus,  which  was  a  great  success 
financially,  and  a  greater  one  in  opening  the  eyes  of 
the  white  people  to  the  possibilities  that  lay  hidden 
in  the  education  of  the  blacks.  A  leading  daily 
interpreted  the  concert  as  evidence  that  the  negro 
was  susceptible  of  education,  and  raised  the  question 
whether  it  was  not  the  duty  of  the  Southern  people 
to  take  hold  of  the  work,  instead  of  leaving  it  to 
Northern  people  with  so  many  radical  bees  in  their 
bonnets  ! 

In  1868  he  gave  another  and  better  concert ;  and 
in  1870  his  now  well-drilled  classes  rendered  the 
beautiful  cantata  of  "Esther"  before  a  large  and 
delighted  assembly.  Taking  a  part  of  his  choir  to 
Memphis,  he  gave  a  concert  to  an  audience  that 
filled  the  opera-house  ;  and  another  trip  southward 
to,  Chattanooga  met  with  equal  success. 

About  this  time  the  National  Teachers'  Associa- 
tion of  the  United  States  held  its  annual  convention 
in  Nashville,  and  arrangements  were  made  for  the 
Fisk  choir  to  sing  in  the  opening  exercises,  to  the 
great  disgust  of  some  who  were  profanely  indignant 


14  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

that  "  the niggers  could  not  be  kept  in  their 

own  places."  Other  musicians  were  to  favor  the 
convention ^with  their  services  at  the  subsequent 
meetings  ;  but  the  singing  of  the  "  niggers  "  proved 
to  be  so  popular  that  they  were  in  demand  for  every 
session  until  the  close  of  the  convention. 

All  this  while  the  thought  had  been  taking  firmer 
hold  of  Mr.  White's  mind  that  a  student  choir  might 
be  organized,  which  could  travel  through  the  North 
and  sing  out  of  the  people's  pocket  the  money  that 
must  soon  be  obtained  in  some  way  for  the  Univer- 
sity. The  plan  was  talked  over  and  prayed  over  for 
a  year  or  two.  But,  turn  it  to  the  light  in  any  way 
they  could,  the  risks  seemed  too  great. 

It  was  one  thing  to  give  a  paying  concert  at  home, 
or  to  make  'flying  trips  to  points  not  far  away  ;  it 
was  quite  another  to  start  out  on  a  campaign  that 
would  certainly  involve  large  expenses,  while  its 
returns  might  be  quite  inadequate  to  meet  them. 
Large  expenditures  would  be  unavoidable  at  the 
start  —  for  the  outfit  that  would  be  absolutely  nec- 
essary for  these  poorly  clad  students,  and  for  the 
purchase  of  their  railway  tickets  to  Ohio.  The 
University  treasury  was  almost  empty ;  the  Associa- 
tion did  not  feel  at  liberty  to  risk  funds  contributed 
for  missionary  work  in  such  a  speculative  venture. 
And  it  was  not  easy  to  persuade  the  untraveled 
parents  of  some  of  the  students  to  risk  their  children 
in  it.  But  a  few  clear-headed  friends  had  faith  in 
the  plan,  and,  after  much  prayer  and  perplexity  of 
purpose,  Mr.  White  felt  the  command  laid  on  him 
from  the  Lord  to  go  forward. 

Taking  the  little  money  that  was  left  in  the  Uni- 


THE  FORLORN  HOPE  STARTS.  I  5 

versity  treasury  after  buying  provisions  to  last  the 
school  for  a  few  days,  putting  with  it  all  his  own, 
and  borrowing  on  his  own  notes  an  amount  whose 
payment,  if  the  venture  was  a  failure,  would  strip 
him  of  every  penny  of  his  property,  he  started  out 
with  barely  enough  money  to  set  his  party  in  work- 
ing order  on  the  north  side  of  the  Ohio  River. 


CHAPTER    III. 

ADRIFT    ON    STORMY    SEAS. 

The  company  as  it  left  Nashville,  October  6, 
1 87 1,  followed  by  the  good  wishes,  prayers,  mis- 
givings, and  anxieties  of  the  whole  University,  num- 
bered thirteen  persons.  These  were  Mr.  White,  who 
was  at  the  same  time  the  captain,  supercargo,  pilot, 
steward,  and  crew  of  the  ship ;  Miss  Wells,  the  Prin- 
cipal of  an  American  Missionary  Association  school 
at  Athens,  Alabama,  who  took  the  oversight  of  the 
girls  of  the  party  ;  and  eleven  students  —  Ella 
Sheppard,  Maggie  L.  Porter,  Jennie  Jackson,  Min- 
nie Tate,  Eliza  Walker,  Phoebe  J.  Anderson,  Thomas 
Rutling,  Benjamin  M.  Holmes,  Greene  Evans,  Isaac 
P.  Dickerson,  and  George  Wells. 

The  day  after  reaching  Cincinnati  the  Singers 
met  with  the  Rev.  Messrs.  Halley  and  Moore,  the 
pastors  of  the  two  leading  Congregational  churches 
of  the  city,  who  were  so  delighted  with  their  songs 
that  they  immediately  arranged  to  hold  praise  meet- 
ings in  their  churches  on  Sunday,  the  next  day,  that 
their  people  might  have  the  pleasure  of  hearing 
them.  Full  audiences  greeted  them  in  both  serv- 
ices. On  Monday  a  free  concert  was  given  and  a 
collection  taken  at  the  close.  The  audience  was 
large  but  the"  contribution  small. 


1 


THE  FIRST  CONCERT.  1 7 

It  was  on  this  Sunday  and  Monday,  so  well  re- 
membered all  over  the  world,  that  the  great  Chicago 
fire  swept  away  the  houses  of  one  hundred  thousand 
people  and  property  to  the  value  of  $200,000,000. 
In  Ohio,  as  everywhere  else,  people  could  scarcely 
think  or  talk  about  anything  else,  much  less  give 
money  to  any  other  object. 

There  had  not  been  for  ten  years  a  week  that 
would  have  been,  to  all  appearances,  such  an  un- 
favorable time  for  the  Singers  to  commence  their 
work.  Out  of  money  and  in  debt  as  they  were, 
they  donated  the  entire  proceeds  of  their  first  paid 
concert,  which  amounted  to  something  less  than 
$50,  to  the  Chicago  relief  fund.  This  was  given  in 
Chillicothe,  and  called  out  a  card  from  the  Mayor 
and  leading  citizens  cordially  commending  to  public 
patronage  the  two  concerts  that  followed. 

Here  at  Chillicothe  they  met  with  an  indignity 
which  was  often  repeated  in  the  next  year's  expe- 
rience. Applying  at  one  of  the  principal  hotels 
for  entertainment,  they  were  refused  admittance 
because  of  their  color.  Treated  in  the  same  way 
at  a  second,  they  only  secured  shelter  at  a  third  by 
the  landlord's  giving  up  his  -own  bedroom  to  them 
to  use  as  a  parlor,  and  furnishing  them  their  meals 
before  the  usual  hour,  that  his  other  guests  might 
not  leave  the  house.  This  odious  and  cruel  caste- 
spirit  it  was  to  be  a  part  of  their  mission — little  as 
it  was  in  their  plans  and  painful  as  it  was  in  expe- 
rience—  to  break  down.  It  was  owing  not  a  little 
to  their  triumphant  success  as  singers,  and  to  the 
story  of  the  distinguished  attentions  they  received 
from  the  people  of  highest  rank  and  culture  both 


1 8  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

in  America  and  Great  Britain,  that  the  prejudice 
against  color,  the  hateful  heritage  of  slavery,  which 
was  so  prevalent  and  powerful  as  to  make  those 
insults  common  in  their  first  year's  work,  was  so 
broken  down  that  they  were  quite  unfrequent  in 
their  travels  three  years  afterwards.  People  who 
would  not  sit  in  the  same  church-pew  with  a  negro, 
under  the  magic  of  their  song  were  able  to  get  new  ■ 
light  on  questions  of  social  equality. 

Returning  to  Cincinnati  to  fill  engagements  for 
the  Sabbath,  they  found  a  dense  audience  gathered 
at  Mr.  Moore's  church,  in  spite  of  rainy  and  un- 
pleasant weather.  It  was  hoped  that  the  increas- 
ing enthusiasm  manifested  in  connection  with  these 
praise  services  would  insure  a  good  audience  at  the 
paid  concert  which  had  been  appointed  at  Mozart 
Hall  for  Tuesday  evening ;  for  hotel  and  traveling 
bills  were  already  assuming  serious  proportions. 
But  the  receipts  were  barely  sufficient  to  defray  the 
local  expenses  of  the  concert. 

However,  it  was  not  altogether  lost  labor.  "  It 
was,"  said  one  of  the  dailies,  "probably  the  first  con- 
cert ever  given  by  a  colored  troupe  in  this  temple, 
which  has  resounded  with  the  notes  of  the  best 
vocalists  of  the  land.  The  sweetness  of  the  voices, 
the  accuracy  of  the  execution,  and  the  precision  of 
the  time,  carried  the  mind  back  to  the  early  con- 
certs of  the  Hutchinsons,  the  Gibsons,  and  other 
famous  families,  who  years  ago  delighted  audiences 
and  taught  them  with  sentiment  while  they  pleased 
them  with  melody."  Jennie  Jackson's  rendering  of 
the  "Old  Folks  at  Home,"  as  an  encore,  was  re- 
ceived with  rapturous  applause.     Mr.  Dickerson  sang 


UPS  AND  DOWNS.  1 9 

the  "Temperance  Medley  "  here  for  the  first  time, 
and  the  class  trembled  for  him,  as  he  stood  there 
with  his  knees  beating  a  tattoo  against  each  other, 
in  a  rusty  coat  that  was  as  much  too  long  for  the 
fashion  as  his  trousers  were  too  short  for  neighborly 
acquaintance  with  his  low  shoes.  But  confidence 
came  with  the  sound  of  his  own  voice,  and  the  au- 
dience forgot  the  appearance  of  the  singer  in  their 
enjoyment  of  his  song. 

Journeying  next  to  Springfield,  to  fill  an  appoint- 
ment for  a  concert  at  Black's  Opera-house,  they 
found  less  than  twenty  people  gathered  to  hear 
them,  and  with  heavy  hearts  they  announced  that 
they  would  postpone  the  entertainment. 

A  Synod  of  Presbyterian  ministers  was  in  session 
here,  and  Mr.  White  obtained  permission  for  the 
Singers  to  appear  before  them.  Assigned  a  half- 
hour  in  which  to  sing,  and  state  their  cause,  it  was 
a  full  hour  before  the  Synod  would  release  them. 
And  not  only  did  they  testify  their  delight  "in  a 
vociferous,  heartfelt,  and  decidedly  unclerical  man- 
ner, with  hands,  feet,  and  voice,"  but  they  passed  a 
resolution  "heartily  commending  them  to  the  favor 
of  the  Christian  community,"  and  emphasized  it  by 
taking  up  a  collection  for  their  benefit  of  #105. 

Working  their  way  in  a  zig-zag  path  northward, 
they  gave  a  concert  at  Yellow  Springs,  where  the 
colored  Baptist  church  was  kindly  placed  at  their 
disposal.  At  Xenia  two  concerts  yielded  them  $84, 
and  afforded  the  colored  students  of  Wilberforce 
University  a  stimulus  that  was  worth,  in  another 
way,  quite  as  much  more.  For  those  were  days  in 
which  anything  well  done  by  a  colored  man  was 


20  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

an  inspiration  to  all  the  rest  of  his  race  to  whose 
knowledge  it  came. 

At  London,  their  singing  in  Springfield  before  the 
Synod  bore  fruit  in  the  active  efforts  of  the  Presby- 
terian pastor  in  their  behalf.  The  Sabbath  was  spent 
in  Columbus,  the  Singers  taking  the  place  of  the 
choir  at  one  of  the  churches,  and  singing  at  a  Sunday- 
school  concert  which  is  remembered  as  an  occasion 
of  special  interest. 

At  Worthington  they  met  a  hearty  welcome  from 
Professor  Ogden  and  his  wife,  their  old  instructors  at 
Fisk,  who  had  done  work  of  lasting  value  in  laying  its 
foundation,  but  were  now  in  charge  of  the  Ohio  State 
Normal  School  at  that  place.  There  they  remained 
several  days  for  much-needed  rest,  giving  a  concert 
meanwhile  which,  thanks  specially  to  the  active 
efforts  of  these  two  old  friends,  yielded  $60.  At 
Delaware  their  concert  paid  still  better,  and,  for  the 
first  time  on  their  trip,  they  were  permitted  to  sit 
in  the  same  parlors  and  at  the  same  tables  in  the 
hotel  as  white  people.  Three  concerts  at  Welling- 
ton netted  them  little  more  than  enough  money  to 
take  them  on  to  Cleveland  ;  where  they  sang  on  Sun- 
day at  the  First  Presbyterian  and  Plymouth  Con- 
gregational churches,  with  the  satisfaction  that  their 
-unique  praise  services  invariably  gave. 

All  this  time  they  were  living,  as  the  old  phrase 
has  it,  from  hand  to  mouth,  —  depending  on  the  pro- 
ceeds of  one  concert  to  pay  the  next  morning's  hotel 
charges  and  buy  their  railway-tickets  to  the  next 
appointment.  Any  special  collapse  in  an  evening's 
receipts  left  them  helpless  till  some  friend  stepped 
forward  —  as  there  was  almost  always  some  friend  in 


FRIENDS  LOOK  ASKANCE.  21 

such  an  emergency  who  did  —  and  paid  hall  and  hotel 
bills. 

But  the  great  trial  was  that  no  light  had  dawned 
on  their  mission.  They  would  have  done  better  to 
stay  at  home  if  they  were  to  make  nothing  above  ex- 
penses. So  scantily  clad  were  they  that  Miss  Shep- 
pard  was  obliged  to  travel  one  rainy  day  with  no 
protection  for  her  feet  but  cloth  slippers.  It  was  not 
until  some  time  after  the  biting  weather  of  the  North- 
ern winter,  to  whose  severity  they  were  quite  unused, 
had  fully  set  in  that  Mr.  White  was  able,  by  bor- 
rowing $5  that  had  been  given  to  Minnie  Tate,  and 
picking  up  $19  in  other  ways,  to  purchase  overcoats 
for  two  of  the  young  men,  who  had  really  been  suf- 
fering for  want  of  them. 

In  one  way  and  another  a  comfortable  outfit  had 
been  secured  for  the  young  women  ;  but  such  were 
the  varieties  of  style  represented  that  it  was  not  un- 
common for  Ella  Sheppard  to  be  asked  if  Minnie 
Tate  was  her  daughter,  —  the  former  being  twenty 
and  the  latter  fourteen.  And  Jennie  Jackson,  who 
was  nineteen,  was  sometimes  taken  to  be  the  mother 
of  Eliza  Walker,  who  was  fourteen. 

The  coolness,  amounting  often  to  indifference  and 
sometimes  to  suspicion,  with  which  even  many  of 
the  warmest  friends  and  supporters  of  the  American 
Missionary  Association  looked  upon  this  new  agency 
for  raising  funds  for  its  work,  was  one  of  the  specially 
discouraging  and  trying  features  of  the  enterprise. 
Ministers  were  often  loth,  and  not  unnaturally,  to 
let  -the  Singers  into  their  choirs ;  and  if  they  gave 
them  the  use  of  their  churches  for  a  praise  meeting, 
they  sometimes  showed  a  strong  inclination  to  take 


22  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

their  own  seats  among  the  audience  and  near  the 
door ! 

But  Mr.  White's  grip  upon  his  purpose  was  not 
easily  loosened,  and  he  learned  to  let  none  of  those 
things  move  him,  knowing  that  the  enthusiasm  of 
these  doubting  friends  after  the  service  was  almost 
sure  to  be  in  about  an  inverse  ratio  to  their  expecta- 
tions before  it. 

During  these  days  of  experiment  and  trial  Mr. 
White  was  loaded  down  with  the  work  of  at  least 
four  men.  In  other  enterprises  of  this  sort  —  and 
the  same  plan  was  afterwards  found  to  be  essential 
to  the  largest  success  of  the  Jubilee  Singers  —  it  is 
considered  necessary  to  have  a  business  manager,  who 
lays  out  the  route,  visits  or  corresponds  with  editors 
and  public  men,  and  arranges  the  general  plan  of  the 
campaign.  Then  an  advance  agent  goes  forward 
and  puts  these  plans  in  operation,  while  his  alternate 
accompanies  the  troupe  to  take  up  the  tickets,  pay 
the  bills,  and  look  after  the  details  of  the  evening's 
management.  A  musical  director  arranges  the  pro- 
gramme, drills  the  singers,  and  answers  the  rattling 
volley  of  questions  from  curious  and  admiring  friends. 
And  where  school-girls  are  in  the  company,  and  es 
pecially  those  hitherto  unused  to  self-care  and  the 
demands  of  cultivated  society,  a  governess  is  needed 
to  look  after  their  health  and  deportment. 

In  those  early  days  the  duties  of  general  manager, 
advance  agent,  musical  director,  ticket-seller,  and 
porter  all  fell  to  Mr.  White.  When  the  Singers 
halted  somewhere  for  rest,  he  pushed  ahead  to  lay 
out  a  new  route  ;  sometimes,  when  but  a  few  appoint- 
ments remained,  he  left  Miss  Wells  and  Miss  Shep- 


DARK  DAYS.  2$ 

pard,  the  pianist,  to  attend  to  them  while  he  went 
off  to  make  new  ones.  The  Singers  he  kept  in  drill 
the  best  he  could.  A  rehearsal  of  some  piece  on 
their  evening's  programme  was  often  the  first  course 
when  they  gathered  about  the  dinner-table. 

With  all  this  work  on  his  hands,  there  lay  on  his 
heart  the  burden  of  increasing  debt  and  the  con- 
sciousness that,  while  the  business  affairs  of  the 
University  were  needing  his  presence,  the  fact  that 
he  was  earning  no  money  and  sending  them  no 
encouragement  was  adding  to  the  uneasiness  and 
anxiety  of  his  associates  at  home.  Many  a  time 
their  last  dollar  was  paid  out  for  provisions  ;  and  he 
and  they  found  frequent  occasions  to  adopt  the  prayer 
of  the  old  slave-song, — 

"  O  Lord,  O  my  Lord,  O  my  good  Lord  ! 
Keep  me  from  sinking  down." 

But  with  a  steadfast  Christian  faith,  that  seemed 
little  less  than  obstinacy  to  those  who  could  not 
read  the  Divine  leadings,  he  held  on. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

LIGHT    IN    THE    EAST. 

Mr.  White  had  laid  out  the  plan  of  his  trip  with 
special  reference  to  reaching  Oberlin  in  time  to  sing 
before  the  National  Council  of  the  Congregational 
churches,  which  was  to  assemble  there  on  the  15th 
of  November.  Consisting,  as  it  would,  of  leading 
Congregational  ministers  and  laymen  from  all  parts 
of  the  land,  and  specially  representing  the  constitu- 
ency of  the  American  Missionary  Association,  he 
argued  that  to  get  a  hearing  before  it  would  give 
him  leverage  of  great  advantage  for  his  work.  And 
his  reasoning  was  not  at  fault. 

The  Council  consented  to  hear  a  few  pieces  dur- 
ing a  recess  in  their  deliberations.  Everybody  was 
delighted.  A  collection  of  over  $130  was  taken  upon 
the  spot  ;  and  the  seed  sown  was  destined  to  bear 
much  richer  fruit  after  many  days.  Two  of  the 
secretaries  of  the  Association  were  present,  and  they 
agreed  that  it  was  advisable  for  Mr:  White  to  push 
on  eastward.  To  relieve  him  of  some  of  his  over- 
load of  care,  Mr.  G.  S.  Pope,  formerly  in  the  service 
of  the  Association  in  its  work  among  the  freedmen, 
but  now  a  theological  student  at  Oberlin,  was  en- 
gaged to  attend  to  the  duties  of  advance  agent. 

From  Oberlin  the  company  went  to  Cleveland  to 


FRIENDS  IN  NEED.  2$ 

give  two  concerts  in  Case  Hall.  The  churches  had 
been  filled  the  Sunday  before  to  listen  to  the  Sing- 
ers, but  at  neither  concert  were  the  receipts  suffi- 
cient to  meet  expenses.  Before  the  close  of  the 
second  evening's  entertainment,  on  Saturday  night, 
Mr.  White  made  a  few  remarks  explaining  their 
mission,  declaring  his  faith  that  God  had  called 
them  to  the  work,  and  would  somehow  open  the 
way ;  but  frankly  admitting  that  he  had  barely 
money  enough  to  pay  for  the  hall,  and  nothing  with 
which  to  meet  their  hotel  bills  over  Sunday  and 
their  expenses  to  Columbus,  where  they  were  ad- 
vertised for  a  concert.  Before  leaving  the  hall  one 
gentleman  sent  up  a  check  for  $100,  written  on  the 
back  of  a  programme,  and  three  others  handed  him 
$40  more. 

This  gave  encouragement  at  a  time  when  en- 
couragement was  never  more  needed.  For  it  is  to 
be  remembered  that  the  movements  of  the  Singers 
involved  great  expense.  Case  Hall  rents  for  $75  a 
night ;  to  advertise  a  concert  in  such  a  city  costs 
from  $25  to  $50  ;  and  the  hotel  bills  of  the  company 
were  usually  from  $20  to  $25  a  day.  There  was; 
abundant  use,  it  will  be  seen,  for  the  $140. 

At  Columbus  came  'two  concerts,  again,  which  did 
not  pay  expenses.  Rev.  H.  S.  Bennett,  the  pastor 
of  the  church  at  Nashville  to  which  some  of  the 
Singers  belonged,  and  also  a  trustee  of  the  Univer- 
sity, was  present,  and  a  prayer  meeting  was  held  to 
seek  the  Divine  guidance  in  deciding  what  should 
be  done  with  the  enterprise.  No  light  was  found 
on  any  other  course  but  to  go  forward. 

Hitherto  the  company  had  had  no  distinctive  name. 


26  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

They  bad  been  mentioned  in  a  Cincinnati  paper  as 
"  a  band  of  negro  minstrels  who  call  themselves 
Colored  Christian  Singers."  It  was  at  Columbus, 
after  an  anxious  and  almost  sleepless  night,  that 
Mr.  White  decided  to  name  them  "The  Jubilee 
Singers."  The  Old  Testament  "year  of  jubilee" 
had  always  been  the  favorite  figure  of  speech  into 
which  the  slaves  put  their  prayers  and  hopes  for 
emancipation.  Their  year  of  jubilee  had  come  — 
this  little  band  of  singers  was  a  witness  to  it,  an  out- 
growth of  it.  There  was  thus  a  suggestiveness  and 
obvious  fitness  in  the  name  —  it  had  a  flavor  of  its 
own.  There  was  a  musical  euphony  in  it,  too,  and 
it  "  took  "  at  once. 

Only  those  who  have  made  a  study  of  catering  for 
the  public  taste  can  realize  how  much  there  is  in  a 
name.  A  novelist  knows  that  the  sale  of  a  new 
story  depends  almost  as  much  upon  its  title  as  its 
plot.  Those  who  have  been  most  closely  associated 
with  the  Singers  have  come  to  believe  that  Mr. 
White's  christening  of  his  company  was  the  best 
night's  work  he  ever  did. 

At  Zanesville,  also,  their  concert  did  not  meet  ex- 
penses. But  a  friend  paid  their  hotel  bill,  which 
amounted  to  $27.  What  figure  it  would  have 
reached  had  not  the  six  girls  been  put  into  a  single 
room  over  a  shed,  where  the  bedclothing  was  so  of- 
fensive that  they  were  constrained  to  roll  the  most 
of  it  in  a  bundle  and  lay  it  on  the  porch  while  they 
slept  wrapped  in  their  waterproofs,  is  not  known. 

Mount  Vernon  was  their  next  point,  where  Rev. 
'T.  E.  Monroe,  who  had  met  them  at  Columbus,  wel- 
comed them  heartily  to  his  church  on  Sunday,  and 


A   LITTLE   LIGHT.  2J 

aided  to  make  their  concert  on  Monday  evening  a 
decided  success.  Here  Ella  Sheppard,  who  had 
been  for  some  time  in  poor  health,  became  so  ill 
that  the  physician  advised  that  she  return  at  once 
to  Nashville.  But  Mr.  White  could  not  be  made  to 
believe  that  the  Lord  wanted  the  company  to  go 
East  without  their  pianist,  and  declined  to  follow 
this  advice.  And  in  a  few  days  she  recovered  suffi- 
ciently to  resume  her  work. 

Feeling  their  way  to  the  best  method  of  raising 
money,  the  experiment  was  tried  again,  at  Mans- 
field, of  a  free  concert  with  a  collection  at  its  close. 
But  the  result  was  the  same  as  almost  invariably 
attended  this  expedient  before  and  since  —  the  house 
was  full,  the  contribution  boxes  nearly  empty.  On 
the  next  night  an  admission  fee  was  charged,  but 
the  audience  was  small.  Some  thoughtful  friend 
was  moved,  however,  to  propose  a  collection,  and  it 
enabled  Mr.  White  to  pay  all  bills  and  buy  tickets 
to  Akron,  where  they  had  an  appointment  for  a  con- 
cert on  the  evening  of  Thanksgiving  Day.  This 
yielded  only  $20,  but  the  consideration  with  which 
they  were  treated  at  the  hotel,  and  the  fine  Thanks- 
giving dinner  which  was  set  before  them,  made  their 
memories  of  Akron  very  pleasant  ones.  At  Mead- 
viile,  Pa.,  their  Sabbath  services  in  the  Methodist 
Church  were  well  attended,  and  their  concert  on 
Monday  evening  moderately  successful. 

Still  moving  eastward,  they  came  next  to  James- 
town, N.  Y.,  where  the  Congregational  pastor,  Rev. 
Col.  Anderson,  who  was  familiar  from  personal  in- 
spection with  the  good  work  that  was  being  done  at 
Fisk,  had  made  ready  for  them.     A  praise  meeting 


28  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

at  his  church  was  followed,  on  the  next  two  nights, 
by  concerts.  In  spite  of  a  severe  snow-storm,  which 
interfered  greatly  with  street  travel,  the  net  receipts 
were  sufficient  for  the  purchase  of  tickets  to  New 
York  city. 

Stopping  at  Elmira,  they  held  a  praise  meeting  on 
Sunday  afternoon  in  the  First  Presbyterian  Church, 
to  the  disgust  of  a  few  of  its  supporters  who  spelled 
negro  with  two  g's,  and  stayed  away  from  the  serv- 
ice, and  to  the  great  delight  of  all  who  attended. 
In  the  evening  they  sang  a  few  selections  at  the 
Rev.  T.  K.  Beecher' s  regular  service  in  the  opera- 
house  ;  and  the  next  night  gave  a  concert  at  his 
church,  which  was  the  greatest  success,  so  far,  of 
their  trip.  The  leading  hotels  of  the  city  had,  it  is 
true,  one  after  another  refused  the  party  entertain- 
ment when  they  arrived  on  the  midnight  train.  But 
the  papers  were  lavish  in  praise  of  their  services  of 
song,  and  Mr.  Beecher  wrote  a  letter  to  his  distin- 
guished Brooklyn  brother,  Henry  Ward  Beecher, 
warmly  commending  them  to  his  attention. 

The  night  had  been  long  and  dark,  but  it  really 
seemed  as  if  these  flashes  of  light  in  their  Eastern 
sky  meant  that  the  sunrise  was  at  hand.  At  New 
York  they  were  at  the  headquarters  of  the  American 
Missionary  Association,  and  so  in  a  special  sense 
among  their  friends.  As  no  good  hotel  accommoda- 
tions could  be  secured  at  reasonable  rates,  three  of 
the  officers  of  the  Association,  who  lived  in  adjoin- 
ing houses  in  Brooklyn,  took  the  party  into  their 
own  families.  And  there  they  found  a  home  for  the 
next  six  weeks. 

Prior  to  their  arrival  at  New  York,  Rev.  George 


"  BEECHER'S  NEGRO  MINSTRELSP  29 

Whipple,  the  senior  secretary  of  the  American  Mis- 
sionary Association,  had  arranged  with  Rev.  Henry 
Ward  Beecher  that  they  should  attend  his  Friday 
evening  prayer  meeting  and  sing  a  few  slave-hymns 
at  the  close  of  the  service.  Mr.  Beecher  and  his 
people  were  delighted.  After  singing  about  twenty 
minutes,  the  party  started  to  retire  from  the  plat- 
form. Mr.  Beecher,  jumping  up,  requested  them  to 
return.  Standing  in  front  of  them,  with  pocket-book 
in  hand,  he  indicated,  with  characteristic  drollery 
and  enthusiasm,  that  a  collection  would  be  taken  up, 
after  which  they  would  have  a  few  more  songs.  Be- 
fore the  meeting  closed  he  announced  that  this  was 
but  a  foretaste  of  what  was  to  come  :  the  Singers 
were  to  give  a  concert  in  the  church  the  next  week, 
and  the  congregation  were  to  give  them  a  benefit. 

As  Mr.  Beecher's  lecture-room  talks  were  widely 
circulated  through  the  papers,  this  resulted  in  a  very 
favorable  introduction  to  the  public.  The  concert 
at  Plymouth  Church  was  well  attended,  and  the  en- 
thusiasm unbounded.  Mr.  Beecher  had  urged  his 
people  from  the  pulpit  the  preceding  Sabbath  to 
give  the  Singers  a  hearty  welcome,  and  they  seemed 
bent  on  gratifying  him  to  the  utmost.  The  New 
York  "Herald"  headed  the  column  containing  its 
report  the  next  morning  "  Beecher's  Negro  Min- 
strels." This  helped  to  advertise  their  work,  while 
it  did  not  prejudice  it  in  the  minds  of  the  Chris- 
tian people  whose  opinion  was  worth  most  to  it. 

The  experience  of  the  next  few  weeks  was  as  uni- 
formly encouraging  as  that  of  the  last  two  months 
had  been  depressing.  A  few  songs  in  a  prayer 
meeting  or  Sunday-school,  with  a  brief  explanation 


30  THE  JUBILEE   SINGERS. 

of  their  mission,  generally  secured  at  once  the  offer 
of  the  church  for  a  concert,  and  a  hearty  commenda- 
tion of  their  work  from  the  pulpit  that  rarely  failed 
to  bring  out  an  audience. 

From  Dr.  Talmage's  and  Dr.  Cuyler's  prayer 
meetings  they  went  away  richer  by  generous  contri- 
butions on  the  spot.  Dr.  Storrs  gave  up  his  Sunday 
evening  service  for  their  praise  meeting.  Dr.  Scud- 
der  invited  them  into  his  church.  A  concert  in  Dr. 
Burchard's  church,  the  Thirteenth  Street  Presbyte- 
rian of  New  York,  was  thronged  by  a  delighted  au- 
dience of  the  highest  culture  and  social  position. 
Dr.  Budington  interested  himself  in  promoting  the 
success  of  a  concert  in  his  church  in  Brooklyn.  At 
the  Tabernacle  Church,  Jersey  City,  of  which  Rev. 
G.  B.  Willcox,  a  member  of  the  Executive  Committee 
of  the  American  Missionary  Association,  was  pastor, 
they  were  greeted  by  the  largest  audience  that  had 
ever  yet  attended  one  of  their  paid  concerts  —  the 
receipts  amounting  to  nearly  $740. 

Preliminary  to  a  flying  trip  to  Boston  to  give  a 
concert  in  the  Music  Hall,  in  connection  with  the 
annual  Methodist  Reunion,  Mr.  Beecher  wrote  to  a 
Boston  friend :  "  They  will  charm  any  audience, 
sure;  they  make  their  mark  by  giving  the  'spirituals' 
and  plantation  hymns  as  only  they  can  sing  them 
who  know  how  to  keep  time  to  a  master's  whip. 
Our  people  have  been  delighted."  And  in  a  lecture 
which  he  delivered  in  Boston  just  before  their  com- 
ing Mr.  Beecher  took  occasion  to  advise  everybody 
to  attend. 

Dr.  Cuyler  wrote  to  the  New  York  "  Tribune  "  of 
their  concert  in  his  church,  the   Lafayette  Avenue 


GOOD  PROSPECTS.  3  I 

Presbyterian  of  Brooklyn  :  "  I  never  saw  a  cultivated 
Brooklyn  assemblage  so  moved  and  melted  under 
the  magnetism  of  music  before.  The  wild  melodies 
of  these  emancipated  slaves  touched  the  fount  of 
tears,  and  gray-haired  men  wept  like  little  children. 
Their  wonderful  skill  was  put  to  the  severest  test 
when  they  attempted  '  Home,  Sweet  Home/  before 
auditors  who  had  heard  those  same  household  words 
from  the  lips  of  Jenny  Lind  and  Parepa.  Yet  these 
emancipated  bond-women  —  now  that  they  know 
what  the  word  'home'  signifies  —  rendered  that  dear 
old  song  with  a  power  and  pathos  never  surpassed. 
Allow  me  to  bespeak  a  universal  welcome  through 
the  North  for  these  living  representatives  of  the 
only  true  native  school  of  American  music.  We 
have  long  enough  had  its  coarse  caricatures  in 
corked  faces ;  our  people  can  nowr  listen  to  the  genu- 
ine soul-music  of  the  slave  cabins,  before  the  Lord 
led  his  children  '  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  out  of 
the  house  of  bondage  !  '  " 

The  news  of  their  successes  at  this  metropolitan 
centre  of  business  enterprise,  social  culture,  and 
Christian  work,  rayed  out,  of  course,  in  every  direc- 
tion. Thenceforward  a  part  of  the  heavy  load  that 
they  had  previously  carried  steadily  grew  lighter,  — 
the  labor  of  creating  a  demand  for  their  entertain- 
ments wherever  they  offered  them.  Their  enterprise 
was  nearly  out  of  debt,  and  the  company  were  in 
that  excellent  working  order  which  such  an  inspirit- 
ing change  in  their  prospects  might  be  expected  to 
promote.  A  campaign  through  the  principal  towns 
of  Connecticut  was  planned.  Rev.  G.  D.  Pike,  one 
of   the   district    secretaries   of   the  American    Mis- 


32  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

sionary  Association,  as  well  as  its  other  officers,  had 
been  actively  interested  in  the  work  in  and  about 
New  York.  As  Connecticut  was  in  his  district,  he 
offered  the  Singers  his  services  on  this  trip,  which 
his  special  acquaintance  with  the  field,  as  well  as 
his  business  tact  and  energy,  made  most  welcome. 
High  hopes  were  cherished  that  they  might  be  able 
to  raise  $500  a  week  above  their  expenses. 


CHAPTER   V. 

SUCCESS    AT    LAST. 

This  campaign  was  a  succession  of  triumphs. 
The  Singers,  with  their  experiences  of  the  last  three 
months  so  vividly  in  remembrance,  seemed  to  them- 
selves to  be  walking  in  a  dream.  Mr.  White  had 
expected  success,  but  even  he  had  not  dared  to  hope 
for  such  a  success  as  this.  Ministers  everywhere  — 
and  especially  those  who  had  cheered  the  Singers  at 
Oberlin  with  their  applause  and  contributions,  and 
so  felt  a  sort  of  proprietary  interest  in  the  work  — 
gave  themselves  enthusiastically  to  promote  arrange- 
ments for  their  concerts.  And  the  audiences  that 
crowded  the  churches  and  halls  where  they  sang  did 
not  seem  to  be  content  merely  with  contributing  an 
admission  fee  to  their  funds. 

Almost  a  furore  for  making  them  presents  broke 
out,  and  vspread  from  town  to  town  as  they  went. 
At  Bristol,  famous  for  its  manufacture  of  clocks,  a 
gentleman  pledged  a  supply  of  that  useful  article 
for  the  new  Hall  on  its  completion.  At  Winsted, 
another  manufacturing  centre,  a  few  friends  prom- 
ised a  bell.  The  Douglass  Manufacturing  Co.,  at 
Middletown,  asked  the  party  to  take  from  its  cata- 
logue whatever  goods  the  University  might  need. 
The  Meriden  Britannia  Co.  gave  them  a  full  outfit 
3 


34  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

of  silver  ware  for  the  dinmg-hall ;  another  Meriden 
firm  contributed  gas  fixtures  ;  and  a  president  of  one 
of  the  Meriden  banks  sent  word  that  while  he  could 
not  invite  them  to  take  as  much  as  they  might  need 
from  the  bank,  yet  if  they  would  call  he  would  make 
them  a  present  of  $100. 

Several  gentlemen  in  Birmingham  contributed  $50 
each  to  fit  up  a  "  Birmingham  Recitation  Room  "  in 
the  new  building.  At  the  concert  in  Waterbury,  two 
gentlemen  sent  up  $200  ;  and  the  contributions,  in 
cash  and  valuables,  at  the  concert  in  New  Haven 
amounted  to  $500. 

Here  at  New  Haven  the  enthusiasm  seemed  to 
touch  high  water  mark.  Two  of  the  principal  hotels 
had  declined  to  entertain  the  Singers  on  account  of 
their  color.  The  fact  became  public  through  the 
papers,  and  some  of  the  families  of  highest  social 
position  in  the  city  at  once  opened  their  doors  to 
receive  them.  Their  concert  was  announced  for 
Thursday  evening.  By  Tuesday  morning  all  the  de- 
sirable seats  were  sold.  Rev.  Henry  Ward  Beecher 
was  advertised  for  a  lecture  on  the  same  night.  But 
there  was  so  little  demand  for  the  tickets  that  Thurs- 
day's papers  announced  that  the  lecture  would  be 
deferred  on  account  of  the  concert !  Mr.  Beecher 
attended  the  concert  and  made  one  of  his  felicitous 
speeches.  No  one  was  apparently  more  delighted 
than  he  that  a  day  had  come  in  that  university  city 
when  a  company  of  freed  slave  singers  could  draw 
an  audience  away  from  the  greatest  preacher  and 
lecturer  in  the  land. 

The  admission  receipts  at  this  concert  were  over 
$  1,200.      The  collection   taken  for  them  the  next 


INSULTS  AND  HONORS.  35 

Sunday  evening,  in  the  Second  Congregational 
Church  in  Norwich,  was  the  largest  contribution 
they  had  ever  received  at  a  Sunday  service,  and  the 
gross  income  of  the  last  seven  days  of  this  Connect- 
icut campaign  exceeded  $3,900. 

At  the  Sterling  House,  in  Bridgeport,  the  party 
were  assigned  to  some  of  the  best  rooms  in  that  first- 
class  hotel,  and  admitted  to  the  same  privileges  in 
the  dining-room  as  the  most  aristocratic  guests. 
The  answer  of  the  proprietor,  when  asked  if  his 
boarders  complained  of  such  attentions  to  colored 
people,  was  pithy  and  to  the  point,  "  /  keep  this  hotel, 
sir!" 

At  Norwich  they  were  the  guests  of  Connecticut's 
distinguished  War  Governor  and  Senator,  the  late 
Hon.  William  A.  Buckingham.  But  the  very  next 
day  they  were  turned  out  of  a  hotel  in  Newark,  New 
Jersey,  by  a  publican  who  would  have  felt  honored 
by  even  a  bow  from  Governor  Buckingham  on  the 
street.  This  tavern-keeper  had  inferred,  it  seems, 
when  accommodations  were  engaged  for  them  in  ad- 
vance, that  they  were  a  company  of  "  nigger  min- 
strels." Although  they  had  already  retired  to  the 
rooms  assigned  to  them  before  he  discovered  that 
their  faces  were  colored  by  their  Creator,  and  not 
with  burnt  cork,  he  promptly  drove  them  into  the 
street. 

The  outrage  was  the  harder  to  bear  because  they 
were  in  special  need  of  rest  ;  for  they  had  been 
riding  all  night,  and  their  nervous  energies  were 
well-nigh  exhausted  after  the  draft  which  the  un- 
usual excitement  and  success  of  the  last  few  weeks 
had  made  upon  them.     The  best  citizens  of  Newark 


36  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

visited  their  indignation  without  stint  on  the  land- 
lord. Some  of  his  most  valuable  patrons  immedi- 
ately left  the  house  ;  and  it  is  said  that  the  city 
council  took  advantage  of  the  favorable  feeling 
toward  colored  people  thus  stimulated  to  pass  an 
ordinance  opening  to  them  all  the  privileges  of  the 
public  schools. 

A  visit  to  Washington  followed,  which  was  no 
exception  to  the  success  which  had  of  late  so  stead- 
ily attended  them.  The  Vice-President,  with  his 
family,  and  many  members  of  Congress,  came  to 
their  concerts.  The  President  turned  aside  from 
pressing  public  duties  to  give  them  audience  at  the 
White  House,  assure  them  of  his  interest  in  their 
work,  and  hear  them  sing,  "  Go  down,  Moses." 
"  Parson  Brownlow,"  the  famous  Unionist  senator 
from  their  own  State,  was  so  ill  as  to  be  unable  to 
sit  up,  but  received  them  in  his  sick-room,  and  cried 
like  a  child  as  these  emancipated  slaves  sang  that 
pleading,  pathetic  song  of  sorrow,  — 

"  O  Lord,  O  my  Lord,  O  my  good  Lord  ! 
Keep  me  from  sinking  down." 

Returning  again  to  New  York,  a  series  of  concerts 
culminated  in  two  memorable  gatherings  at  Stein- 
way  Hall.  The  platform  each  evening  was  occupied 
by  some  of  the  most  eminent  divines  of  the  metrop- 
olis, and  the  great  hall  was  filled  with  a  delighted 
audience  in  which  the  elite  of  the  city  was  largely 
represented.  Many  went  away  unable  to  obtain 
seats. 

By  this  time  the  business  methods  and  machinery 
bf  concert  work  had  been  thoroughly  perfected.  Mr. 
Pike  was  relieved  from  the  duties  of  his  secretary- 


SECRET  OF   THE  SUCCESS.  37 

ship  to  continue  in  this  enterprise,  for  which  he  had 
shown  such  aptitude,  and  which  was  to  owe  so  much 
of  its  subsequent  success  to  his  energy  and  sagacity. 
There  was  need  that  Miss  Wells  should  return  to 
her  school  in  Alabama ;  and  Miss  Susan  Gilbert, 
who  had  been  for  some  years  in  the  service  of  the 
Association  in  North  Carolina,  and  afterwards  at  its 
home  office,  took  her  place. 

The  Singers  at  last  had  the  tide  in  their  favor. 
They  were  now  so  well  known  that  they  did  not 
need  to  sing  to  half-filled  halls  until  they  could 
make  a  reputation.  Their  songs  were  unique,  and 
people  did  not  tire  of  hearing  them  over  and  over 
again.  Thanks  to  Mr.  White's  unusual  skill,  both 
in  choosing  voices  and  drilling  them,  their  singing, 
as  all  the  critics  agreed,  was  something  wonderful  in 
its  harmony,  power,  and  bell-Kke  sweetness. 

Their  history  as  emancipated  slaves  touched  the 
interest  and  sympathy  of  the  public,  particularly 
that  part  of  it  which  had  been  interested  in  the 
great  anti-slavery  struggle.  And  last,  but  by  no 
means  least,  in  accounting  for  their  success,  they 
furnished  a  refined  and  wholesome  entertainment, 
which  Christian  people  who  did  not  care  to  visit 
the  theatre  and  kindred  places  of  amusement  could 
attend  and  enjoy.  There  was  need  of,  and  a  wide 
demand  for,  just  such  healthful  and  elevating  diver- 
sion as  these  concerts  afforded. 

Beginning  with  several  concerts  in  Boston,  they 
now  visited  successively  the  more  prominent  points 
in  Massachusetts  and  Rhode  Island,  and  a  number 
of  places  in  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  and  Vermont, 
meeting  everywhere  an  enthusiasm  and  a  helpful- 


38  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

ness  from  friends  not  unlike  that  by  which  they 
were  borne  through  Connecticut  the  month  pre- 
vious. 

Among  the  presents  received  in  Boston  was  a 
#1,000  organ  for  the  University,  from  Smith  Broth- 
ers. Hon.  A.  C.  Barstow  of  Providence  had  heard 
them  at  Oberlin,  and  tendered  them  the  use  of  his 
beautiful  music-hall  at  that  city,  where  their  con- 
certs were  one  repeated  ovation.  Returning  to  the 
same  city  some  days  subsequently,  after  singing  at 
Worcester,  Lawrence,  Lowell,  Lynn,  Wakefield,  An- 
dover,  Cambridgeport,  Taunton,  and  other  points, 
another  concert  yielded  them  about  $1,000. 

At  Andover  and  Taunton  the  good-will  of  the 
people  took  the  shape  of  contributions  for  the  pur- 
chase of  books  for  the  University  library.  Reach- 
ing Boston  again,  #1,235  was  taken  in  at  a  matinte 
on  Saturday  afternoon,  the  largest  sum  ever  realized 
up  to  that  time  from  the  admission  receipts  alone  of 
any  one  entertainment. 

Their  songs,  which  had  been  written  out  for  the 
first  time  by  Prof.  Theodore  F.  Seward,  the  distin- 
guished teacher  and  composer,  and  published  in 
book  form,  were  sold  by  hundreds  at  their  concerts, 
and  hills  and  valleys,  parlors  and  halls,  wherever 
they  went,  were  vocal  with  the  Jubilee  melodies. 

After  a  week  spent  in  Cambridge,  Chelsea.  Salem, 
and  Newburyport,  they  visited  Portland,  Maine, 
where  the  Council  tendered  them  the  free  use  of  the 
city  hall.  Remunerative  concerts  followed  at  Con- 
cord and  Hanover,  New  Hampshire  ;  St.  Johnsbury, 
Vermont ;  and  Springfield,  Massachusetts,  the  latter 
yielding  #1,050.     With  a  night  at  Troy,  New  York, 


HOME  AGAIN.  39 

and  another  at  Poughkeepsie,  the  first  season's 
singing  campaign  closed.  The  fruit  of  these  three 
months'  work  was  $20,000,  more  than  three  times 
as  much  as  their  enthusiasm  had  dared  hope  for 
when  starting  out  from  New  York  on  the  Connecti- 
cut campaign. 

It  was  a  tired  but  light-hearted  party  that  now 
started  homeward.  They  had  bought  first-class 
tickets  from  New  York  to  Nashville,  and  on  arriving 
at  the  station  in  Louisville  early  in  the  morning, 
entered  the  unoccupied  sitting-room  assigned  to 
first-class  passengers.  A  railway  employee  coming 
along  soon  afterwards,  gave  notice  that  "  niggers " 
were  not  allowed  in  that  room,  and  ordered  the 
party  out.  Mr.  White  claimed  the  right  to  keep 
his  company  there  by  virtue  of  their  tickets,  and 
declined  to  leave  until  turned  out  by  some  responsi- 
ble authority.  Thereupon  a  policeman  was  brought, 
who,  with  angry  profanity,  ejected  them  from  the 
room,  amid  the  applause  of  a  cursing  mob  of  one 
or  two  thousand  people.  The  superintendent  of  the 
road,  however,  as  he  has  made  a  habit  of  doing  ever 
since  when  the  party  have  had  occasion  to  pass  on 
his  line,  placed  a  first-class  car  at  their  disposal. 
The  novel  sight  of  such  a  carriage  with  colored 
faces  at  almost  every  window  made  a  sensation  at 
every  station  where  they  stopped. 

The  company  ivas  received  at  the  University  with 
a  joy  and  thanksgiving  that  cannot  -be  described. 
They  had  gone  forth  weeping ;  but  they  returned 
bringing  their  sheaves  with  them  —  a  marvelous 
harvest  after  those  months  of  marvelous  patience, 
privation,  and  triumph. 


CHAPTER   VI. 

THE   SECOND    CAMPAIGN. 

Under  God's  blessing  their  labors  had  saved  the 
University  from  suspending,  or  even  curtailing,  its 
work.  But  their  success,  so  far,  in  raising  money, 
was  chiefly  valuable  as  evidence  that  a  way  had  been 
found  for  obtaining  the  much  larger  sum  that  the 
necessities  of  the  growing  work  required.  The 
Singers  had  received  an  invitation  to  participate  in 
the  second  World's  Peace  Jubilee,  to  be  held  in  Bos- 
ton in  June.  Stopping  in  Nashville  little  more  than 
a  week,  they  again  took  the  field.  Giving  a  few 
concerts  in  Illinois,  Michigan,  and  Ohio,  they  went 
on  to  Boston.  Parts  had  been  assigned  them  on 
the  programmes  of  several  days'  exercises.  The 
immense  audience  of  40,000  people  was  gathered 
from  all  parts  of  the  land  ;  and  the  color  prejudice 
that  had  followed  the  Singers  everywhere  reappeared 
here  in  the  shower  of  brutal  hisses  that  greeted  their 
first  appearance.  But  the  air  of  that  radical  New 
England  city  is.  not  kindly  to  colorphobia,  and  a 
deluge  of  applause  answered  and  drowned  the  insult. 
And  a  day  or  two  after  the  Singers  had  a  proud  re- 
venge. 

Mrs.  Julia  Ward  Howe's  stirring  lyric,  "  The  Bat- 
tle-hymn of  the  Republic,"  was  on  the  programme, 


AN  INSULT  ANSWERED.  41 

to  be  sung  to  the  air  of  "John  Brown."  The  first 
verses  were  to  be  taken  by  some  colored  singers  of 
Boston.  But  for  some  unexplained  reason  the  key 
was  given  to  the  orchestra  in  E-flat,  cruelly  high 
under  such  circumstances,  and  the  first  verses  were 
a  painful  failure.  The  Jubilee  Singers  were  to  come 
in  with  the  verse  beginning 

"  He  hath  sounded  forth  the  trumpet  that  shall  never  call  retreat." 

Fired  by  the  remembrance  of  their  reception  on 
the  previous  day,  and  feeling  that  to  some  extent 
the  reputation  of  their  color  was  at  stake,  they  sang 
as  if  inspired.  Mr.  White's  masterly  drill  had  made 
easy  to  them  the  high  notes  on  which  the  others  had 
failed.  Every  word  of  that  first  line  rang  through 
the  great  Coliseum  as  if  sounded  out  of  a  trumpet. 
The  great  audience  were  carried  away  on  a  whirl- 
wind of  delight  ;  the  trained  musicians  in  the  or- 
chestra bent  forward  in  forgetfulness  of  their  parts ; 
and  one  old  German  was  conspicuous,  holding  his 
violoncello  above  his  head  with  one  hand,  and  whack- 
ing out  upon  it  his  applause  with  the  bow  held  in 
the  other. 

When  the  grand  old  chorus,  "  Glory,  glory,  halle- 
lujah," followed,  with  a  swelling  volume  of  music 
from  the  great  orchestra,  the  thunder  of  the  bands, 
and  the  roar  of  the  artillery,  the  scene  was  inde- 
scribable. Twenty  thousand  people  were  on  their 
feet.  Ladies  waved  their  handkerchiefs.  Men  threw 
their  hats  in  the  air,  and  the  Coliseum  rang  with 
cheers  and  shouts  of  "  The  Jubilees  !  The  Jubilees 
forever  ! "  Mr.  Gilmore  brought  the  Singers  from 
their  place  below,  and  massed  them  upon  his  own 
platform,  where  they  sang  the  remaining  verses. 


42  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

Mr.  White  has  never  quite  forgiven  himself  that 
he  did  not  answer  the  thunderous  encore  that  fol- 
lowed with  "  John  Brown"  in  the  original  version  ! 
Musically  speaking,  it  was  the  greatest  triumph  of 
their  career,  and  they  never  recall  it  yet  without  a 
gleaming  eye  and  quickened  pulse.  It  was  worth 
more  than  a  Congressional  enactment  in  bringing 
that  audience  to  the  true  ground  on  the  question  of 
"  civil  rights." 

The  number  of  the  Singers  had  been  increased  to 
fourteen,  with  a  view  to  division  into  two  companies 
when  it  was  desired  to  visit  the  smaller  places  where 
it  would  not  pay  to  take  the  full  number ;  and  the 
rest  of  the  summer  was  spent-  in  rest  and  drill  at 
^Acton,  Mass.  A  faithful  trial,  during  the  fall,  of 
the  experiment  of  two  small  companies  little  more 
than  paid  expenses ;  and  at  New  Year's  Day  the 
troupe  was  reorganized,  to  consist  of  eleven  mem- 
bers, as  follows  :  Ella  Sheppard,  Maggie  L.  Porter, 
Jennie  Jackson,  Mabel  Lewis,  Minnie  Tate,  Georgia 
Gordon,  Julia  Jackson,  Thomas  Rutiing,  Edmund 
Watkins,  Benjamin  M.  Holmes,  and  Isaac  P.  Dick- 
erson. 

A  busy  and  successful  campaign  of  three  months 
followed.  The  Singers  received  a  letter,  drawn  up 
at  the  suggestion  of  their  distinguished  and  faithful 
friend,  Hon.  George  H.  Stuart  of  Philadelphia,  and 
signed  by  such  representative  citizens  as  Mr.  Stuart, 
Jay  Cooke,  Rev.  Dr.  Hawes,  Bishop  Simpson,  Rev. 
Dr.  Newton,  John  Wanamaker,  etc.,  inviting  them 
to  visit  that  city. 

The  Academy  of  Music,  one  of  the  finest  halls  in 
the  United  States,  had  been  refused  a  few  months 


THE    VISIT  TO  PHILADELPHIA.  43 

before  for  an  address  by  a  United  States  senator, 
because  he  was  a  black  man.  But  the  names  of 
the  distinguished  citizens  by  whose  invitations  the 
Singers  came  to  the  city  were  sufficient  to  secure  it 
for  their  concerts  ;  and  the  fact  that  they  were  the 
first  representatives  of  the  colored  race  to  occupy 
that  platform  gave  a  special  significance  to  the  oc- 
casion. The  great  building  was  thronged  night  after 
night,  and  it  was  one  of  the  most  profitable  series  of 
concerts  ever  given  by  the  Singers. 

Application  had  been  made  to  several  of  the  lead- 
ing hotels  for  the  entertainment  of  the  party.  But 
no  hotel-keeper  had  been  found  with  the  convictions 
and  courage  to  risk  the  odium  he  might  incur  if  he 
admitted  colored  guests,  and  they  had  been  com- 
pelled to  take  up  inconvenient  and  insufficient  quar- 
ters in  a  small  boarding-house.  This  fact  being 
mentioned  at  one  of  the  concerts,  the  proprietor  of 
the  Continental,  the  best  hotel  in  the*  city,  who  was 
absent  when  application  was  made  at  his  office,  at 
once  announced  that  the  Singers  were  welcome  to  as 
good  accommodations  a-s  his  house  afforded.  Sub- 
sequently he  entertained  them  in  the  best  manner, 
and  at  a  generous  reduction  from  regular  rates. 

While  stopping  at  the  Continental,  the  house- 
keeper one  day  kindly  escorted  the  party  on  a  semi- 
subterranean  tour,  through  the  kitchen  and  other 
working  departments  of  the  great  hotel.  They  were 
much  interested  in  the  novel  sight,  and  asked  per- 
mission to  invite  the  working  force  of  the  hotel  to 
their  dining-room,  that  they  might  sing  for  them. 
Word  came  to  the  guests  of  the  hotel  of  what  was 
going  on,  and  they  gathered  about  the  doors  of  the 


44  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

crowded  room,  begging  that  the  concert  might  be 
adjourned  to  the  larger  dining-room.  The  Singers 
acquiesced  on  condition  that  their  invited  hearers, 
white  and  black,  should  have  the  front  places.  There 
probably  was  never  a  Jubilee  concert  that  gave  more 
pleasure  to  the  occupants  of  the  "  reserved  seats  ;  " 
nor  to  the  rest  of  the  audience,  for  that  matter. 

At  a  concert  to  be  given  soon  after,  in  the  Ma- 
sonic Hall,  Baltimore,  a  city  noted  for  its  intense 
pro-slavery  feeling,  the  ticket-seller,  acting  in  ac- 
cordance with  Baltimore  usages,  had  taken  upon 
himself  the  responsibility  of  refusing  to  sell  reserved 
seats  to  colored  people.  This  came  to  the  ears  of 
the  company  when  they  reached  the  city  the  day  of 
the  concert,  and  one  of  the  Singers  was  sent  in- 
cognito to  the  ticket-office  to  buy  a  reserved  seat, 
and  test  the  truth  of  the  story.  His  application  for 
a  seat  to  hear  himself  sing  was  refused  ! 

Here  was  evidently  a  call  to  do  a  little  missionary 
work,  as  well  as  furnish  some  entertainment  for  the 
people  of  Baltimore.  The  ticket-seller  was  relieved 
from  further  duty,  and  notice  was  immediately  given 
that  any  well-behaved  person  could  have  any  seat  in 
the  hall  by  paying  the  advertised  price  for  it.  A 
few  colored  people  occupied  reserved  seats  here  and 
there  on  the  main  floor,  but  it  was  never  heard  that 
any  one  received  harm  from  such  a  radical  innova- 
tion in  Baltimore  customs.  The  audience  were  ap- 
parently so  interested  in  the  singing  that  they  for- 
got to  study  the  color  of  their  neighbors'  faces. 

The  Singers  were  accustomed  to  being  refused 
entertainment  at  hotels  because  of  their  color.  This 
was  not  always,  however,  for  fear  merely  of  offend- 


FIGHTING    THE    CASTE   SPIRIT  4$ 

ing  other  guests.  In  one  case,  in  Illinois,  the  hotel 
servants  squarely  refused  to  wait  on  the  "nagurs," 
as  they  pronounced  the  word,  and  the  Singers  were 
their  own  boot-blacks  and  chamber-maids.  At  an- 
other hotel  the  landlord  met  a  similar  refusal  by  pay- 
ing the  mutineers  their  wages  and  sending  them  en 
masse  into  the  street. 

But  the  most  offensive  manifestation  of  caste  prej- 
udice that  ever  flaunted  itself  in  the  face  of  the  party 
occurred  during  this  campaign,  at  Princeton,  N.  J. 
They  had  been  invited  by  President  McCosh,  and 
other  members  of  the  Faculty  of  Princeton  College, 
to  visit  the  place,  and  one  of  the  churches  had  been 
tendered  them  for  their  concert.  A  little  while  be- 
fore it  was  time  for  the  concert  to  begin,  they 
learned  that  an  out-of-the-way  corner  of  the  church 
had  been  set  aside  for  colored  people,  and  that  they 
were  refused  admission  to  any  other  part  of  the 
house.  An  estimable  lady,  who  was  a  teacher  in  a 
colored  mission  school,  had  bought  reserved  seats  for 
her  class  ;  but  they,  too,  were  compelled  to  take 
their  place  in  the  colored  quarter  under  the  gallery, 
regardless  of  the  contract  involved  in  the  tickets 
which  they  held.  The  Singers  were  so  indignant 
that  they  would  gladly  have  given  up  the  concert. 
The  fact  that  so  many  old  friends  of  the  slave  had 
come  from  long  distances  to  hear  them  alone  per- 
suaded them  to  go  on. 

During  two  seasons  of  concerts  they  had  never 
before  been  subjected  to  this  indignity,  even  in  a 
public  hall  ;  that  it  should  be  offered  in  a  church  of 
Christ  was  a  grievance  not  to  be  passed  over  in 
silence,  and  Mr.  White  took  occasion,  in  an  interval 


46  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

of  the  concert,  to  characterize  it  in  the  term*  it 
deserved.  It  was  plainer  preaching  on  that  subject, 
probably,  than  had  ever  been  heard  in  that*  church 
before.  And  most  of  those  who  greeted  it  with 
their  angry  hisses  have  doubtless  already  lived  long 
enough  to  be  heartily  ashamed  of  them. 

A  tract  of  twenty-five  acres,  on  a  commanding 
site  overlooking  the  city  of  Nashville,  had  been 
purchased  for  the  permanent  location  of  Fisk  Uni- 
versity. During  the  war  the  eminence  had  been 
crowned  by  Fort  Gillem,  one  of  the  encircling  line 
of  fortifications  that  had  defended  the  city  in  the 
memorable  contests  that  had  raged  around  it.  The 
students  had  worked  with  the  laborers  to  level  the 
earthworks,  and  the  foundations  had  been  laid  for  a 
noble  building  for  university  purposes,  to  be  called 
Jubilee  Hall. 

The  project  of  visiting  England  with  a  view  to 
raising  funds  for  its  completion,  had  been  for  some 
time  under  prayerful  consideration.  During  the 
winter  campaign  it  was  decided  to  start  early  in  the 
spring,  and  the  closing  work  of  the  season  took  the 
shape  of  farewell  concerts  in  New  York,  Brooklyn, 
Boston,  Providence,  and  elsewhere.  One  given  in 
Boston,  March  26th,  in  response  to  a  request  signed 
by  Governor  Claflin,  Wendell  Phillips,  William  Lloyd 
Garrison,  Rev.  E.  E.  Hale,  Dr.  Kirk,  Phillips  Brooks, 
and  several  other  eminent  citizens,  was  the  most  suc- 
cessful, financially,  that  the  Singers  had  ever  given 
in  that  city. 

And  so  the  winter's  work  drew  to  a  close.  Its  net 
result  was  the  addition  of  another  $20,000  to  their 
fund,  making  $40,000  that  they  had  now  secured. 


PREPARING    TO    GO   ABROAD.  47 

With  exultation  and  thankfulness  as  they  thought 
of  past  success,  and  with  high  hopes  for  the  future, 
preparations  were  at  once  made  for  the  visit  to  Great 
Britain.  Very  cordial  letters  of  introduction,  com- 
mending the  music  and  mission  of  the  Singers,  were 
given  by  the  governors  of  five  of  the  New  England 
States,  Rev.  Henry  Ward  Beecher,  Hon.  George  H. 
Stuart,  George  MacDonald,  —  then  on  a  lecturing 
tour  in  America,  —  and  other  influential  friends.  An 
open  letter  from  Governor  Brown  of  Tennessee,  be- 
speaking favor  for  their  work,  was  especially  valuable 
as  coming  from  the  chief  magistrate  of  a  common- 
wealth that  was  so  recently  a  slave  State. 

They  were  not  to  get  away,  however,  without  still 
another  conflict  with  caste  prejudices.  Cabin  ac- 
commodations were  refused  the  party  by  one  after 
another  of  the  leading  ocean  steamship  lines.  At 
last  an  application  to  the  Cunard  agents  at  Boston 
met  with  ready  success ;  and  when  the  Singers 
stepped  on  the  deck  of  the  good  steamer  Batavia,  it 
was  to  enter  upon  a  year's  experience  where  such 
annoyances  were  to  be  unknown. 


CHAPTER   VII. 


THE    FIRST    VISIT   TO   LONDON. 


A  study  of  the  situation,  on  Mr.  Pike's  arrival  in 
London  in  advance  of  the  Singers,  made  it  at  once 
apparent  that  the  indorsement  and  patronage  of  dis- 
tinguished people,  which  had  been  such  a  helpful 
feature  of  the  work  in  America,  were  still  more  indis- 
pensable to  an  early  and  large  success  in  England. 
Under  a  favoring  Providence,  the  letters  of  intro- 
duction previously  mentioned  speedily  opened  the 
way  to  all  of  the  assistance  of  this  sort  that  could 
have  been  hoped  for. 

The  Earl  of  Shaftesbury,  than  whom  no  man  in 
any  station,  on  either  side  of  the  Atlantic,  has  given 
his  life  more  untiringly  and  unselfishly  to  every  spe- 
cies of  philanthropic  effort,  at  once  manifested  much 
interest  in  the  enterprise.  There  was  no  one  else 
in  the  kingdom  whose  rank,  relations,  and  reputation 
would  combine  to  make  him  such  a  valuable  patron 
and  friend.  He  wras  President  of  the  Freedmen's 
Missions  Aid  Society,  the  English  organization  aux- 
iliary to  the  American  Missionary  Association.  In 
accordance  with  his  advice,  arrangements  were  made 
for  a  private  concert  at  Willis's  Rooms  on  the  after- 
noon of  the  6th  of  May.  Cards  of  invitation,  issued 
in  the  name  of  the  Earl  of  Shaftesbury  and  the  Com- 


THE   FIRST   VISIT  TO  LONDON.  49 

mittee  of  the  Society,  were  sent  to  the  nobility, 
members  of  Parliament,  the  leading  clergymen  of 
different  denominations,  editors,  and  other  persons 
of  influence  likely  to  be  interested  in  such  a  cause. 
The  visit  to  London  had  been  timed  with  a  view  to 
reaching  the  influential  ministers  and  laymen  from 
all  parts  of  the  kingdom  who  throng  there  during 
the  May  anniversaries.  Mr.  Pike  —  and  Rev.  James 
Powell,  who,  being  of  English  birth  and  used  to 
English  ways,  had  come  with  him  to  aid  in  launching 
the  enterprise  in  foreign  waters  —  had  spent  nearly 
a  month  in  stirring  up  an  interest  through  the  press 
and  in  private  effort. 

When  the  time  for  the  concert  came  the  hall  was 
filled  with  a  distinguished  assemblage.  The  Singers, 
keenly  eager  to  justify  the  promises  made  on  their 
behalf,  did  their  best. 

Before  the  programme  was  half  finished  they  had 
carried  their  audience  by  storm.  At  the  close  con- 
gratulations were  lavished  upon  them,  and  offers  of 
cooperation  were  abundant.  The  Duke  and  Duchess 
of  Argyll  were  foremost  in  expressing  a  desire  to 
assist  them,  and,  before  leaving  the  hall,  arranged 
for  a  visit  of  the  Singers  to  Argyll  Lodge  the  next 
day.  The  leading  dailies,  the  "  Times,"  the  "  Stand- 
ard," the  "News,"  the  "Telegraph,"  on  the  next 
morning  gave  cordial  praise  of  the  entertainment. 
Through  this  first  concert,  and  the  distinguished 
hospitalities  to  which  it  led,  the  Singers  found  them- 
selves at  once  introduced  to  the  British  public  under 
the  most  favoring  auspices. 

The  visit  to  Argyll  Lodge  was  destined  to  be  a 
more  notable  event  than  they,  even  in  their  great 
4 


50  THE  JUBILEE  SIXGERS. 

gratification  at  what  was  apparent  in  the  invitation, 
could  at  all  foresee.  The  kind  attentions  with  "which 
they  were  received  in  the  drawing-room  were  strik- 
ingly in  contrast  with  their  experiences  of  recent 
date  in  American  hotels  an  J  railway  stations.  But 
what  was  their  surprise  and  delight  to  learn,  after  a 
little  time  pleasantly  spent  in  conversation  with 
their  noble  hosts  and  other  guests,  that  the  Queen 
had  been  asked  to  be  present  and  was  expected 
soon  ! 

They  had  been  told,  again  and  again,  that  if  they 
could  but  sing  before  the  Queen  their  success  would 
be  assured.  But  how  to  secure  her  notice  for  a 
company  of  young  freed  people,  singers  who  had 
nothing  of  more  renown  to  offer  than  the  prayer- 
meeting  hymns  which  they  had  learned  in  bondage, 
was  a  problem  on  which  no  light  whatever  had  been 
cast  until  it  lay  suddenly  solved  before  them. 

Soon  after  her  Majesty's  arrival  the  Duke  in- 
formed them  that  she  would  be  pleased  to  see  them 
in  an  adjoining  room.  At  his  request  they  sang, 
first,  "  Steal  away  to  Jesus  ;  "  then  chanted  the 
Lord's  Prayer,  and  sang  "  Go  down,  Moses."  The 
Queen  listened  with  manifest  pleasure,  and,  as  they 
withdrew,  communicated  through  the  Duke  her 
thanks  for  the  gratification  they  had  given  her. 
There  was  no  stage  parade  or  theatric  pomp  in  the 
scene ;  but  the  spectacle  of  England's  Queen  coming 
from  her  palace  to  listen  to  the  songs  which  these 
humble  students  learned  in  their  slave  cabins,  and 
that  not  merely  for  her  own  entertainment,  but  to 
encourage  them  in  their  efforts  to  lift  up  their  fellow 
freed  people,  was  worthy  a  place  in  history. 


DISTINGUISHED  HOSPITALITIES.  5  I 

Other  hospitalities  made  the  next  three  months  of 
their  stay  in  London  memorable.  Probably  no  pri- 
vate party  of  Americans  was  ever  before  treated 
with  such  distinguished  attention.  It  was  not  pos- 
sible for  them  to  accept  all  of  the  invitations  of  this 
nature  which  they  received.  While  at  Argyll  Lodge 
Dean  Stanley  invited  them  to  visit  the  Deanery  at 
Westminster  Abbey,  a  pleasure  which  they  realized 
a  few  days  after. 

An  afternoon  was  spent  at  the  delightful  home  of 
Samuel  Gurney,  the  distinguished  Quaker  abolition- 
ist, near  Regent's  Park,  introducing  the  Singers  to  a 
large  party  who  were  Friends  in  truth  as  well  as 
name.  -  To  no  one  did  the  mission  of  the  Singers 
mean  more  than  to  the  noble  circle  of  Quakers,  who 
had  all  their  lives  long  been  such  devoted  friends  of 
the  oppiessed. 

Mr.  George  MacDonald,  the  distinguished  novel- 
ist, gave  them  a  welcome  invitation  to  his  beautiful 
home  on  the  banks  of  the  Thames,  on  the  occasion 
of  one  of  his  annual  garden  parties  —  a  scriptural 
gathering  of  the  poor  and  the  lame  whom  he  brings 
out  from  the  crowded  London  tenements  every  sum- 
mer for  a  day's  outing  under  the  trees.  No  one 
could  have  enjoyed  more  than  the  Singers  the  op- 
portunity of  contributing  to  its  success. 

But  the  most  distinguished  attentions  of  this  sort 
which  they  received  came  through  the  kind  offices 
of  Rev.  Newman  Hall,  in  mentioning  the  Singers  to 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gladstone.  The  latter  were  to  give  a 
lunch  at  their  residence,  Carlton  Hquse  Terrace,  to 
the  Prince  and  Princess  of  Wales,  and  other  mem- 
bers of  the  royal  family.     The  Singers  were  invited 


52  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

to  be  present  and  chant  the  Lord's  Prayer,  as  a 
grace  before  lunch,  and  contribute  in  any  other  way 
that  might  seem  desirable  to  the  entertainment  of 
the  occasion.  Standing  in  one  of  the  alcoves  of  the 
dining-room,  they  had  been  unobserved  by  most  of 
the  company  until  the  sweet  harmony  of  that  fine 
Gregorian  chant  stole  through  the  room.  Then  ex- 
planations passed  from  one  to  another  of  the  guests, 
and  there  was  a  call  for  more  singing.  Along  with 
other  pieces,  "  John  Brown  "  was  given,  awakening 
that  special  enthusiasm  with  which  English  hearers 
have  always  received  it.  The  Prince  of  Wales, 
looking  over  the  book  of  songs,  called  for  "  No  more 
auction-block  forme;"  and  Mrs.  Gladstone  asked, 
as  a  special  favor  to  the  Grand  Duchess  Czarevna, 
whose  imperial  father-in-law  had  emancipated  the 
serfs  in  Russia,  that  "  John  Brown "  might  be  re- 
peated. Special  interest  was  manifested  in  the 
Singers,  and  many  questions  were  asked  t)f  them, 
and  many  encouraging  words  spoken  by  the  distin- 
guished guests.  Among  those  present,  beside  the 
royal  family,  were  the  Duke  of  Sutherland,  the 
Duke  and  Duchess  of  Argyll,  Earl  Granville,  and 
other  members  of  the  nobility  ;  Count  Munster,  Mr. 
Motley,  and  other  representatives  of  the  diplomatic 
corps  ;  the  Hon.  John  Bright,  the  Bishop  of  Win- 
chester—  son  of  the  great  Wilberforce,  Mrs.  Jenny 
Lind  Goldschmidt,  and  others. 

But  this  was  not  all  of  their  good  fortune  at  the 
hands  of  the  Prime  Minister.  A  few  days  after  a 
note  was  received,  in  which  Mr.  Gladstone  said,  "  I 
beg  you  to  accept  the  assurances  of  the  great  pleas- 
ure which  the  Jubilee  Singers  gave  on  Monday  to 


G TESTS  OF  MR.    GLADSTONE.  53 

our  illustrious  guests,  and  to  all  who  heard  them.  I 
should  wish  to  offer  a  little  present  in  books  in  ac- 
knowledgment of  their  kindness,  and  in  connection 
with  the  purposes,  as  they  have  announced,  of  their 
visit  to  England.  It  has  occurred  to  me  that  per- 
haps they  might  like  to  breakfast  with  us,  my  family 
and  a  very  few  friends,  but  I  would  not  ask  this 
unless  it  is  thoroughly  agreeable  to  them."  The 
note  closed  with  suggesting  a  day  on  which  he  would 
be  glad  to  entertain  the  party. 

The  invitation  was  of  course  gladly  accepted. 
Aside  from  the  especial  help  it  might  give  them  in 
their  immediate  work,  it  was  felt  that  such  atten- 
tions to  a  company  of  colored  people,  just  out  of 
bondage,  by  the  Prime  Minister  of  Great  Britain, 
was  a  rebuke  to  the  caste  spirit  in  America  that 
would  do  great  good.  Their  first  visit  to  Carlton 
House  Terrace  was  to  entertain  its  guests,  now  they 
were  to  be  themselves  its  guests.  Mr.  Gladstone 
had  spent  the  night  at  Chiselhurst,  and  was  in  such 
poor  health  that  he  had,  by  his  physician's  order, 
excused  himself  from  attending  the  banquet  to  be 
given  at  the  Mansion  House  that  evening  by  the 
Lord  Mayor  to  the  Ministry.  Nevertheless,  he  rode 
in  twenty-five  miles  that  morning  to  keep  his  ap- 
pointment to  meet  his  negro  friends  at  breakfast. 
Several  members  of  the  Cabinet  and  of  Parliament, 
with  ladies  of  the  nobility,  were  also  among  the 
guests.  The  Singers  were  distributed  between  them 
at  the  table,  and  were  the  recipients  of  the  kind  and 
assiduous  attentions  of  all.  Writing  an  account  of 
the  occasion  for  the  New  York  "  Independent,"  the 
Rev.  Newman  Hall,  alluding  to  the  color  prejudices 


54-  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

of  so  many  Americans,  said :  "  I  wish  they  had  been 
present  yesterday,  to  see  Mrs.  Gladstone  and  her 
daughters,  and  the  noble  lords  and  ladies  present, 
taking  their  negro  friends  by  the  hand,  placing  them 
chairs,  sitting  at  their  side,  pouring  out  their  tea, 
etc.,  and  conversing  with  them  in  a  manner  utterly 
free  from  any  approach  either  to  pride  or  condescen- 
sion ;  but  exactly  as  if  they  had  been  white  people 
in  their  own  rank  in  life.  And  this  not  as  an  effort, 
nor  for  the  show  of  it,  but  from  a  habit  of  social 
intercourse  which  would  have  rendered  any  other 
conduct  perfectly  impossible." 

After  breakfast  Mr.  Gladstone  showed  to  his 
guests  some  of  the  principal  objects  of  interest  in 
his  collection  of  art  treasures,  explaining  them  in 
his  fascinating  style.  "  Then,"  to  quote  Mr.  Hall's 
account  once  more,  "  all  the  party  being  gathered  in 
the  drawing-room,  the  Jubilee  Singers  entertained 
us  with  their  wonderful  music.  First  we  had  '  John 
Brown.'  I  never  heard  them  sing  it  as  they  did 
yesterday.  It  was  not  the  music  alone,  but  the 
features  of  the  singers  also  which  made  it  so  im- 
pressive. Their  eyes  flashed ;  their  countenances 
told  of  reverence  and  joy  and  gratitude  to  God. 
Never  shall  I  forget  Mr.  Gladstone's  rapt,  enthusi- 
astic attention.  His  form  was  bent  for  vard,  his 
eyes  were  riveted ;  all  the  intellect  and  soul  of  his 
great  nature  seemed  expressed  in  his  countenance ; 
and  when  they  had  finished  he  kept  saying,  '  Is  n't 
it  wonderful  ?  I  never  heard  anything  like  it ! '  The 
tender,  thrilling  words  and  music  of  -  Oh,  how  I  love 
Jesus  ! '  brought  tears  to  the  eyes  of  the  listeners  ; 
and  when  they  closed  with  the   Lord's   Prayer,  all 


DINNER  OF  THE  CONGREGATIONAL  UNION      55 

the  company,  led  by  Mr.  Gladstone,  reverently  stood 
with  bowed  heads  in  worship. 

"Just  before  leaving  the  room,  they  sang,  'Good- 
by,  brother  ;  good-by,  sister ; '  which  went  to  every 
heart.  As  brothers  and  sisters,  the  Premier  and 
Mrs.  Gladstone,  with  their  guests,  bade  them  fare- 
well. It  was  just  noon  when  we  passed  through  the 
hall,  where  several  persons  were  waiting  on  official 
business  to  see  the  Premier,  who,  doubtless,  from 
that  time  till  late  at  night  was  anxiously  occupied 
with  public  affairs,  but  whose  morning  was  given  up 
to  his  negro  friends  with  such  heartiness  and  leis- 
ure of  mind  that  a  stranger  might  suppose  he  was, 
of  all  present,  the  one  whose  time  was  most  his 
own." 

Subsequently  Mr.  Gladstone  sent  them  a  valuable 
present  of  books  for  the  University  library ;  as  did 
Mr.  Motley,  in  accordance  with  a  promise  made  to 
them  on  their  first  visit  to  Carlton  House  Terrace. 

Several  other  occasions  served  to  introduce  the 
Singers  to  the  public,  in  a  way  that  gave  them  spe- 
cial assistance  in  their  work  afterwards.  By  the 
kind  assistance  of  Dr.  Allon,  and  one  or  two  other 
friends,  arrangements  were  made  for  them  to  appear 
at  the  annual  dinner  of  the  Congregational  Union. 
Six  or  seven  hundred  leading  ministers  and  laymen, 
from  all  parts  of  the  kingdom,  were  present,  and 
gave  rapturous  applause  to  one  after  another  of  the 
songs.  As  at  Oberlin,  this  served  as  a  favorable  in- 
troduction to  the  denomination  throughout  the  whole 
country.  The  promises  of  cooperation  were  many 
and  were  well  kept. 

At  the  anniversary  of  the  Freedmen's  Missions 


56  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

Aid  Society  the  Singers  were  advertised  as  one  of 
the  attractions,  and  the  hall  was  much  too  small 
to  hold  all  who  came.  Lord  Shaftesbury  presided. 
The  venerable  Dr.  Moffat  was  among  the  speakers, 
and  eloquently  testified  to  the  renewed  hope  he  had 
for  Africa  as  he  listened  to  the  Jubilee  Singers.  He 
had  been  "  holding  his  tiny  rushlight  amidst  the 
desolations  of  that  continent,  and  holding  it  with  the 
feeling  that  his  efforts  were  almost  futile."  But  as 
he  thought  of  the  trained  missionaries  who  might 
yet  be  raised  up  among  the  emancipated  slaves  of 
America,  he  saw  light  ahead.  Here  again  the  "  John 
Brown  "  song  electrified  the  audience.  As  the  stir- 
ring refrain  rang  out, 

"John  Brown  died  that  the  slave  might  be  free  !  " 

the  dense  audience  rose  to  their  feet,  hats  and  hand- 
kerchiefs waved  in  the  air,  and  the  deafening  ap- 
plause was  kept  up  until  the  Singers  answered  with 
••  God  Save  the  Queen." 

The  American  Missionary  Association,  in  its  work 
among  the  freedmen,  had  always  taken  strong  ground 
against  the  use  of  liquor  —  a  position  which  Chris- 
tian people  in  England  do  not  always  take.  The 
National  Temperance  League  therefore  looked  upon 
the  Singers  as  allies  in  its  work,  and  gave  them  a 
cordial  welcome  to  their  annual  soiree  at  the  Cannon 
Street  Terminus  Hotel.  Such  was  the  eagerness  to 
hear  them,  after  they  had  rilled  the  parts  assigned 
them  on  the  programme,  that  the  other  exercises 
were  shortened  to  give  them  more  time  for  singing. 

At  the  great  annual  fete  of  the  League  at  the 
Crystal  Palace  in  July,  the  free  use  of  the  opera- 


A   PERPLEXING   QUESTION.  57 

house  was  tendered  to  the  Singers  for  a  concert, 
and  all  the  advertising  was  done  for  them  by  the 
committee,  without  charge.  The  great  event  of 
this  occasion,  which  was  attended  by  thousands  of 
excursionists  from  all  parts  of  the  kingdom,  was  the 
concert  given  in  the  central  transept,  by  a  choir  of 
five  thousand  children,  under  the  management  of 
Mr.  Frederick  Smith.  The  audience  was  immense. 
At  the  close  of  the  programme  the  Jubilees  came 
upon  the  platform  and  sang  one  or  two  songs.  One 
of  them,  of  course,  was  "  John  Brown,"  and  at  the 
last  verse  Mr.  Smith  suddenly  rapped  up  his  army 
of  singers  to  join  in  the  chorus.  The  effect  was 
very  fine,  and  the  song  closed  with  round  after 
round  of  long-continued  applause. 

These  occasions,  however,  added  little  to  the  Ju- 
bilee Fund,  valuable  as  they  were  in  the  way  of  ad- 
vertising for  their  future  work.  The  best  method 
of  raising  money  was,  in  fact,  a  perplexing  question. 
Friends  generally  advised  free  concerts  with  collec- 
tions at  the  close.  But  experience  with  this  plan  in 
America  was  not  at  all  encouraging.  And,  with  one 
or  two  exceptions,  in  the  few  cases  where  it  was 
tried  the  collection  did  not  usually  yield  them  more 
than  one  half  as  much  as  would  have  been  received 
if  the  same  audience  had  paid  the  common  price  for 
tickets.  One  of  these  exceptions  was  a  concert  of 
a  semi-private  character,  planned  by  Dr.  Allon,  and 
given  in  his  chapel  at  Islington.  Special  cards  of 
invitation  were  sent  out,  on  which  the  mission  of  the 
Singers  was  explained,  and  the  fact  stated  that  a 
contribution  would  be  taken  up  for  their  work.  Of 
this  concert  Dr.  Allon  wrote  to  Rev.   Henry  Ward 


5$  THE  JUBJLEE  SINGERS. 

Beecher :  "  The  desire  to  hear  them  was  so  great 
that  three  times  the  number  of  tickets  printed  were 
applied  for.  There  was  a  great  and  most  enthu- 
siastic crowd.  The  collection  produced  about  ;£8o. 
Since  then  the  interest  in  them  has  been  growing, 
and  they  will  certainly  have  a  hearty  reception  now 
that  they  are  about  to  visit  the  provincial  cities 
and  towns  of  the  kingdom.  Their  songs  produce 
a  strange,  weird  effect.  Notwithstanding  the  oc- 
casional dash  of  negro  familiarity  and  quaintness  of 
expression,  they  are  full  of  religious  earnestness  and 
pathos,  and  one  loses  all  sense  of  oddity  in  the  feel- 
ing of  real  and  natural  piety.  It  will  greatly  help 
them  that  their  performance  is  such  as  the  most  fas- 
tidious will  not  hesitate  to  welcome  in  our  churches." 
Dr.  Allon's  high  standing,  both  as  a  Christian  min- 
ister and  as  an  editor  of  works  to  promote  the  serv- 
ice of  song  in  the  churches,  gave  to  his  testimony 
special  value. 

The  singing  in  the  Nonconformist  churches  being 
generally  congregational,  there  seemed  to  be  no 
opportunity  for  the  Singers  to  take  that  special  part 
in  the  Sabbath  services  to  which  they  had  become 
so  much  accustomed  in  America,  and  in  which  it 
was  believed  that  they  had  done  no  little  good.  An 
invitation  from  Rev.  Newman  Hall,  therefore,  to 
sing  at  his  morning  service  in  Surrey  Chapel  was 
specially  welcome  as  opening  the  way  to  such  work. 
They  wTere  seated  near  the  pulpit,  and  their  singing 
both  before  and  after  the  sermon  seemed  to  be  re- 
garded by  the  congregation  as  every  way  befitting 
the  Lord's  house  and  its  worship. 

There  were  special  reasons  why  it  would  be  better 


AT  MR.   STURGEON'S   TABERNACLE.  59 

to  give  concerts  in  public  halls,  where  the  people  of 
all  denominations  could  meet  on  a  common  footing 
and  with  equal  interest  in  the  work.  But  it  was 
foreseen  that  it  would  often  be  impossible  to  secure 
suitable  assembly-rooms  of  this  sort.  And  as  it  was 
by  no  means  common  to  open  even  Nonconformist 
chapels  to  gatherings  where  an  admission  fee  was 
charged,  Mr.  Hall  was  again  of  timely  service  to  the 
company  by  his  offer  of  Surrey  Chapel  to  them  for 
a  paid  concert.  A  crowded  audience  attended,  and 
the  precedent  thus  established  was  of  much  value. 

Concerts  were  given  in  these  days  at  St.  James's 
Hall  and  other  places  of  repute  for  first-class  enter- 
tainments. But  the  expenses  were  so  large  as  to 
eat  up  most  of  the  receipts.  The  concerts  in  chap- 
els paid  better,  enlisting  as  they  did,  in  the  case 
of  strong  city  churches,  a  corps  of  co-workers  in 
the  congregation  who  were  usually  sure  to  fill  the 
house. 

The  most  notable  of  these  was  the  one  given  in 
Mr.  Spurgeon's  Tabernacle.  Mr.  Spurgeon  had 
signified,  in  his  hearty  way,  his  interest  in  their 
mission,  and  had  tendered  them  the  use  of  his  large 
church.  The  Sunday  previous  to  the  concert  they 
attended  service  there,  and  at  the  close  tarried  to 
shake  hands  with  the  great  preacher.  While  wait- 
ing their  turn  in  the  room  adjoining  that  where  Mjr. 
Spurgeon  receives  his  visitors,  some  of  the  people 
present  asked  for  a  song.  The  Singers,  with  tender 
and  earnest  feeling,  sang,  "O  brothers,  don't  stay 
away."  They  had  scarcely  finished  when  Mr.  Spur- 
geon summoned  them  into  his  room.  He  had  heard 
the  song,  and  was  so  affected  by  it  that  he  wanted 


60  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

them  to  attend  the  evening  service  and  repeat  it 
there. 

"  I  do  not  know  whether  you  will  approve  or  not," 
he  said  to  his  people  in  commencing  the  service, 
"  but  it  seems  to  me  it  is  the  right  thing,  and  I  will 
take  the  risk.  After  the  morning  service  I  heard 
the  Jubilee  Singers  sing  a  piece,  '  O  brothers,  don't 
stay  away,  for  my  Lord  says  there  's  room  enough 
in  the  heavens  for  you.'  I  found  tears  coming  in 
my  eyes  ;  and  looking  at  my  deacons  I  found  theirs 
very  moist  too.  That  song  suggested  my  text  and 
my  sermon  to-night.  Now,  as  a  part  of  the  sermon, 
I  am  going  to  ask  them  to  sing  it,  for  they  preach 
in  the  singing  ;  and  may  the  Spirit  of  God  send 
home  this  word  to  some  to-night  —  some  who  may 
remember  their  singing  if  they  forget  my  preach- 
ing. 

Then  followed  the  singing,  so  clear  and  strong  as 
to  reach  every  person  in  the  great  audience  of  five 
or  six  thousand  people,  and  Mr.  Spurgeon  preached 
with  great  effect  from  the  text,  "  It  is  done  as  thou 
hast  commanded,  and  yet  there  is  room."  In  giving 
notice  of  the  concert  on  Wednesday,  he  added  the 
exhortation,  "  O  brothers,  don't  stay  away."  And 
his  counsel  was  well  heeded.  It  was  advertised  that 
the  doors  would  be  open  at  seven  o'clock,  but  long 
before  that  the  crowds  about  the  gates  were  such 
that  it  was  necessary  to  open  them  to  avoid  blockad- 
ing the  street,  and  the  attendance  was  estimated  at 
seven  thousand.  Every  song,  with  the  inspiration 
and  enthusiasm  of  such  an  audience,  was  a  triumph. 

At  the  close  Mr.  Spurgeon  said  :  "  Now  our  friends 
are  going  to  Scotland,  and  I  have  told  them  to  come 


INVITATION   TO    COME   AGAIN  6 1 

here  and  hold  their  first  concert  when  they  return  to 
London.  They  have  come  to  Great  Britain  to  raise 
£6,000 :  they  will  do  it ;  and  if  they  want  ^6,000 
more,  let  them  come  back  to  this  country  again,  and 
we  will  give  it  to  them." 


CHAPTER   VIII. 

A    BUSY    WINTER    IN    GREAT    BRITAIN. 

The  Singers  had  spent  over  three  months  in  Lon- 
don, and  arrangements  were  now  made  for  a  tour  in 
Scotland,  with  a  visit  to  a  few  of  the  larger  cities  on 
the  way. 

Hull,  the  birthplace  of  Wilberforce,  was  reached, 
by  a  pleasant  coincidence,  on  the  first  of  August,  the 
anniversary  of  emancipation  in  the  British  colonies. 
Here  it  was  decided  to  try  the  plan  adopted  at  Dr. 
Allon's  chapel  in  Islington,  and  find  how  it  would 
work  in  the  provinces.  Fifteen  hundred  invitations 
to  a  concert  in  the  Hope  Street  Chapel  were  sent 
out  to  those  most  likely  to  be  interested.  The  col- 
lection, which  seemed  a  very  large  one  to  the  friends 
who  had  charge  of  the  arrangements,  amounted  to 
about  ^52.  When  it  was  explained  that  not  less 
than  ;£ioo  ought  to  be  realized  from  each  evening's 
work,  if  the  mission  to  Great  Britain  was  to  be  a 
success,  some  of  the  good  friends  insisted  on  another 
trial,  with  an  admission  fee.  When  the  time  came, 
Hengler's  Cirque,  in  spite  of  a  rainy  evening,  and  to 
the  delight  of  all,  was  crowded,  and  the  receipts  were 

Sitting  by  his  window  at  the  hotel  in  Hull  on 
Sunday  evening,  and  noting  the  tide  of  people  flow- 


OFF  FOR  SCOTLAND.  63 

ing  idly  by,  Mr.  White  proposed  an  extempore  re- 
ligious service  for  their  benefit.  Taking  the  base 
of  the  King  William  monument  as  a  platform,  Mr. 
Pike  preached  and  the  Singers  sang  of  the  love  of 
Christ  to  a  crowd  that  filled  the  street  farther  than 
the  voice  of  either  speaker  or  singer  could  be  heard. 
Tears  trickled  down  the  cheeks  of  many  to  whom 
the  sound  of  prayer  or  religious  song  was  apparently 
almost  unknown. 

In  Scarborough,  a  free  concert  yielded  a  collection 
of  about  ^90,  and  on  Sunday  the  Singers  sang,  in 
a  heavy  rain,  to  a  Sunday-school  gathering  of  four 
thousand  people  on  the  green.  At  Newcastle,  Rev. 
H.  T.  Robjohns  had  so  thoroughly  worked  up  the 
public  interest  that  every  seat  was  sold  before  it 
was  time  for  the  concert  to  commence.  At  Sunder- 
land, Moody  and  Sankey  had  been  holding  meetings 
not  long  before,  at  the  beginning  of  what  afterwards 
became  such  a  famous  work,  and  the  special  interest 
thus  awakened  in  religious  song  prepared  the  way 
for  the  Singers.  J.  Candlish,  Esq.,  M.  P.,  presided, 
the  ministers  of  the  different  denominations  were 
advertised  as  patrons,  and  the  large  Victoria  Hall 
was  filled  before  many  who  wished  to  attend  could 
obtain  admission. 

Lord  Shaftesbury,  with  characteristic  kindness 
and  foresight,  had  given  the  Singers  a  cordial  let- 
ter of  introduction  to  his  friend,  John  Burns,  Esq., 
of  the  Cunard  Steamship  Line,  at  Glasgow.  Mr. 
Burns's  sympathies  were  at  once  awakened,  and  he 
arranged  for  a  garden  party  at  Castle  Wemyss,  his 
residence  on  Wemyss  Bay.  Invitations,  were  sent 
out  to  four  hundred  persons  of  prominence  and  in- 


64  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

fluence  in  the  west  of  Scotland ;  and  Lord  Shaftes- 
bury, who  was  also  present,  made  a  very  effective 
appeal  for  their  cooperation  in  promoting  the  mis- 
sion of  the  Singers. 

To  crown  these  helpful  efforts  to  forward  their 
work  in  Scotland,  his  lordship  placed  in  Mr.  Pike's 
hands,  before  their  departure  from  Castle  Wemyss, 
letters  of  introduction  to  the  Lord  Provost  of  Glas- 
gow, and  the  Lord  Provost  of  Edinburgh.  Their 
contents  were  at  that  time  unknown.  Least  of  all 
was  it  suspected  that  they  contained  a  proposal  that 
the  authorities  of  Glasgow  and  Edinburgh  should 
vote  a  welcome  to  the  Singers,  and  bring  them  be- 
fore the  public  under  the  auspices  of  the  "  Lord 
Provost,  the  magistrates,  and  the  Town  Council" 
of  these  two  leading  cities !  Reports  of  this  gath- 
ering at  Castle  Wemyss  had  prominent  place  in  the 
daily  papers,  kindling  a  general  desire  to  hear  the 
Singers. 

A  series  of  successful  concerts  followed.  At  Largs 
the  pastor  of  the  Established  (Presbyterian)  Church 
set  a  desirable  precedent  by  opening  his  church  for 
a  concert  with  an  admission  fee.  The  city  authori- 
ties at  Greenock  gave  the  Singers  the  use  of  the 
town  hall,  which  holds  two  thousand  people.  It 
was  densely  crowded  on  two  evenings  with  au- 
diences as  sympathetic  and  enthusiastic  as  could 
be  desired. 

As  this  was  the  season  when  many  of  the  people 
of  the  larger  towns  in  Scotland  were  at  the  summer 
resorts,  it  was  decided  to  pay  a  short  visit  to  Ireland. 
Letters  from  Mr.  Burns,  and  the  indorsement  of  the 
Hon.  George  H.  Stuart,  who  is  held  in  high  regard 


•       THE   RECEPTION  AT  EDINBURGH.  65 

in  that  country  of  his  birth,  prepared  the  people  to 
welcome  them.  Dr.  Henry,  President  of  Queen's 
College,  presided  at  the  first  concert  in  Ulster  Hall, 
Belfast,  and  Rev.  William  Johnson,  the  Moderator 
of  the  General  Assembly,  aided  heartily  in  the  sub- 
sequent work  there.  At  Londonderry  their  wel- 
come accorded  with  the  historic  fame  of  that  old, 
liberty-loving  town,  so  foremost  in  Protestant  zeal 
and  good  works. 

Returning  to  Scotland,  they  were  met  with  the 
announcement  that  the  authorities  of  Glasgow  had 
acted  upon  Lord  Shaftesbury's  Suggestion,  and  voted 
to  invite  them  to  give  a  concert  at  the  city  hall 
under  their  official  patronage.  Looking  backward 
to  the  bondage  and  ostracism  that  was  still  so  fresh 
in  their  memory,  such  a  thing,  in  that  great  city  of 
five  hundred  thousand  people,  seemed  almost  in- 
credible. The  city  hall  was  full.  The  Lord  Provost 
presided,  and  beside  him,  on  the  platform,  sat  the 
magistrates  and  leading  clergymen  of  the  city.  The 
Singers  were  eager  to  do  their  best,  and  the  Lord 
Provost  in  his  closing  remarks  declared  that  he 
"  never  attended  a  more  delightful  meeting." 

Their  reception  at  Edinburgh  was  equally  hearty 
and  inspiring.  The  authorities  gave  them  a  vote  of 
welcome.  The  Lord  Provost  presided  at  their  first 
concert,  and  afterwards  gave  a  dinner-party  in  their 
honor  at  his  own  residence.  At  Paisley  a  most 
helpful  friend  was  found  in  Sir  Peter  Coats,  whose 
name  as  a  thread  manufacturer  is  a  household  word 
throughout  the  world,  but  whose  highest  praise  where 
he  is  personally  known  is  his  Christian  philanthropy. 
He  entertained  the  Singers  at  his  country-house  on 
5 


66  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

the  banks  of  the  "  bonny  Doon,"  piloted  them  in 
visits  to  the  many  places  of  historic  and  poetic  in- 
terest in  that  vicinity,  attended  personally  to  the 
preliminary  arrangements  for  and  presided  at  their 
c:ncert.  At  Kilmarnock,  Ayr,  Aberdeen,  Perth, 
Dundee,  and  other  cities,  concerts  were  given  that 
were  a  series  of  triumphs.  Many  presents  were  made 
in  money  and  books  for  the  University,  and  the  peo- 
ple everywhere  vied  with  each  other  in  showing  a 
most  gracious  hospitality. 

From  the  first  the  Jubilee  music  was  more  or  less 
of  a  puzzle  to  the  crftics  ;  and  even  among  those  who 
sympathized  with  their  mission,  there  was  no  little 
difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  artistic  merit  of  their 
entertainments.  Some  could  not  understand  the 
reason  for  enjoying  so  thoroughly,  as  almost  every 
one  did,  these  simple,  unpretending  songs.  This 
criticism  led  to  the  publication,  by  Mr.  Colin  Brown, 
Ewing  Lecturer  on  Music  in  the  Andersonian  Univer- 
sity, Glasgow,  of  a  series  of  articles,  analyzing  this 
style  of  music,  in  which  he  said  :  "  The  highest 
triumph  of  art  is  to  be  natural.  The  singing  of  these 
strangers  is  so  natural  that  it  does  not  at  once  strike 
us  how  much  of  true  art  is  in  it,  and  how  careful  and 
discriminating  has  been  the  training  bestowed  upon 
them  by  their  accomplished  instructor  and  leader, 
who,  though  retiring  from  public  notice,  deserves 
great  praise.  Like  the  Swedish  melodies  of  Jenny 
Lind,  it  gives  a  new  musical  idea.  It  has  been  well 
remarked  that  in  some  respects  it  disarms  criticism, 
in  others  it  may  be  truly  said  that  it  almost  defies  it. 
It  was  beautifully  described  by  a  simple  Highland 
girl,  —  '  It  filled  my   whole  heart ! '     The  richness 


REVIVAL   LABORS    WITH  MR.   MOODY.  67 

and  purity  of  tone,  both  in  melody  and  harmony,  the 
contrast  of  light  and  shade,  the  varieties  of  gentleness 
and  grandeur  in  expression,  and  the  exquisite  refine- 
ment of  the  piano,  as  contrasted  with  the  power  of 
the  forte,  fill  us  with  delight,  and  at  the  same  time 
make  us  feel  how  strange  it  is  that  these  unpretend- 
ing singers  should  come  over  here  to  teach  us  what 
is  the  true  refinement  of  music,  make  us  feel  its 
moral  and  religious  power." 

The  labors  of  the  Singers  in  connection  with  the 
meetings  of  Messrs.  Moody  and  Sankey  were  one  of 
the  most  memorable  features  of  this  visit  to  the 
North.  They  first  met  the  evangelists  at  Newcastle- 
on-Tyne,  and  for  some  days  lent  daily  assistance  in 
the  great  work.  Their  songs  were  found  to  be 
especially  adapted  to  promote  the  revival.  One  in- 
cident in  connection  with  one  of  the  noonday  prayer 
meetings,  of  which  Mr.  Moody  often  spoke  afterwards, 
cannot  be  better  told  than  in  the  words  of  Rev.  Mr. 
Robjohns  :  "The  Jubilee  Singers  had  been  specially 
prayed  for.  A  moment's  pause,  and  there  went  up 
in  sweet,  low  notes  a  chorus  as  of  angels.  None 
could  tell  where  the  Singers  were,  —  on  the  floor,  in 
the  gallery,  or  in  the  air.  The  crowd  was  close,  and 
the  Singers  —  wherever  they  were  —  were  sitting. 
Every  one  was  thrilled,  for  this  was  the  song  they 
sang,  — 

'  There  are  angels  hovering  round 
To  carry  the  tidings  home.' 

The  notes  are  before  us  as  we  write,  simple  enough, 
—  the  words,  too  ;  but  one  should  hear  the  Jubilees 
sing  them.  It  was  like  a  snatch  of  angelic  son^ 
heard   from  the  upper  air  as  a  band  of  celestials 


68  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

passed  swiftly  on  an  errand  of  mercy."  And  he 
adds  :  "  Nor  are  these  all  our  obligations  to  our 
beloved  friends.  They  have  gone  in  and  out  the 
churches,  Sunday-schools,  and  mission-rooms,  singing 
for  Jesus.  Such  services  to  souls  and  Christ  have 
opened  wide  the  people's  hearts,  and  the  Jubilees 
have  just  walked  straight  in,  to  be  there  enshrined 
for  evermore." 

In  the  great  work  at  Edinburgh,  also,  the  Singers 
rendered  special  assistance,  sometimes  taking  part 
in  as  many  as  six  meetings  a  day,  —  prayer  meetings, 
inquiry  meetings,  Bible  readings,  preaching  services, 
etc.  On  one  Sunday  evening  Mr.  Moody  preached, 
and  they  sang,  to  an  audience  of  between  six  and 
seven  thousand  working-people,  gathered  by  special 
cards  of  invitation  in  the  Corn  Exchange,  which  was 
followed  by  an  inquiry  meeting,  at  which  some  seven 
hundred  asked  for  prayer. 

After  the  engagements  of  the  Singers  tcok  them 
away  from  Mr.  Moody,  missionary  and  revival  meet- 
ings were  frequently  held  on  Sundays  ;  and  at  them 
and  at  Sunday-school  gatherings  Mr.  Dickerson  and 
Mr.  Rutling  —  as  well  as  Mr.  White  and  Mr.  Pike  — 
often  made  addresses. 

January  brought  a  very  whirl  of  work  and  a  har- 
vest of  money,  in  connection  with  the  campaign 
through  the  midland  counties.  Wherever  the  Sing- 
ers went  they  met  crowded  houses  at  their  concerts. 
Many  subscriptions  were  made  to  furnish  rooms,  at 
a  cost  of  ;£io  each,  in  Jubilee  Hall.  Mr.  Frederick 
Priestman,  though  carrying  the  cares  of  an  extensive 
business  of  his  own,  interested  himself  in  perfect- 
ing arrangements  for  a  private  concert  at  Bradford, 


ONE  MONTH'S    WORK.  69 

which  was  so  well  worked  up  that  it  yielded  ^150, 
Sir  Titus  Salt,  who  was  unable  to  be  present,  sending 
£>2$.  Under  the  patronage  of-  Rev.  Eustace  Conder 
and  Edward  Baines,  Esq.,  M.  P.,  the  first  concert  at 
Leeds,  in  a  pecuniary  point  of  view,  was  the  most 
successful  one  so  far  that  had  been  given  in  the 
kingdom.  At  Halifax,  John  Crossley,  Esq.,  M.  P., 
the  great  carpet  manufacturer,  pledged  a  supply  of 
carpets  for  Jubilee  Hall.  One  of  the  results  of  a 
second  visit  to  Hull  was  the  presentation,  for  the 
library  of  the  University,  of  a  fine  oil  portrait  of 
Wilberforce,  purchased  through  a  subscription  by 
the  citizens,  a  memento  of  the  Jubilee  work  that  will 
always  be  held  in  high  regard.  The  Hon.  John  Bright 
was  absent  from  home  when  the  Singers  visited 
Rochdale,  but  his  family  subscribed  ^10  to  furnish 
a  room  to  bear  his  name  ;  and  afterwards  he  wrote  a 
letter  commending  their  mission  as  "  one  deserving 
of  all  support,"  which  went  the  rounds  of  the  papers 
and  was  of  much  help  to  them.  At  Bolton,  J.  P. 
Barlow,  Esq.,  gave  .£50  for  five  rooms,  one  of  them 
to  be  named  after  President  Charles  G.  Finney,  of 
Oberlin  College,  in  remembrance  of  his  evangelistic 
labors  during  a  great  revival  in  that  town  years 
before. 

At  Manchester  they  were  fortunate  in  enlisting 
the  services  of  Mr.  Richard  Johnson,  the  apostle  of 
ragged  schools.  No  town  was  ever  before  more 
thoroughly  plowed  with  advertising  and  sown  with 
information,  and  such  work  never  yielded  a  better 
harvest.  The  proceeds  of  the  four  concerts  in  the 
Free-Trade  Large  Hall  amounted  to  over  ,£1,200. 
This  sum  was  further  swollen  by  the  sale  of  the  books 


JO  THE   JUBILEE  SIiVGERS. 

giving  the  history  of  their  first  American  campaign, 
the  profit  on  these  sales  in  one  evening  being  £40. 
Three  concerts  followed  in  the  Philharmonic  Hall 
at  Liverpool,  with  large  receipts,  the  first  one  yield- 
ing ^325.  The  total  receipts  of  the  month  of  Jan- 
uary amounted  to  .£3,800,  or  about  $19,000! 

But  this  success  was  achieved  at  the  cost  of  an 
appalling  amount  of  work.  Requests  for  concerts 
flowed  in  from  all  parts  of  the  kingdom.  It  was 
impossible  to  comply  with  half  of  them,  and  the 
investigation  involved  in  deciding  where  to  go  was 
an  exhausting  strain  on  time  and  strength.  A  vast 
amount  of  correspondence  was  unavoidable  in  reply- 
ing to  invitations  to  breakfasts,  dinners,  and  teas, 
and  in  answering  the  many  requests  that  came  for 
concerts  for  the  benefit  of  schools,  churches,  asylums, 
and  charities  of  every  sort.  Much  thought  had  to 
be  given  to  the  preparation  of  newspaper  notices  and 
other  advertising,  and  much  time  had  to  be  spent  in 
enlisting  the  interest  and  assistance  of  those  whose 
patronage  would  be  valuable.  Adding  to  all  this  the 
incessant  demands  in  meeting  the  thousand  details 
of  concert  management  and  hotel  arrangements,  and 
the  watchful  guidance  of  the  Singers  in  this  new  life 
to  which  they  were  so  unused,  it  is  no  wonder  that 
one  after  another  of  the  working  force  broke  down 
under  the  load. 

Miss  Gilbert,  whose  labors  had  been  as  incessant 
as  they  were  invaluable,  was  taken  very  ill,  and 
obliged  to  give  up  all  work.  Mr.  Pike,  who  had 
been  doing  the  work  of  two  men,  succumbed  next  to 
serious  nervous  prostration,  and  had  scarcely  settled 
down  for  the  rest  that  was  imperatively  necessary, 


OVERWORK  AND  ILLNESS.  fl 

when  his  only  assistant  gave  way  under  the  load 
that  he  was  carrying,  and  was  forbidden  by  his  med- 
ical adviser  to  give  any  further  attention  whatever 
to  business. 

Mr.  White  was  thus  left  alone.  His  lungs  were 
weak,  and  the  heavy  fogs  and  the  night-work  were 
telling  seriously  upon  them.  And  at  this  juncture 
came  word  that  his  wife,  whose  health  had  not  been 
good,  and  who,  with  her  children,  was  in  lodgings 
in  Glasgow,  was  ill.  Yet  as  the  gross  income  of  the 
concerts  at  that  time  was  averaging  $1,000  a  night, 
and  it  seemed  to  be  so  manifestly  "  now  or  never  " 
with  their  mission,  he  felt  that  it  was  his  duty  to 
keep  on,  at  whatever  sacrifice  of  personal  feelings 
or  strength,  with  the  work.  But  a  few  days  after 
he  received  intelligence  that  impressed  him  with  the 
conviction  that  his  wife,  who  had  been  taken  with 
typhoid  fever,  was  more  seriously  ill  than  he  sup- 
posed. Hurrying  to  her  bedside,  he  reached  it  less 
than  two  days  before  she  died.  She  had  been  a  val- 
ued teacher  with  him  at  Fisk  before  their  marriage ; 
and  her  death,  which  would  have  been  a  terrible  blow 
at  any  time,  in  these  peculiar  circumstances  of  his 
health  and  work  was  unspeakably  trying.  A  loss 
of  sleep  and  appetite  followed  which  so  reduced  his 
strength  that  he  was  finally  obliged  to  give  up  work. 
And  in  the  midst  of  this  prostration  he  was  attacked 
with  hemorrhage  of  the  lungs,  and  for  some  time 
seemed  to  be  lying  at  the  very  gates  of  death. 

These  facts  becoming  known  to  friends  interested 
in  the  work,  offers  of  assistance  were  numerous,  and 
by  relying  largely  on  volunteer  help,  the  Singers 
were  able  to  go  on  and  fill  all  their  appointments. 


J  2  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

At  Sheffield,  Derby,  Wolverhampton,  Norwich, 
Ipswich,  Cambridge,  Leicester,  Nottingham,  Bir- 
mingham, and  other  cities,  the  experiences  of  Jan- 
uary were  repeated  in  crowded  audiences,  generous 
contributions,  and  the  good  cheer  of  true  English 
hospitality. 

There  was  a  large  harvest  still  ungathered  when 
the  time  drew  near  that  had  been  fixed  for  their 
return  to  America.  But  circumstances  were  such, 
especially  the  health  of  those  who  had  the  charge 
of  the  work,  that  a  longer  stay  than  was  originally 
proposed  was  impracticable. 

A  trip  to  the  south  of  Wales,  with  concerts  at 
Newport,  Cardiff,  Merthyr  Tydvil,  and  Swansea, 
was  followed  by  successful  visits  to  Bristol,  South- 
ampton, Bath,  Brighton,  and  a  few  other  cities. 
Mr.  Spurgeon,  not  forgetful  of  his  farewell  words 
when  they  left  London,  not  only  opened  his  Taber- 
nacle to  them  for  a  second  concert,  but  made  one  of 
his  happiest  addresses  in  connection  with  the  present 
of  a  full  set  of  his  works  for  the  library.  The  house 
was  densely  crowded,  and  the  receipts  exceeded  even 
those  of  the  first  concert  in  the  same  place. 

The  closing  concert  was  given  in  Exeter  Hall, 
and  yielded  a  larger  sum  than  any  other  of  the 
whole  campaign  in  Great  Britain.  That  steadfast 
friend,  the  Earl  of  Shaftesbury,  presided.  Dr.  Allon, 
whose  counsels  had  been  of  great  value  to  them  from 
the  beginning,  gave  the  audience  some  account  of 
the  winter's  work.  Nearly  .£10,000  had  been  raised 
for  the  Jubilee  Hall,  aside  from  special  gifts  for  the 
purchase  of  philosophical  apparatus,  and  donations 
in  money  for  the  library,  and  of  books  from  Mr. 


THE   RETURN   TO   AMERICA.  J$ 

Gladstone,  Mr.  Motley,  Dean  Stanley,  Mr.  Spurgeon, 
Mr  Thomas  Nelson,  and  many  other  friends. 

Lord  Shaftesbury,  in  his  parting  address,  spoke 
with  much  feeling  of  the  pleasure  their  visit  had 
given  the  English  people,  and  of  the  affection  and 
respect  in  which  they  would  always  hold  the  Jubilee 
Singers.  The  Doxology  was  sung  by  the  entire 
assembly,  and  his  Lordship,  amid  the  cheers  of  the 
audience,  and  in  their  behalf,  bade  them  good-by, 
shaking  hands  with  each  of  the  Singers  as  they  left 
the  platform. 

To  the  Singers  personally,  aside  from  the  finan- 
cial success  that  had  attended  their  work,  the  visit 
had  been  one  of  almost  unalloyed  satisfaction.  They 
had  been  everywhere  the  object  of  hospitable  atten- 
tions that,  if  they  had  any  fault,  were  sometimes  so 
urgent  and  abounding  as  to  be  wearisome,  after  the 
strain  which  their  work  made  upon  their  energies. 
Few  of  them  had  suffered  from  sickness,  and  the 
shorter  distances  to  be  traveled,  and  the  warmer 
temperature  in  winter,  had  made  concert-work  easier 
than  in  America.  In  no  way  were  they  ever  offen- 
sively reminded,  through  look  or  word  —  unless  by 
some  rude  American  who  was  lugging  his  caste 
conceit  through  a  European  tour,  or  by  a  vagrant 
Englishman  who  had  lived  long  enough  in  America 
to  ''catch"  its  color  prejudices  —  that  they  were 
black. 

The  Singers  reached  Nashville  in  time  to  attend 
the  Commencement  exercises.  The  trustees  passed 
resolutions  testifying  to  the  interest  and  sympathy 
with  which  they  had  followed  their  career,  to  their 


74  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

industry  and  devotion  in  their  work,  and  to  the  high 
honor  they  had  achieved  for  .themselves  and  their 
people,  adding  :  "  No  one  can  estimate  the  vast 
amount  of  prejudice  against  the  race  which  has 
perished  under  the  spell  of  their  marvelous  music. 
Wherever  they  have  gone  they  have  proclaimed  to 
the  hearts  of  men  in  a  most  effective  way,  and  with 
unanswerable  logic,  the  brotherhood  of  the  race." 


CHAPTER   IX. 

OVER   THE   OCEAN    AGAIN. 

In  1875  Fisk  University  completed  its  first  dec- 
ade. During  the  ten  years  thousands  of  young 
people  had  been  gathered  in  its  classes.  Its  stu- 
dents, in  turn,  had  taught  tens  of  thousands  in  Sab- 
bath and  day  schools,  communicating  far  and  wide 
among  the  freed  people  its  uplifting  influences.  It 
had  conquered  the  respect  of  those  who  began  by 
hating  it.  It  had  opened  to  the  vision  of  vast  num- 
bers of  colored  people  new  possibilities  of  Christian 
attainment  and  manly  achievement.  It  had  demon- 
strated the  capacity  of  that  despised  race  for  a  high 
culture.  It  had  raised  up  the  Jubilee  Singers,  who 
had  done  great  things  for  their  people  in  breaking 
down,  by  the  magic  of  their  song,  the  cruel  preju- 
dice against  color  that  was  everywhere  in  America 
the  greatest  of  all  hindrances  to  their  advancement ; 
who  had  raised  the  money  to  buy  a  new  site  for  the 
University,  and  erect  on  it  a  substantial  and  beau- 
tiful hall  to  take  the  place  of  the  tottering  hospital 
barracks  ;  and  who  stood  on  the  threshold  of  its  sec- 
ond decade  as  its  special  and  providential  reliance 
in  laying  the  foundation  of  its  needed  endowments. 

This  year  was  marked  by  several  events  of  special 
interest.     Hitherto  the  University  had  been  without 


J 6  THE   JUBILEE  SIA'GERS 

a  president.  Its  work  had  been  outlined  and  guided 
in  its  general  features  by  the  American  Missionary 
Association.  It  was  felt  that  the  time  had  come 
when  a  capable  president  should  take  charge  of  it, 
supported  by  a  fully-organized  faculty.  For  this 
place,  Rev.  E.  M.  Cravath  was  the  unanimous  first 
choice  of  its  trustees  and  friends.  More  than  any 
one  else  he  had  had  the  responsibility  of  its  estab- 
lishment ;  and,  during  his  subsequent  service  for 
several  years  as  field  secretary  of  the  Association, 
the  burden  of  planning  its  work  and  providing  for 
its  wants  had  rested  chiefly  upon  him.  Educated 
at  anti-slavery  Oberlin,  and  identified  all  his  life  with 
anti-slavery  effort,  he  was  felt  to  be  specially  adapted 
and  providentially  guided  to  the  place.  And  as  soon 
as  events  shaped  so  that  be  could  well  be  spared 
from  those  duties,  he  resigned  his  secretaryship  in 
the  Association  and  entered  upon  the  new  work. 

In  1875,  also,  the  University  graduated  its  first 
college  class.  It  had  taken  some  of  them,  ten  years 
before,  with  little  more  than  a  knowledge  of  the 
alphabet,  and  carried  them  through  extended  pre- 
paratory studies  and  a  thorough  classical  course,  to 
the  point  where  a  rigid  examination  awarded  them 
the  degree  of  A.  B.  At  graduation  one  was  chosen 
instructor  in  the  University,  and  others  found  re- 
sponsible positions  awaiting  them  as  teachers  in  the 
city  schools  at  Nashville  and .  Memphis.  Two  were 
the  sons  of  an  unlettered  freed  woman,  who  had 
consecrated  every  spare  dollar  of  her  hard  earnings, 
for  these  ten  years,  to  aid  her  boys  in  getting  an 
education.  It  was  a  proud  hour  for  her  when  they 
stepped  upon  the  stage  to  receive  their  diplomas  — 


PROGRESS  AT  FISK  UNIVERSITY.  J  J 

a  scene  that  it  would  have  done  the  heart  of  every 
contributor  to  Fisk  University  good  to  see. 

The  completion  and  occupancy  of  Jubilee  Hall  was 
another  of  the  important  events  of  1875.  Both  in 
its  architectural  appearance  and  substantial  con- 
struction of  the  most  durable  materials,  as  well  as 
in  its  admirable  adaptation  to  the  permanent  uses  of 
the  University,  it  is  all  that  could  be  desired.  Its 
walls  are  of  brick,  with  stone  foundations  and  facings  ; 
every  part  of  the  work  upon  it  has  been  done  in  the 
most  thorough  manner,  and  it  is  believed  to  be  the 
best  building  of  its  kind  in  the  Southern  States. 
Crowning  a  commanding  eminence  overlooking  the 
capital  city  of  Tennessee  and  the  beautiful  encircling 
valley  of  the  Cumberland,  it  stands,  not  only  an 
enduring  and  most  fitting  monument  to  the  toils  and 
triumphs  of  the  Jubilee  Singers,  and  to  the  sympathy 
and  generosity  shown  them  by  the  Christian  public 
on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic,  but  a  perpetual  in- 
spiration to  the  freed  people  as  they  struggle  out  of 
the  slough  of  ignorance  and  social  proscription  in 
which  emancipation  found  them. 

But  the  very  success  of  these  years  had  increased 
the  demands  upon  the  University  faster  than  it 
had  supplied  the  means  of  meeting  them.  It  had 
achieved  results  that  demonstrated  the  necessity  of 
its  existence  and  guarantied  its  permanence.  But 
its  needs  were  greater  than  ever.  Its  new  site,  and 
the  new  hall  standing  upon  it,  was  simply  the  solid 
foundation  for  future  growth,  and  it  was  entirely 
without  the  means,  within  itself,  of  supporting,  to 
say  nothing  of  enlarging,  its  work.  Money  was 
urgently  needed  for  endowments  from  which  to  pro- 


78  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

vide  for  the  support  of  teachers  and  to  aid  earnest, 
struggling  students  to  educate  themselves  for  Chris- 
tian work  as  teachers  and  ministers  of  the  gospel. 
In  the  poverty  of  the  freed  people  the  revenue  from 
tuition  fees  could  be  but  a  trifle  at  the  best,  com- 
pared with  its  expenses. 

The  continual  financial  pressure  throughout  the 
country  caused  a  serious  shrinkage  in  the  receipts 
of  the  American  Missionary  Association.  Many 
who  were  wont  to  give  liberally  to  such  objects  were 
unable  to  do  so  longer.  Urged  by  these  pressing 
necessities,  and  convinced  that  God  pointed  out  the 
way  by  his  providences,  the  Jubilee  Singers,  after  a 
few  months  of  rest,  again  took  the  field.  Mr.  White's 
health  was  still  so  seriously  impaired  that  it  was  im- 
possible for  him  to  undertake  such  exhausting  work 
as  was  involved  in  the  entire  care  of  a  concert  cam- 
paign, and  Prof.  T.  F.  Seward,  of  New  York,  who 
first  wrote  down  the  Jubilee  Songs,  and  had  been 
deeply  interested  in  the  work,  was  fortunately  se- 
cured to  share  the  labor. 

A  series  of  concerts  was  given  during  the  winter 
and  spring  in  the  larger  cities  of  the  North,  prelimi- 
nary to  another  tour  abroad.  Some  of  them  were 
very  successful,  but  the  net  receipts  of  the  winter's 
work  were  not  large.  The  "times"  were  hard;  the 
weather  was  unusually  cold  and  unfavorable  ;  and 
rival  companies,  some  of  whom  appropriated  not 
only  the  name,  but  even  the  testimonials  belonging 
to  the  Jubilee  Singers,  had  taken  the  field,  and,  to  a 
considerable  extent,  had  trampled  down  the  harvest 
where  they  had  not  the  ability  to  gather  it. 

On  May  15th  the  company,  reorganized  to  consist 


RETURN  TO  LONDON.  79 

of  ten  members,  sailed  for  England  in  the  Cunard 
steamer  Algeria.  It  was  a  sign  of  progress  that 
more  than  one  steamship  line,  which  had  refused 
'them  cabin  accommodation  two  years  before,  offered 
reduced  rates  if  they  would  accept  them  now.  Mr. 
White  accompanied  them,  to  give,  so  far  as  his 
health  would  permit,  the  counsel  and  assistance 
which  his  previous  experience  made  so  valuable,  and 
President  Cravath  followed  in  the  autumn  to  take 
charge  of  the  general  interests  of  the  enterprise, 
and  to  reinforce  the  working  force  when  the  heavy 
drafts  of  the  busy  season  began. 

The  announcement  that  they  would  be  present 
and  sing  a  few  of  their  slave-songs  at  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  Freedmen's  Missions  Aid  Society,  in 
the  City  Temple,  London,  Monday  evening,  May 
31st,  was  to  many  of  their  friends  the  first  news  of 
their  return  from  America  ;  but  it  was  news  that 
traveled  quickly,  and  it  drew  an  audience  that  not 
only  packed  every  inch  of  space  in  that  capacious 
church,  but  filled  the  large  lecture  hall  below  with 
an  overflow  meeting. 

So  great  was  the  gathering  "about  the  building 
that  to  get  even  to  the  doors  was  a  formidable  task, 
and  the  chairman,  Lord  Shaftesbury,  was  delayed 
some  minutes  in  reaching  the  platform  by  the  diffi- 
culty of  penetrating  the  dense  crowd  that  filled  the 
corridors.  In  ascending  the  stand  his  eye  caught 
sight  of  the  Singers  in  the  gallery,  whom  he  greeted 
with  a  cordial  salutation,  and  in  his  remarks  on  tak- 
ing the  chair  he  said  :  "I  am  delighted  to  see  so 
large  a  congregation  of  the  citizens  of  London  come 
to  offer  a  renewal  of  their  hospitality  to  these  noble 


80  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

brethren  and  sisters  of  ours,  who  are  here  to-night 
to  charm  us  with  their  sweet  songs.  They  have  re- 
turned here,  not  for  anything  in  their  own  behalf, 
but  to  advance  the  interests  of  the  colored  race  in 
America,  and  then  to  do  what  in  them  lies  to  send 
missionaries  of  their  own  color  to  the  nations  spread 
over  Africa.  When  I  find  these  young  people,  gifted 
to  an  extent  that  does  not  often  fall  to  the  lot  of 
man,  coming  here  in  such  a  spirit,  I  don't  want  them 
to  become  white,  but  I  have  a  strong  disposition  my- 
self to  become  black.  If  I  thought  color  was  any- 
thing—  if  it  brought  with  it  their  truth,  piety,  and 
talent,  I  would  willingly  exchange  my  complexion 
to-morrow.  In  the  name  of  this  vast  mass  of  British 
citizens,  and,  I  may  say,  in  behalf  of  thousands  and 
tens  of  thousands  who  are  absent,  we  receive  them 
with  joy  again  to  our  shores,  and  will  do  all  that  in 
us  lies  to  advance  their  holy  cause ;  and,  besides  our 
prayers  and  hospitality,  we  will  do  as  Joseph  did  to 
his  brethren,  send  them  back  loaded  with  all  the 
good  things  of  Egypt."  Rev.  Dr.  Parker,  pastor  of 
the  City  Temple,  reechoed  these  words  of  welcome 
in  an  eloquent  address,  and  the  occasion  could  not 
have  been  more  of  an  ovation  to  the  Singers  than  if 
it  had  been  planned  for  that  purpose. 

The  next  evening  they  gave  their  opening  concert 
to  a  large  and  very  enthusiastic  audience  in  Exeter 
Hall,  with  an  address  full  of  a  genuine  English  wel- 
come from  the  chairman,  Rev.  LI.  D.  Bevan. 

At  this  time  Messrs.  Moody  and  Sankey  were  in 
the  midst  of  their  great  work  in  London.  The  Sing- 
ers had  not  been  in  the  city  an  hour  before  a  request 
came  from  Mr.  Moody  that  they  would  take  part  hi 


MEETINGS    WITH  MR.   MOODY.  8 1 

the  service  that  afternoon  at  the  Haymarket  Opera- 
house.  The  next  day  he  desired  them  to  sit  on  the 
platform,  and  sing  "  Steal  Away"  after  the  sermon. 
That  remarkable  series  of  meetings  at  the  West 
End  was  drawing  to  a  close.  The  house  was  packed 
in  every  part  with  an  audience  representing  much 
of  the  wealth  and  rank  of  London  ;  upon  whom  Mr. 
Moody  urged  the  claims  of  Christ  in  a  discourse  of 
peculiar  tenderness  and  power.  At  its  close  the 
great  congregation  bowed,  with  tearful  faces,  in 
silent  prayer.  Soon  the  soft,  sweet  strains  of  "  Steal 
Away  "  rose  from  the  platform,  swelling  finally  into 
a  volume  of  conquering  song  that  seemed  to  carry 
the  great  audience  heavenward  as  on  angels'  wings. 
The  effect  could  not  have  been  happier  had  the  song 
been  written  for  the  sermon,  or  the  sermon  for  the 
song. 

Thereafter  their  services  were  in  almost  constant 
demand  in  the  London  meetings.  For  several  weeks 
they  declined  nearly  all  applications  for  concerts,  in 
order  that  they  might  be  free  for  this  work.  After 
Messrs.  Moody  and  Sankey  had  closed  their  services 
at  Bow-Road  Hall  to  go  to  Camberwell,  the  meet- 
ings were  continued  at  the  former  place,  with  preach- 
ing each  night  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Aitken  or  Mr.  Henry 
Varley,  and  singing  by  the  Jubilee  choir.  The  at- 
tendance was  so  large,  on  week-day  as  well  as  on 
Sunday  evenings,  that  hundreds  were  sometimes 
turned  away,  even  after  a  congregation  of  ten  or 
twelve  thousand  had  crowded  into  the  hall. 

After  these  meetings  closed,  Mr.  Aitken  gave 
them  a  letter  testifying  to  his  misgivings  at  first  in 
employing  in  such  a  work  an  agency  that  might  seem 
6 


82  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

so  sensational,  but  cordially  declaring  that  his  mis- 
givings were  quite  at  fault,  and  that  he  should  carry 
away  most  pleasing  recollections  of  their  work  to- 
gether. In  recognition  of  their  services  in  these 
meetings,  a  subscription  of  over  ^500  was  made 
for  Fisk  University  by  a  few  members  of  the  com- 
mittee having  the  meetings  in  charge.  Mr.  Moody 
gave  them  an  open  letter  to  his  friends  everywhere, 
warmly  commending  their  mission ;  and  before  leav- 
ing the  country  purchased  and  presented  to  each 
of  the  party  a  duplicate  of  that  copy  of  Bagster's 
Bible,  whose  almost  constant  use  in  his  meetings  he 
has  made  so  famous  and  popular. 

Nothing  could  have  better  prepared  the  way  for 
their  special  work,  nothing  could  have  better  pre- 
pared them  for  it,  than  these  revival  labors.  The 
religious  papers  carried  reports  of  the  meetings 
throughout  the  kingdom  ;  and  wherever  they  went 
thereafter,  the  great  Christian  heart  of  England  gave 
them  a  specially  fraternal  greeting. 

During  July  and  August,  months  usually  unfavor- 
able to  concert  receipts,  the  appointments  at  various 
places  in  Wales  and  the  South  of  England  drew, 
generally,  good  audiences.  It  was,  however,  after 
the  fall  work  began  in  Scotland  that  it  was  most 
manifest  how  wide-spread  and  hearty  was  the  inter- 
est with  which  their  return  was  awaited.  Applica- 
tions for  concerts  poured  in  from  every  quarter  of 
the  kingdom.  Full  houses  met  them  everywhere. 
At  Inverness,  where  they  appeared  under  the  pat- 
ronage of  the  provost,  magistrates,  and  other  lead- 
ing citizens,  the  Music  Hall  was  much  too  small  to 
accommodate  the  eager  crowds  that  thronged  the 
doors  on  two  successive  evenings. 


SUCCESSES  IN  SCOTLAND.  $$ 

At  Aberdeen,  Lord  Kintore  was  active  in  efforts 
to  make  their  visit  a  great  success.  At  Dundee, 
Provost  Cox  presided  at  their  concert,  and  the  re- 
ceipts were  larger  than  on  their  first  visit  to  that 
city  in  the  high  tide  of  enthusiasm  two  years  before. 
At  the  first  concert  in  Glasgow,  given  in  the  Kibble 
Crystal  Palace,  the  receipts  for  tickets,  and  the 
profits  on  the  sale  of  books  for  the  one  evening, 
amounted  to  nearly  ^325.  At  Edinburgh,  where 
the  chair  was  taken  on  one  evening  by  Lord  Provost 
Falshaw,  hundreds  were  turned  away  from  the  doors 
of  the  Music  Hall,  even  after  all  standing-room  had 
been  exhausted. 

The  religious  effect  of  their  concert-work  was 
never  more  gratifying  nor  manifest.  Several  of 
their  new  songs,  particularly,  seemed  to  have  a  pe- 
culiar power  in  reaching  the  hearts  of  their  au- 
diences. After  one  of  the  concerts  in  Glasgow,  an 
unknown  friend  placed  ^"15  in  the  hands  of  one  of 
the  Singers,  as  a  contribution  to  their  fund,  accom- 
panied with  the  request  that  they  would  sing  "I  Ve 
been  Redeemed  "  at  every  concert  they  should  give 
in  Great  Britain.  Their  singing  of  this  and  other 
hymns  at  the  Glasgow  Evangelistic  Conference,  in 
October,  was  spoken  of  in  all  reports  as  one  of  the 
special  attractions  of  that  inspiring  meeting.  Their 
services  were  sought  also  at  the  similar  Conference 
in  Dublin  a  few  weeks  later.  This  was  their  first 
visit  to  Dublin ;  and  at  these  meetings,  and  at  the 
concerts  which  followed,  Irish  enthusiasm  was  thor- 
oughly enkindled.  Mr.  Russell,  known  through  the 
three  kingdoms  for  his  efficient  services  to  the  tem- 
perance  cause,    gave    most    valuable    assistance   in 


84  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

"  working  up  "  the  concerts  ;  and  at  the  first  concert 
in  the  Exhibition  Palace  it  was  estimated  that  fif- 
teen hundred  applicants  for  tickets  were  turned 
away  after  every  seat  in  the  great  hall  was  filled. 

Religious  meetings  with  the  Sunday-school  chil- 
dren, on  Saturday  or  Sunday,  came  to  be,  also,  a 
common  and  important  feature  of  their  work.  Ad- 
mission was  always  given  by  free  tickets,  previously 
distributed  to  a  certain  proportion  of  teachers  and 
scholars ;  and  the  exercises  consisted  of  singing,  al- 
ternated with  short  addresses.  At  Aberdeen,  4,000 
teachers  and  scholars  filled  the  Music  Hall,  at  nine 
on  Sunday  morning  ;  and  over  5,000  gathered  in  the 
Drill  Hall,  Edinburgh,  at  ten  o'clock,  on  a  Sunday. 
At  Liverpool  the  tabernacle  erected  for  Mr.  Moody's 
meetings  —  one  of  the  largest  ever  built  for  his  serv- 
ices—  was  crowded  by  over  12,000  children,  rep- 
resenting over  ninety  different  schools.  Each  of 
these  meetings,  like  others  in  smaller  cities,  were 
occasions  of  sweet  and  solemn  interest  that  will  be 
long  remembered. 

Nor  was  this  visit  any  less  marked  than  the  first 
one  for  the  social  attentions  shown  to  the  Singers. 
The  Earl  of  Kintore,  Lord  Lieutenant  of  Aberdeen- 
shire, entertained  them  at  his  ancestral  seat,  Keith 
Hall, — whose  walls  were  laid  before  the  Pilgrims 
landed  on  Plymouth  Rock,  —  and  made  them  his 
debtors  by  the  memory  of  the  delightful  day  spent 
there  and  by  subsequent  kindly  attentions.  Their 
visit  to  Chester  brought  a  pleasant  note  from  Mr. 
Gladstone,  recalling  their  former  acquaintance,  and 
inviting  them  to  spend  an  afternoon  at  Hawarden 
Castle,  his  country  home  in  North  Wales,  and  pro- 


LIVINGSTONE  MISSIONARY  HALL.  8j 

posing  to  send  his  carriages  to  meet  them  at  the 
railway  station  two  miles  away.  A  memorable  after- 
noon was  spent  in  social  intercourse  with  the  great 
statesman  and  his  family,  in  the  inspection  *of  his 
art  and  literary  treasures,  and  in  wandering  about 
the  ruins  of  the  older  castle,  —  which  dates  back  to 
the  days  of  Edward  the  First.  No  one  could  have 
had  a  more  gracious  welcome  to  the  hospitalities  of 
this  historic  English  mansion.  The  Duke  and  Duch- 
ess of  Argyll  also  invited  them,  for  the  second  time 
to  Argyll  Lodge,  where  they  met  a  company  of  dis- 
tinguished guests,  including  the  Princess  Louise, 
on  terms  of  pleasantest  intercourse  and  most  friendly 
interest. 

It  was  in  the  midst  of  this  year's  work,  and  when 
Jubilee  Hall  had  been  but  a  little  time  occupied,  that 
the  need  of  another  building  at  Fisk  University  be- 
came so  apparent  and  imperative  as  to  demand 
immediate  action.  The  ordinary  earnings  of  the 
Singers  were  all  needed  in  meeting  the  other  press- 
ing necessities  of  the  school,  and  much  prayerful 
deliberation  was  had  concerning  ways  and  means 
for  supplying  this  want.  It  was  finally  decided  to 
undertake  to  raise  by  subscription  ;£  10,000  for  the 
erection  of  a  companion  building  to  Jubilee  Hall, 
which  should  be  called  —  with  obvious  fitness  and 
significance  —  "  Livingstone  Missionary  Hall."  It 
was  when  this  decision  was  but  just  reached,  and 
before  any  general  announcement  had  been  made 
of  the  plan,  that  a  check  was  received  from  the 
Baroness  Burdett-Coutts  for  two  per  cent  of  the 
entire  sum,  —  £200.  And  Mrs.  Agnes  Living- 
stone   Bruce,    Dr.    Livingstone's    daughter,  —  the 


86  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

loved  "  Nannie  "  of  whom  he  so  fondly  and  proudly 
speaks  in  his  journal,  —  testified  to  her  interest  in 
the  Singers,  and  to  her  appreciation  of  this  trib- 
ute to  her  father,  by  a  handsome  subscription 
Soon  after  this  the  movement  was  publicly  inaugu- 
rated in  London  by  means  of  two  invitation  con- 
certs, under  the  patronage  of  Lord  Shaftesbury 
and  other  distinguished  friends.  The  chairman  at 
the  first  of  these  concerts,  Samuel  Morley,  Esq. 
M.  P.,  himself  subscribed  ;£ioo;  and  under  the 
impetus  thus  given  to  the  effort  over  $15,000  was 
secured  that  year  for  Livingstone  Hall,  while  con- 
cert work  yielded  good  returns  for  the  general  uses 
of  the  University. 

Would  concerts  on  the  Continent  pay  ?  Would 
the  slave  songs  keep  their  power  where  the  words 
lost  their  meaning  ?  These  were  questions  that 
had  been  asked  often  during  the  work  in  England. 
While  the  Singers  were  taking  a  brief  summer  rest 
in  Geneva,  Switzerland,  an  experiment  had  been 
tried  which,  if  one  swallow  only  made  a  summer, 
might  have  seemed  conclusive  as  an  answer  to  these 
questions.  Just  before  their  departure  they  gave  a 
concert  in  the  Salle  de  la  Reformation  at  which  Pere 
Hyacinthe  presided.  The  distinguished  chairman, 
and,  with  few  exceptions,  the  audience,  did  not  un- 
derstand English  —  much  less  the  vernacular  of  the 
slave  songs.  But  the  hall  was  crowded  and  the  en- 
thusiasm rose  to  white  heat.  When  asked  how  they 
could  enjoy  the  songs  when  they  could  not  under- 
stand the  words,  the  answer  was,  "  We  cannot  un- 
derstand them,  but  we  can  feel  them."  With  all  the 
encouragement  which  this  concert  gave,  the  certainty 


VISIT  TO  HOLLAND.  8/ 

of  heavy  loss  if  a  tour  on  the  Continent  proved  a 
failure,  made  the  venture  still  seem  a  hazardous  and 
doubtful  one. 

One  of  the  London  concerts  was-  the  means  of 
turning  the  scale  in  which  this  question  lay  balanc- 
ing. Mr.  G.  P.  Ittman,  Jr.,  an  eminent  Christian 
gentleman  of  Rotterdam,  and  a  leading  merchant 
there,  was  in  London  on  business  when  his  attention 
was  attracted  one  day  by  an  advertisement  in  the 
"Times"  of  a  Jubilee  concert  that  evening  at  Sur- 
rey Chapel.  He  attended,  and  was  so  greatly  inter- 
ested that  he  came  forward  at  the  close  of  the  con- 
cert and  urged  the  Singers  to  visit  Holland,  offering 
to  do  all  in  his  power  to  make  their  trip  a  success. 
When  the  time  came,  some  months  afterward,  to  go, 
Mr.  Ittman  was  found  to'  be  as  good  as  his  word. 
He  not  only  gave  his  own  time  and  influence  lav- 
ishly in  preparing  the  way  for  the  Singers,  but  he 
enlisted  the  active  cooperation  of  influential  and 
generous  friends  all  through  the  kingdom.  The 
"  Story  "  found  an  admirable  translation  at  the  hands 
of  Rev.  Adama  van  Scheltema,  who  rendered  the 
songs,  even,  into  Dutch  with  remarkable  success. 
The  publisher,  Mr.  A.  van  Oosterzee  of  Amster- 
dam, was  one  of  the  most  serviceable  helpers  whom 
the  mission  of  the  Singers  ever  enlisted. 

Local  committees  of  leading  citizens  were  formed  in 
almost  every  place  the  Singers  planned  to  visit,  who 
assumed  the  burden  of  preparing  for  the  concerts, 
and  whose  patronage  was  itself  a  guaranty  of  suc- 
cess. Where  there  were  no  halls  of  suitable  dimen- 
sions the  churches  were  tendered  to  the  Singers,  and 
even  the  great  cathedrals,  as  at  Utrecht,  Leenwar- 


88  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

den,  Harlegen,  Zwolle,  Dordrecht,  Delft,  Alkmaar, 
and  Schiedam  were  opened  for  their  concerts.  No- 
where have  the  Singers  found  a  heartier  welcome  or 
left  dearer  friends  than  in  the  Netherlands. 

The  most  distinguished  attentions  which  they  had 
hitherto  received  from  the  great  and  the  learned 
were  quite  eclipsed  in  the  splendor  of  the  reception 
given  them  in  the  palatial  mansion  of  the  Baron  and 
Baroness  van  Wassenaer  de  Catvvijck  at  The  Hague, 
where  they  met  the  Queen  of  the  Netherlands  —  fa- 
mous as  well  for  her  own  accomplishments  as  the 
patronage  she  has  given  art  and  literature  —  and 
other  members  of  the  royal  family,  and  a  hundred 
or  more  of  the  nobility  and  diplomatic  corps  of  the 
Dutch  capital.  All  but  the  Singers  were  in  court 
dress,  and  the  files  of  soldiery  that  lined  the  path 
to  the  door,  the  liveried  servants  that  ushered  the 
guests  to  cloak-room  and  salon,  the  brilliant  cos- 
tumes of  the  ladies,  and  the  no  less  brilliant  uni- 
forms and  decorations  of  soldiers  and  diplomats,  the 
coronet  of  the  queen  flashing  with  diamonds,  and 
the  rich  furnishings  of  the  elegant  apartments  made 
a  scene  of  dazzling  splendor  which  was  only  height- 
ened by  the  attentions  shown  to  their  dusky  guests. 
The  Queen  gave  the  Singers  a  pleasant  greeting  indi- 
vidually, and  testified  to  the  sincerity  of  her  expres- 
sions of  pleasure  in  listening  to  their  songs  by  hon- 
oring their  public  concert,  a  few  evenings  later,  with 
her  presence.  The  King  also  received  them,  not  long 
after,  at  his  royal  residence,  the  Loo,  and  added  a 
generous  subscription  to  the  fund  for  Livingstone 
Hall. 


A   SUCCESSFUL    TOUR.  89 

After  two  months  spent  thus  with  their  Dutch 
friends,  the  Singers  returned  to  their  work  in  Eng- 
land, their  treasury  the  fuller  by  $10,000  for  this 
excursion  to  the  Netherlands,  and  their  plans  now 
taking  shape  for  a  visit  to  Germany. 


92   ■  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

imperial  carriages,  under  charge  of  an  officer  of  the 
household,  were  sent  for  them.  Arrived  at  the  pal- 
ace, there  was  none  of  the  distinctive  pageantry  of 
royalty  to  be  seen,  beyond  the  grim  troopers  who 
stood  sentinel  at  the  doors  and  clanked  their  sabres 
through  the  corridors.  After  their  wraps  had  been 
laid  aside  the  Singers  were  ushered  into  an  elegant 
salon  —  selected  for  this  occasion,  as  the  Crown  Prin- 
cess afterward  informed  them,  because  of  its  admir- 
able acoustic  properties.  The  Crown  Prince  and 
Crown  Princess  quickly  came  in  to  greet  them,  and 
were  followed  by  their  children  and  other  members 
of  the  imperial  family,  including  Prince  Frederick 
Charles,  the  hero  of  Metz. 

It  was  as  much  of  a  gratification  as  a  surprise  to 
the  Singers  to  find  that  the  emperor  himself,  who 
had  come  out  from  Berlin  to  dine  at  the  New  Palace, 
had  detained  his  special  train,  and  suspended  his 
engagements  at  the  capital,  that  he  might  remain 
longer  and  hear  their  songs.  As  the  straight,  stately 
old  soldier  entered  the  room  he  bowed  pleasantly  to 
the  Singers,  and,  taking  his  place  near  President 
Cravath,  asked  such  questions  about  the  freed  peo- 
ple and  the  mission  of  the  Singers  as  gave  a  pleasant 
insight  into  his  largeness  and  kindliness  of  heart. 
An  aide  brought  him  an  easy-chair,  to  which  he  was 
well  entitled  by  his  years  as  well  as  his  relation  to 
the  company,  but  he  declined  it,  and,  with  the  polite- 
ness of  the  old-school  gentleman,  remained  standing 
during  the  half  hour  of  conversation  and  singing 
that  preceded  his  departure.  Those  who  thus  met 
him  will  never  be  able  to  think  of  him  other  than  as 
gracious  in  manner  and  noble  in  character  as  he  is 
eminent  in  imperial  position. 


AT  THE   NEW  PALACE.  93 

The  Singers,  at  intervals,  sang  "  Steal  Away," 
"  I  've  been  Redeemed,"  "  Who  are  these  in  Bright 
Array,"  and  others  of  their  most  effective  spiritual 
songs.  "  Nobody  knows  the  Trouble  I  see  "  'filled 
the  eyes  of  the  Crown  Princess  with  tears,  and  she 
apologized  for  seeming  "so  weak,"  saying  that  the 
thought  of  the  wretchedness  of  the  slave  life  which 
gave  birth  to  such  a  wail  as  that  quite  overcame  her. 
In  the  familiar  conversation  during  the  intervals  of 
the  singing,  the  Crown  Princess  told  the  Singers 
that  she  had  been  anxious  for  a  long  while  to  hear 
them.  Her  mother  —  Queen  Victoria  —  had  excited 
her  interest  in  them  by  a  long  letter  which  she  wrote 
giving  an  enthusiastic  account,  at  the  time,  of  their 
singing  when  she  heard  them  at  the  Duke  of  Argyll's. 
Beyond  her  Majesty's  courteous  and  formal  thanks 
on  that  occasion,  they  had  had  no  hint  of  the  im- 
pression which  their  singing  made  upon  her,  and 
this  intelligence,  so  many  years  after,  was  specially 
gratifying. 

The  Crown  Prince  chatted  socially  of  matters  in 
Ameiica,  and  begged  a  copy  of  the  songs,  saying 
that  he  should  wish  to  play  and  sing  them  with  his 
family.  "  These  songs,  as  you  sing  them,"  said  he, 
"  go  to  the  heart,  they  go  through  and  through  one." 
Both  he  and  the  Crown  Princess  not  only  expressed 
great  delight  in  the  singing,  but  asked  of  their  plans 
for  work  in  Germany,  gave  some  suggestions,  and 
expressed  a  hearty  hope  that  their  visit  might  be  a 
very  successful  one.  Tea  was  served  for  the  Sing- 
ers before  their  departure,  and  the  Crown  Princess 
brought  her  children  forward  to  shake  hands  with 
each  of  them.     It  was  a  delightful  glimpse  of  the 


94  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

home-life  to-day  in  the  palace  of  Frederick  the  Great, 
with  its  fine  culture,  warm  feeling,  and  religious  sin- 
cerity. In  its  bearing  on  the  future  work  of  the 
Singers  it  was  worth  everything.  As  Rev.  Dr.  Jo- 
seph P.  Thompson  said,  in  an  account  of  it  written 
for  the  "  New  York  Independent,"  "  the  kindly, 
hearty  approbation  of  such  an  audience  was  a  cer- 
tificate of  character  as  well  as  of  musical  merit. 
They  were  received  at  the  palace  not  as  a  strolling 
band  of  singers,  but  as  ladies  and  gentlemen,  and 
the  degree  of  culture  and  politeness  they  exhibited 
were  gracefully  recognized  by  their  illustrious  hosts." 

Subsequently  the  Domkirche  in  Berlin  —  the 
church  where  the  imperial  family  worship  —  was 
tendered  to  them  without  charge  for  their  concerts, 
and  the  Sing-Akademie — a  music  hall  into  which 
nothing  but  entertainments  of  high  tone  and  the  best 
character  are  admitted  —  was  opened  to  them,  and 
the  concerts  were  every  way  a  complete  success.  At 
their  concerts  in  the  Sing-Akademie,  on  their  return 
to  the  capital  some  weeks  afterwards,  the  Empress 
Augusta  was  present  on  two  occasions,  and  sending 
for  Professor  White,  during  the  intermission,  to  come 
to  the  imperial  box,  manifested  by  her  many  ques- 
tions her  curiosity  to  know  about  the  history  of  the 
Singers,  and  her  interest,  especially,  in  the  religious 
aspects  of  the  work  at  Fisk  University. 

German  critics,  it  was  found,  yielded  as  readily  to 
the  mysterious  charm  of  the  Jubilee  songs  as  had 
those  of  other  countries,  and  were  quite  as  unani- 
mous and  hearty  in  their  praise.  Rev.  Dr.  Kogel, 
another  of  the  four  court  preachers,  and  perhaps 
the  most  eloquent  divine  in  the  empire,  wrote  an 


GERMAN  CRITICISM.  95 

excellent  article  for  "  Daheim,"  in  which  he  spoke  in 
the  highest  terms  of  their  work.  He  said  :  "  Berlin 
is,  indeed,  not  Germany,  as  some  modest  inhabitants 
of  this  metropolis  think,  still  a  good  part  of  it,  and, 
to  tell  the  truth,  one  highly  critical.  Should  they 
only  stand  first  (so  said  to  themselves  the  traveling 
Singers  from  the  emancipated  negro-folk  of  North 
America)  the  fire  proof  of  musical  Germany,  espe- 
cially on  the  hard  ground  of  the  central  province, 
then  would  they  win  the  game  in  the  more  out-of- 
the-way  parts  of  our  German  fatherland.  And  they 
have  won  !  "  And  elsewhere  the  same  writer  says, 
"  These  are  not  concerts  which  the  negroes  give ; 
they  are  meetings  for  edification,  which  they  sus- 
tain with  irresistible  power."  The  "Berliner  Musik- 
Zeitung,"  a  severely  critical  journal,  in  a  long  and  dis- 
criminating article  took  up  the  concert  programme, 
piece  by  piece,  Of  "  Steal  Away,  and  the  Lord's 
Prayer,"  it  exclaims,  "What  wealth  of  shading! 
What  accuracy  of  declamation  !  Every  musician  felt 
then  that  the  performances  of  these  Singers  are  the 
result  of  high  artistic  talent,  finely  trained  taste,  and 
extraordinary  diligence.  Such  a  fliatiisshno,  such  a 
crescendo,  and  a  decrescendo  as  those  at  the  close  of 
"  Steal  Away  "  might  raise  envy  in  the  soul  of  any 
choir-master."  The  same  critique  closes,  "  Thus  the 
balance  turns  decidedly  in  favor  of  the  Jubilee  Sing- 
ers, and  we  confess  ourselves  their  debtors.  Not 
only  have  we  had  a  rare  musical  treat  but  our  musi- 
cal ideas  have  also  received  enlargement,  and  we 
feel  that  something  may  be  learned  of  these  negro 
singers  if  only  we  will  consent  to  break  through  the 
fetters  of  custom  and  long  use."     And  the  critics 


g6  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

of  the  "Volks-Zeitung,"  the  "  Biirger-Zeitung,"  the 
M  Tagblatt,"  and  the  "  Konigliche  privilegirte  Ber- 
linische  Zeitung"  were  all  of  one  accord  in  the 
same  favorable  verdict  upon  both  the  songs  and  the 
singing,  as  judged  from  artistic  standards. 

Now  and  then  there  would  be,  of  course,  here  as 
everywhere,  a  growling  discord  in  the  general  har- 
mony of  the  greeting.  One  crusty  journalist  pub- 
lished an  article  disparaging  their  work,  and  declar- 
ing that  their  pretense  of  raising  money  for  a  school 
was  probably  a  Yankee  swindle.  This  served  a  good 
purpose  in  calling  out  a  fine  tribute  to  their  mis- 
sion from  a  German  gentleman  who  was  a  stranger 
to  the  Singers,  but  who  had  traveled  in  the  United 
States.  In  speaking  of  what  they  had  accomplished 
he  likened  the  famous  "  Sing-Akademie"  of  Berlin  to 
a  cow-shed,  in  architectural  comparison  with  Jubilee 
Hall. 

In  England  that  earnest,  evangelistic  element  in 
the  churches,  which  stood  by  Mr.  Moody's  work, 
everywhere  took  a  special  interest  in  the  Singers 
and  prized  their  services  of  song  as  an  effective  ally 
in  gospel  effort.  The  same  class  of  Christian  peo- 
ple in  Germany  met  them  with  the  same  fraternal 
heartiness,  and  rejoiced  in  this  unique  instrumental- 
ity for  bringing  gospel  truth  to  the  formalists  and 
the  materialists  whom  it  was  so  difficult  to  reach. 

After  this  good  start  at  the  capital  the  company 
went  successively  to  most  of  the  larger  cities  in  the 
empire.  At  Wittenberg  they  made  joyful  pilgrim- 
age to  the  places  associated  with  Luther's  memory, 
and  sang  "Praise  God  from  whom  all  blessings  flow  " 
in  his   room    in    the   old    monastery.     At  Weimar, 


VISIT  WITH  PROF.    CIIRISTIIEB.  97 

noted  for  its  musical  and  art  atmosphere,  they  had  a 
crowded  house,  the  Grand  Duke  and  his  retinue  at- 
tending, with  much  courtly  clatter  of  military  escort. 
At  Wiesbaden  they  sang  in  the  Curhaus,  the  now 
dismantled  old  gambling  hall,  and  in  Homburg  also 
the  Jubilee  songs  echoed  to  the  same  strange  asso- 
ciations. Visits  to  Gottingen,  Cassel,  Hanover, 
Hamburg,  Liibeck,  and  other  of  the  old  free  cities 
thereabouts,  followed. 

At  Brunswick  they  sang  in  the  hall  where  Franz 
Abt  was  wont  to  conduct  concerts,  and  received 
from  the  great  composer  a  cordial  greeting  and 
many  attentions.  Thence  their  appointments  took 
them,  among  other  places,  to  Osnabruck,  Munster, 
Dortmund,  Essen,  Elberfeld,  and  Dusseldorf.  At 
the  latter  city  they  were  the  recipients,  after  the 
concert,  of  a  formal  reception  and  fraternal  address 
from  the  evangelical  Protestant  element  of  the  city. 
At  Barmen,  the  capital  of  the  iron  and  coal  district, 
with  its  large  operative  population,  they  had  an 
overflowing  house.  Spending  a  Sunday  there,  they 
visited  the  great  Sunday-school,  one  of  the  largest 
in  the  world,  singing  for  the  children,  and  listen- 
ing to  their  singing ;  the  name  of  Jesus,  the  name 
that  made  them  one,  being  the  only  word  that  either 
could  recognize  in  the  other's  songs. 

At  the  Catholic  city  of  Cologne,  where  the  Protes- 
tant minority  has  little  vigor  for  Christian  work,  their 
concerts  were  not  successful.  At  the  Catholic  city 
of  Bonn,  on  the  contrary,  where  the  Protestant  ele- 
ment has  more  of  apostolic  ardor,  they  found  full 
houses.  Their  stay  at  this  university  town  is  re- 
membered with  special  interest  for  a  delightful  Sun- 
7 


98  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

day  afternoon  hour  spent  in  the  charming  atmos- 
phere of  the  great  Professor  Christlieb's  home.  In 
the  conversation  the  professor  spoke  with  enthusiasm 
of  his  pleasant  experiences  in  the  United  States, 
during  his  visit  to  attend  the  meeting  of  the  Evan- 
gelical Alliance.  Just  then,  he  said,  he  was  reading 
with  the  deepest  interest  President  Finney's  me- 
moirs, and  making  notes  therefrom  for  use  in  his 
classes.  Asking  about  Oberlin,  he  begged  Professor 
White  to  say  to  its  Faculty  that  its  religious  influ- 
ence was  felt  and  gratefully  owned  in  Bonn  Univer- 
sity. He  spoke  with  admiration  of  Mr.  Finney  and 
Mr.  Moody  as  men  of  power,  because  they  were  men 
of  positive  convictions. 

Their  visits  to  Darmstadt  were  lifted  to  a  high 
place  in  memory  by  the  pleasant  acquaintance  they 
made  with  that  most  charming  lady  and  noble  woman 
who  was  so  greatly  beloved  by  every  one  in  her  royal 
circle,  and  so  idolized  by  her  people,  the  late  Prin- 
cess Alice,  Grand  Duchess  of  Hessen.  The  court 
theatre  was  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  Singers, 
and  the  Grand  Duchess  attended  the  concert  with 
her  children,  whom  she  spoke  of  in  answer  to  a  vis- 
itor's admiring  glance,  with  motherly  pride  and 
daughterly  loyalty,  as  the  "  Queen's  grandchildren." 
The  Grand  Duke  was  absent  from  home  at  this  time, 
and  the  Princess  Alice  expressed  the  hope  that  the 
Singers  would  be  able  to  visit  Darmstadt  again, 
when  her  husband  could  have  the  opportunity  of 
hearing  them.  Returning  for  another  concert  a  few 
weeks  later  they  were  gratified  to  find  not  only  the 
Grand  Duke  and  Grand  Duchess  present  in  the 
royal  box,  but  also  the  Prince  of  Wales  and  Duke  of 


THE  PRINCESS  ALICE. 


99 


Connaught,  who  had  stopped  at  Darmstadt  for  a 
visit  to  their  sister,  on  their  way  to  London  from  the 
ceremonies  of  the  grand  royal  double  wedding  at 
Berlin.  After  the  concert  the  Singers  were  sum- 
moned to  the  royal  box ;  the  Princess  Alice  received 
each  with  a  pleasant  greeting,  and  expressed  the 
hope  that  they  might  have  continued  success.  The 
Prince  of  Wales  spoke  of  the  enjoyment  their  sing- 
ing gave  him  at  Mr.  Gladstone's,  asked  which  of  the 
party  were  present  on  that  occasion,  and  added  the 
hope  that  they  would  make  another  tour  of  England 
before  returning  home. 

At  Dresden  there  was  a  successful  concert,  at- 
tended by  the  King  and  Queen  of  Saxony,  who  man- 
ifested much  interest  in  the  slave  songs  that  were 
such  a  novelty  to  German  ears.  In  Leipzig,  distin- 
guished for  music  and  learning,  their  reception  was 
all  that  could  be  desired.  The  Gewandhaus,  in 
which,  as  in  the  Berlin  Sing-Akademie,  only  the  best 
class  of  concerts  is  allowed,  was  placed  at  their  dis- 
posal, and  the  concerts  were  a  great  success. 

A  visit  was  made  to  Stettin  at  the  invitation  of  a 
German  gentleman,  who  was  formerly  engaged  in 
business  in  Memphis,  who  entertained  them  in  the 
finest  manner  in  his  elegant  home.  Concerts  were 
given  in  Breslau,  Munich,  and  other  cities.  A  brief 
visit  was  made  to  Switzerland,  and  then,  retracing  a 
part  of  their  winding  track  northward,  they  filled  out 
their  eight  months'  campaign  in  Germany. 

Financially,  it  had  not  been  the  success  that  was 
desired.  The  hard  times  had  been  growing  harder 
every  month ;  it  was  expensive  work  to  break  up 
such  new  ground  ;  and  it  was  found  necessary,  in 


IOO  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

the  abundance  of  low-priced  musical  entertainments 
in  that  country,  to  place  the  admission  fees  lower 
than  in  England  or  the  United  States.  But  testi- 
mony came  from  many  sources,  and  in  many  ways, 
that  their  visit  had  been  rich  in  results.  It  was  a 
good  thing  to  go  up  and  down  Germany  singing 
Christian  truth  to  multitudes  who  would  have  turned 
from  it  had  it  come  in  any  other  guise.  Their  visit 
was  a  revelation  of  the  qualities  and  capacities  of  the 
negro  to  those  who  had  known  so  little  of  him,  that 
was  in  his  favor.  Listening  to  the  Singers,  thought- 
ful people  said  with  surprise,  "  We  could  not  take 
even  our  German  peasantry  and  reach  such  results 
in  art,  and  conduct,  and  character,  in  generations  of 
culture,  as  appear  in  these  freed  slaves."  Their 
presence  and  work  gave,  as  it  could  be  seen,  an 
added  impulse — far  more  than  it  could  have  done 
in  this  country  —  to  the  freshened  interest  that  all 
the  western  nations  feel  in  everything  that  relates 
to  the  exploration,  civilization,  and  Christianization 
of  the  continent  of  Africa.  And  doubtless  it  was  of 
less  consequence  in  the  Divine  thought  that  the 
Singers  should  take  away  much  money  with  them, 
than  that  they  should  leave  such  influences  at  work 
behind  them. 

At  the  close  of  this  campaign  future  prospects  for 
successful  concert  work  abroad  seemed  so  uncertain 
that  it  was  deemed  best  to  disband  the  company. 
Some  of  the  Singers  remained  on  the  Continent  for 
study,  and  the  others  turned  their  faces  westward, 
for  that  visit  home  which  their  three  years'  absence 
had  prepared  them  to  enjoy  so  much. 


CHAPTER  XI. 

PERSONAL    HISTORIES    OF   THE    SINGERS. 

The  children  who  were  set  free  by  the  abolition 
of  slavery  in  the  United  States  occupy  a  position  in 
which  no  other  generation,  of  any  color,  or  in  any 
land,  were  ever  placed  before.  Behind  them  are 
all  the  disabilities  and  cruelties  of  that  bondage  in 
which  their  lives  began.  Before  them  are  all  the 
possibilities  of  culture,  distinction,  and  usefulness 
that  are  open  to  the  citizens  of  one  of  the  foremost 
nations  of  the  earth.  This  fact  adds  a  peculiar  inter- 
est to  the  personal  histories  of  the  Jubilee  Singers. 

With  the  misguidances  and  limitations  of  their 
early  life  such  as  they  were,  — and  it  is  not  possible 
for  any  one  to  have  an  adequate  idea  of  them  who 
has  not  stood  face  to  face  with  them, —  the  readi- 
ness with  which  the  Singers  met  the  new  social  de- 
mands that  were  made  upon  them  in  their  work  was 
as  remarkable  as  the  quiet  modesty  and  self-posses- 
sion with  which  they  received  the  attentions  and 
honors  that  came  so  suddenly  to  them.  It  was  a 
dizzy  change  from  a  breakfast  of  hominy  and  bacon 
in  a  slave-cabin  to  dinners  in  the  mansions  of  the 
wealthy,  and  receptions  in  the  drawing-rooms  of  the 
nobility.  But  their  heads  were  not  turned  by  it. 
They  may  feel  more  at  home  on  the  concert  plat- 


102  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

form  than  they  did  at  first,  but  their  manners  there 
have  renamed  as  natural  and  unaffected  —  as  free 
from  professional  "  airs,"  as  if  they  had  never  sung 
outside  their  own  school-room. 

To  some  of  them  it  has  been  a  daily  regret  that 
they  had  to  surrender  their  school  advantages  as 
they  did.  But  they  have  made  that  good  as  well  as 
they  could  by  keeping  up  special  studies  and  courses 
of  reading,  so  far  as  the  disadvantages  of  their 
nomad  life  year  after  year  would  allow. 

Every  member  of  the  company  is  a  professing 
Christian,  one  or  two  having  been  converted  in  con- 
nection with  the  religious  influences  that  have  by 
God's  blessing  ever  attended  the  work.  Whenever 
the  exigencies  of  hotel  life  or  railway  travel  do  not 
prevent,  family  worship  is  held  each  morning — a 
novelty  to  hotel  servants  usually,  and  a  season  of 
spiritual  refreshment  which  friends  who  are  occa- 
sionally present  refer  to  afterward  with  peculiar 
interest. 

At  different  times  twenty-four  persons  in  all  have 
belonged  to  the  company.  Twenty  of  these  have 
been  slaves,  and  three  of  the  other  four  were  of 
slave  parentage.  There  is  not  room  in  this  volume 
for  even  brief  histories  of  all  the  twenty-four.  Such 
have  been  selected  as  together  give  the  truest  idea  of 
slavery  as  it  was  felt  by  the  generation  to  which  the 
Jubilee  Singers  belong;  of  the. changes  and  difficul- 
ties to  which  emancipation  introduced  them  ;  of  the 
sympathy  and  assistance  they  need  and  deserve. 
The  unembellished  facts  in  the  sketches  that  follow 
form  a  mosaic  that  brings  out  the  dreadful  pattern 
of  slavery  as  no  story  or  sermon  could  reproduce  it. 


ELLA   SHEPPARD.  103 

Ella  Shlppakd  was  born  in  Nashville.  Her 
father,  while  a  slave,  had  hired  his  own  time,  and 
earned  enough,  in  carrying  on  a  livery  stable,  to 
buy  his  freedom,  for  which  he  paid  $1,800. 

His  wife  was  owned  by  a  family  living  in  Missis- 
sippi, and  soon  after  Ella's  birth  she  was  taken  back 
to  that  State.  The  mother  was  worked  so  hard  that 
the  baby  could  have  little  attention,  and  nearly  died 
of  neglect.  When  it  was  fifteen  months  old  the 
father  heard  that  it  was  very  sick  and  not  likely  to 
live.  Going  at  once  to  Mississippi  he  bought  his 
own  child  for  $350,  and  took  it,  ill  as  it  was,  home 
with  him  to  Nashville.  Afterward  he  tried  to  buy 
his  wife,  but  her  master  refused  to  sell  her.  By  and 
by  they  were  entirely  separated  from  one  another. 
By  the  usage  of  slavery  she  was  dead  to  him,  and  he 
married  again. 

His  second  wife  wras  also  a  slave,  and  he  pur- 
chased her  freedom,  after  their  marriage,  for  $1,300. 
Free  papers  could  not  be  executed  without  going  to 
a  free  State.  Before  it  was  convenient  to  make  a 
visit  to  Ohio  for  this  purpose,  he  became  embar- 
rassed in  his  business. 

Having  bought  his  wife,  she  was  legally  his  prop- 
erty, and  as  liable  to  be  seized  and  sold  for  his  debts 
as  his  horses  were.  He  learned  one  night,  through 
a  friend,  that  some  of  his  creditors  were  intending 
to  take  her  for  this  purpose.  Without  waiting  an 
hour  he  hurried  to  an  out-of-the-way  -rail  way-  station 
in  the  woods,  some  miles  distant,  and  placed  her  on , 
board  the  midnight  train  bound  for  Cincinnati.  Soon 
after,  he  followed  with  his  child,  leaving  all  the  rest 
of  his  property  to  his  creditors,  and  beginning  life 
anew,  without  a  penny  of  his  own,  in  Cincinnati. 


104  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

In  Cincinnati,  Ella  attended  a  colored  school,  with 
frequent  and  sometimes  prolonged  absences  on  ac- 
count oi  poor  health.  When  twelve  or  thirteen  she 
began  to  take  lessons  in  music.  But  the  sudden 
death  of  her  father  by  cholera,  when  she  was  but 
fifteen,  broke  up  their  home.  All  his  property,  of 
which  he  had  again  accumulated  a  considerable 
amount,  including  the  piano  he  had  given  to  Ella, 
went  to  pay  the  costs  of  unjust  law-suits,  and  she 
and  her  stepmother  were  thrown  on  their  own  re- 
sources. Often  they  were  in  great  straits,  and  more 
than  once  Ella  went  to  festivals  where  her  services 
as  a  pianist  were  in  demand,  but  went  supperless, 
because  there  was  nothing  in  the  house  to  eat. 

A  friend,  who  had  become  acquainted  with  her 
musical  abilities  offered  to  give  her  a  thorough 
course  of  instruction  as  a  music  teacher,  with  the 
understanding  that  she  was  to  repay  him  from  her 
earnings  whenever  she  was  able  to.  An  eminent 
teacher  of  Cincinnati  was  engaged  to  give  her  in- 
struction on  the  piano.  She  was  the  only  colored 
pupil,  and  the  conditions  on  which  she  was  taken 
were,  that  the  arrangement  should  be  kept  secret, 
and  that  she  should  enter  the  house  by  the  back 
way,  and  receive  her  lessons  in  a  secluded  room  up- 
stairs, between  nine  and  ten  at  night. 

The  failure  of  her  patron  very  soon  broke  up  these 
plans.  Being  under  the  necessity  of  earning  her 
own  living,  she  accepted  the  offer  of  a  school  in 
Gallatin,  Tennessee.  Although  she  had  thirty-five 
scholars,  the  remuneration  was  so  small  that  she 
was  able  to  save  but  six  dollars  *  from  the  term's 
work.      With    this    she    went    to    Fisk    University, 


MAGGIE  L.  PORTER.  105 

where  she  was  engaged  in  study,  and  in  work  for 
self-support,  for  about  two  years,  when  she  was  ap- 
pointed one  of  the  teachers  of  instrumental-  music. 
She  aided  in  drilling  the  choir  with  which  Mr.  White 
gave  the  cantata  of  "Esther,"  and  out  of  which  the 
Jubilee  Singers  were  organized.  As  the  skillful  pi- 
anist of  the  company,  she  has  been  with  it  in  all  its 
travels. 

Maggie  L.  Porter  was  born  in  Lebanon,  Tenn. 
Her  master  was  wealthy,  owning  some  two  hundred 
slaves,  and,  as  her  mother  was  a  favorite  house-serv- 
ant, she  saw  little  of  the  harsher  side  of  slavery  in 
her  childhood. 

Not  long  before  the  war  her  master  removed  to 
'Nashville,  and  there  the  President's  proclamation, 
and  the  coming  of  the  Union  army,  gave  Maggie  and 
her  parents  their  freedom.  When  twelve  years  old 
she  began  to  go  to  school.  The  next  year  she  was 
one  of  the  three  hundred  pupils  that  gathered  in  the 
old  hospital  barracks  the  first  week  the  Fisk  School 
was  opened. 

An  older  sister  had  been  sent  away  to  a  plantation 
in  Mississippi  before  the  war,  and  it  was  not  known 
what  had  become  of  her.  The  mother  often  talked 
of  her —  told  how  she  looked,  and  what  she  did  when 
she  was  with  them,  and  speculated  about  her  finding 
her  way  back  to  them  in  the  tide  of  homeless  freed- 
men  that  in  those  days  ebbed  and  flowed  through 
every  Southern  city.  Day  by  day,  as  Maggie  passed 
the  railway-station  on  her  way  to  school  she  would 
scan  the  passengers  who  got  off  the  trains,  to  see  if" 
there  was  any  one  among  them  who  answered  her 


106  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS, 

mother's  description  of  her  missing  sister.  But  no 
such  person  ever  appeared. 

One  'day,  when  Maggie  was  alone  at  home,  a 
woman  came  to  the  door  inquiring  for  her  mother, 
who  was  out  at  work.  Maggie  had  been  instructed 
to  let  no  strangers  in  when  she  was  thus  left  in 
charge  of  the  house,  and  the  visitor  was  refused 
admittance.  When  she  at  last  declared  she  was 
her  sister  from  Mississippi,  Maggie  would  not  be- 
lieve her.  And  even  her  mother,  when  she  met 
her,  did  not  recognize  her,  she  had  changed  so 
much  in  these  years  of  absence.  It  was  such  a  dis- 
appointment to  the  sister  that  she  soon  returned  to 
Mississippi,  and  it  was  some  time  before  she  could 
get  over  the  chill  of  this  reception  sufficiently  to 
come  and  make  her  home  with  her  mother.  After 
the  war  her  father  was  persuaded  to  try  his  fort- 
unes with  a  company  of  freedmen  going  to  Liberia. 
But  from  the  day  he  left,  no  word  ever  came  back 
from  him. 

For  two  years  Maggie  was  constant  in  her  attend- 
ance at  Fisk.  Then  when  a  call  came  from  the 
Board  of  Education  for  teachers  for  country  schools, 
Maggie,  though  scarcely  fifteen,  offered  her  services. 
She  passed  the  required  examination,  and  was  ap- 
pointed to  a  school  at  Bellevue,  seventeen  miles 
from  Nashville.  She  taught  during  the  fall,  and 
went  home  to  spend  the  Christmas  vacation  —  al- 
ways a  time  of  hilarity,  and  often  of  disorder,  in 
that  part  of  the  country.  Returning  the  first  Mon- 
day of  the  New  Year,  she  found  nothing  but  a  heap 
of  ashes  where  her  school-house  had  stood.  It  was 
probably  burned  —  as  the  easiest  method  of  getting 


J  EN  AVE   JACKSON.  IQ'J 

rid  of  the  school  —  by  some  of  those  who  were  so 
bitterly  opposed  to  efforts  for  the  elevation  of  the 
freedmen.  Her  next  school  was  twelve  miles  south 
of  Nashville.  Here  she  taught  in  a  rough  log  build- 
ing. It  had  no  window  except  a  hole  in  one  side, 
closed  by  a  board  shutter,  and  the  seats  were  logs 
split  in  halves  and  set  on  sticks. 

When  Mr.  White  decided  to  prepare  his  student 
choir  to  give  the  cantata  of  "  Esther,"  Maggie's  fine 
voice  marked  her  for  the  part  of  Queen  Esther, 
which  she  rendered  with  a  success  that  surprised 
and  delighted  every  one.  She  has  missed  taking 
her  part  in  but  few  of  the  concerts  that  the  Jubilee 
Singers  have  given  since  their  first  appearance  in 
Cincinnati  in  1871. 

The  grandfather  of  Jennie  Jackson  was  the  slave 
and  body-servant  of.  General  Andrew  Jackson,  Pres- 
ident of  the  United  States.  He  and  his  family  were 
set  free  in  General  Jackson's  will.  Her  father  died 
before  her  recollection.  Her  mother  had  been  a 
slave,  but  her  mistress  at  her  death  gave  her  her 
freedom  and  some  little  property.  This  was  before 
Jennie's  birth,  so  that  she  was  free-born. 

But  emancipated  slaves  were  looked  upon  with 
little  favor  by  the  slave-holders,  and  had  few  friends. 
Free  colored  people  were  forbidden  by  law  to  asso- 
ciate with  slaves,  and  white  people  would  not  keep 
their  company.  There  were  always  those  who  were 
ready  to  wrong  them  ;  there  were  rarely  any  to 
take  their  part.  So  when  the  trustee  in  whose  hands 
Mrs.  Jackson  placed  the  property  that  fell  to  Jen- 
nie's mother  appropriated    it   to    his  own  use,  she 


108  THE   JUBILEE   SINGERS 

found  no  redress.  He  even  attempted  to  get  pos- 
session of  her  u  free  papers,"  that  he  might  destroy 
them  and  re-enslave  her  and  her  family.  But  she 
buried  them  secretly  in  her  garden,  and  no  prom- 
ises, nor  coaxings,  nor  threats  could  bring  them 
from  their  hiding-place,  so  long  as  there  was  danger 
that  harm  might  come  to  them. 

With  so  little  in  the  old  home  to  make  it  seem 
like  home  to  them,  when  Jennie  was  three  years  old 
her  mother  removed  with  her  four  young  children 
from  Kingston,  Tenn.,  to  Nashville.  In  their  poverty 
and  friendlessness  it  was  necessary  for  the  children 
to  help  in  earning  their  own  living  whenever  work 
could  be  found  for  them.  While  but  a  child  herself 
Jennie  went  out  to  service  as  a  nurse  girl.  When 
fourteen  or  fifteen  she  came  home  to  help  her  mother, 
who  was  working  as  a  laundress. 

As  yet  she  had  had  no  opportunity  to  attend 
school.  It  was  while  spending  the  forenoons  over 
the  wash-tub,  and  her  afternoons  in  a  freedmen's 
school,  that  she  learned  her  letters.  By  and  by  she 
entered  the  Fisk  School.  But  her  mother's  health 
gave  way,  and  the  family  earnings  were  not  large 
enough  to  allow  her  to  study  at  all  steadily.  When 
their  money  was  gone,  she  would  leave  school  and 
go  to  work  until  some  more  was  saved  up,  and  she 
could  return  to  her  studies.  She  paid  for  her  tui- 
tion by  service  in  Mr.  White's  family  out  of  school 
hours,  and  took  in  washing  during  vacations. 

From  childhood  she  had  a  fine  voice,  and  delighted 
in  singing.  But  her  mother,  with  judgment  as  rare 
as  it  was  wise,  and  with  what  seems  now  almost  like 
prophetic  vision,    steadily  refused    to  allow  her  to 


GEORGIA    GORDON.  IOO, 

sing  in  choirs,  or  on  other  occasions  where  there 
would  be  danger  of  overstraining  her  voice,  or  to  let 
her  take  lessons  in  vocal  culture  from  teachers  who 
might  do  it  harm.  "  Save  your  voice  and  you  may 
have  a  chance  to  do  some  good  with  it  some  day," 
she  would  say.  But  it  surely  had  not  entered  into 
that  unlettered  freedwoman's  heart  to  conceive  how 
much  good  it  was  to  do  to  the  thousands  whom  it 
has  stirred  with  Christian  song  on  both  sides  of  the 
sea. 

Jennie  was  one  of  the  girls  chosen  by  Mr.  White 
to  sing  a  solo  at  his  first  concert  in  Nashville,  and 
she  has  been  with  the  Jubilee  Singers  in  all  their 
work. 

Georgia  Gordon's  grandmother,  on  her  mother's 
side,  was  a  white  woman  of  Scotch-Irish  ancestry, 
who  married  her  own  slave.  Or  rather  they  lived 
together  in  fidelity  as  man  and  wife,  the  statutes  of 
the  State  forbidding  the  intermarriage  of  whites  and 
blacks  according  to  the  forms  of  law.  They  had  a 
large  family  of  children,  who,  following  by  slave  law 
the  condition  of  the  mother,  were  free-born. 

Georgia's  mother  inherited  much  of  the  traditional 
Scotch-Irish  capacity  and  sturdiness  of  character. 
Beginning  by  cutting  and  making  dresses  for  her 
dolls,  she  became,  even  while  a  girl,  a  self-taught 
but  capable  seamstress  and  dressmaker.  She  grew 
up  without  school  advantages  ;  but  at  church  one 
day,  the  text,  which  was  the  first  verse  of  the  Gospel 
of  St.  John,  specially  attracted  her  interest,  and  she 
committed  it  to  memory.  On  reaching  home  she 
took  the  Bible  and  got  some  one  who  could  read  to 


110  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

find  this  verse  for  her.  Picking  out  the  words  one 
by  one,  she  learned  them  all  by  sight.  Then  she 
searched  the  Bible  for  words  like  them.  Little  by 
little  she  got  the  clew  to  new  words.  And  so,  un- 
aided, and  unknown  to  any  one  else,  she  learned  to 
read. 

Marrying  a  slave,  she  was  able  by  her  trade  as  a 
dressmaker,  not  only  to  earn  a  living  for  her  family 
and  send  her  children  to  school,  but  she  also  hired 
her  husband's  time  of  his  mistress  for  more  than 
his  wages  would  amount  to,  that  they  might  all  live 
together  in  their  own  home. 

Georgia  was  born  in  Nashville.  She  began  to  at- 
tend the  Fisk  School  very  soon  after  it  was  opened, 
and  would  have  entered  its  Freshman  class  in  1872 
had  she  not  laid  aside  her  studies  that  year  to  join 
the  Jubilee  Singers. 

Thomas  Rutling's  early  home  was  in  Wilson 
County,  Tennessee,  where  he  was  born  in  1854.  His 
father  was  sold  away  before  his  birth,  and  his  family 
never  heard  from  him  afterward.  His  mother  was 
in  the  habit  of  running  away  and  hiding  in  the 
woods,  in  the  hope  of  escaping  from  slavery.  But 
it  was  never  very  long  before  she  would  be  found, 
brought  back,  flogged,  and  set  to  work  again.  Whip- 
pings, however,  proved  of  no  avail,  and  she  was 
finally  sold  and  sent  farther  south.  Tom  was  then 
but  two  or  three  years  old,  and  his  earliest  recollec- 
tion is  of  parting  with  his  mother  —  how  he  stood 
on  the  doorsteps  as  she  kissed  him  and  bade  him 
good-by,  and  how  she  cried  as  they  dragged  her 
away  from  her  children.     Two  or  three  years  after- 


THOMAS  RUTLING.  1 1 1 

ward  his  mistress  told  him  one  day,  as  he  was  play- 
ing around  the  house,  that  they  had  heard  from  his 
mother.  She  had  been  whipped  almost  to  death, 
probably  for  another  attempt  to  obtain  her  freedom  ; 
and  that  was  the  last"  he  ever  heard  from  her.  He 
had  an  older  brother  and  several  sisters.  Some  of 
them  were  also  sold  away,  and  he  does  not  know 
where  they  are  or  whether  they  are  alive. 

His  mistress  treated  him  well  in  his  childhood  -r- 
as  good  treatment  went  in  that  system  that  sepa- 
rated families  as  if  they  were  but  a  herd  of  sheep. 
He  was  kept  at  the  house  during  the  day  to  bring 
wood  and  water,  and  make  himself  useful  in  enter- 
taining the  children,  and  sent  to  the  slave-quarters 
only  at  night.  Once  they  discussed  in  his  presence 
whether  they  would  sell  his  brother,  and  he  remem- 
bers how  troubled  both  were,  although  they  were 
very  young,  by  the  prospect  of  separation.  After- 
wards he  heard  his  owner  remark  that  he  was  sorry 
he  did  not  sell  him  and  put  him  in  his  pocket. 

When  he  was  eight  years  old  he  was  set  to  work 
in  the  field  a  part  of  the  time,  —  holding  a  plow 
that  was  about  as  tall  as  he  was.  The  war  had  be- 
gun, and  the  other  slaves  told  him  he  must  listen 
sharp  to  what  was  said  by  the  white  folks,  and  report 
to  them.  He  was  the  table  waiter,  and  when  they 
had  talked  over  the  war  news  his  mistress  would  say 
to  him,  "  Now,  Tom,  you  must  n't  repeat  a  word  of 
this."  Tom  would  look,  to  use  his  own  expression, 
"mighty  obedient;"  but,  somehow,  every  slave  on 
tbe  plantation  would  hear  the  news  within  an  hour. 

One  night  the  report  of  the  proclamation  of  eman- 
cipation came.    The  next  morning  the  children  were 


112  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

sitting  in  the  slave-quarters  at  breakfast,  when  their 
young  master  rode  up  and  told  them  they  were  free. 
They  danced  and  sang  for  joy,  and  Tom,  supposing 
he  would  have  everything  like  his  young  master, 
decided  at  once  what  sort  of  a  horse  he  would  ride ! 
They  remained,  however,  on  the  plantation  till  1865. 
Then,  having  heard  that  their  eldest  sister  was  in 
Nashville,  Tom  and  his  brother  started  off  to  find 
her.  While  with  her  he  learned  his  letters.  Then 
he  drifted  about,  working  at  one  thing  and  another, 
until  he  became  a  pupil  at  Fisk,  where  he  remained 
most  of  the  time  for  several  years  until  he  went  out 
with  the  Jubilee  Singers,  on  the  first  organization 
of  the  company.  On  their  return  to  America  in 
1878  he  remained  in  Switzerland  for  study,  and  has 
since  been  more  or  less  engaged  in  evangelistic  work 
there,  in  connection  with  his  studies. 

Frederick  J.  Loudin  is  a  native  of  Portage 
County,  Ohio.  Though  living  in  a  free  State,  he 
was,  from  his  earliest  recollection,  under  the  hateful 
shadow  of  slavery.  The  Northern  States,  though 
they  had  had  the  vitality  to  throw  off  the  slave 
system  earlier  in  their  history,  had  still  fostered  the 
cruel  prejudice  in  which  the  colored  people  were 
held  everywhere  as  the  representatives  of  an  en- 
slaved race.  In  some  respects,  this  ostracism  was 
even  more  complete  and  unchristian  in  the  free  than 
in  the  slave  States. 

Loudin's  father  had  accumulated  some  property, 
and  had  given  generously,  according  to  his  means, 
for  the  endowment  of  a  college  a  few  miles  from  his 
home.     But  when  he  asked  that  one  of  his  children 


FREDERICK  J.   LOUD  IN.  I  1 3 

might  be  admitted  to  the  advantages  of  its  prepara- 
tory department,  he  was  coolly  informed  that  they 
did  not  receive  colored  students.  His  farm  was 
taxed  for  the  support  of  the  public  schools,  but  it 
was  an  exceptional  favor  of  those  days  that  his  chil- 
dren were  allowed  to  share  their  privileges.  In  Ra- 
venna, where  Loudin  went  to  school  for  a  time,  the 
seats  in  the  school-room  were  assigned  according  to 
scholarship.  He  was  studious  and  quick  to  learn, 
but  when  he  was  found  entitled  by  the  rules  to  a 
higher  seat  than  several  members  of  his  class,  their 
parents  took  their  children  out  of  school,  in  a  white 
heat  of  wrath  that  he  should  not  only  have  a  seat 
beside  but  above  them  ! 

Converted  when  a  lad,  he  was  admitted  to  mem- 
bership in  the  Methodist  church  at  the  same  place. 
He  was  then  a  printer's  apprentice.  His  wages  were 
$45  a  year,  and  he  gave  $5  of  this  to  the  church. 
Having  a  reputation  among  his  acquaintances  as  a 
good  singer,  he  applied,  two  or  three  years  after  he 
became  a  church  member,  for  admission  to  the  choir. 
To  his  surprise  and  indignation  his  application  was 
refused,  because  of  his  color.  He  made  up  his  mind 
that  he  was  not  likely  to  get  or  do  much  more  good 
in  that  church,  and  he  never  troubled  it  with  his 
presence  afterward. 

When  a  young  man  he  found  himself  in  the  city 
of  Cleveland,  and  obliged  to  obtain  lodgings  for  the 
night.  Going  from  one  hotel  to  another  he  was  re- 
fused by  each  in  turn.  It  was  nearly  midnight,  and 
only  one  remained  unvisited,  and  that  the  leading 
hotel  of  the  city.  Using  a  little  strategy  here,  he 
led  them  to  suppose  he  was  a  slave  traveling  in  ad- 
8 


114  THE  JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

vance  of  his  master,  and  they  gave  him  a  room  at 
once,  thanks  to  the  reflecteci  refulgence  of  this  sup- 
posed ownership  by  a  white  man  !  He  could  not 
have  got  one  at  any  price  had  they  known  that  he 
was  a  free  man  and  paid  his  own  bills. 

There  was  one  college  in  Ohio,  that  at  Oberlin, 
which  admitted  colored  students  to  the  same  privi- 
leges as  white  ones,  and  his  parents  would  have 
gladly  aided  him  in  obtaining  a  college  education. 
But  the  obstacles  in  the  way  of  using  it,  either  as 
a  means  of  usefulness  or  of  earning  a  livelihood, 
were  so  great  that  it  seemed  to  them  not  worth  the 
while.  In  those  days  the  most  a  colored  man  could 
look  forward  to  was  a  position  as  waiter  or  hostler 
in  a  white  man's  hotel  ;  or  possibly,  if  he  was  excep- 
tionally thrifty  and  subservient,  to  the  ownership  of 
a  small  barber's  shop.  After  he  had  learned  the 
printer's  trade,  in  fact,  he  found  it  of  no  use  to  him. 
White  printers  would  not  tolerate  the  presence  of  a 
black  compositor,  and  he  was  obliged  to  seek  other 
means  of  getting  a  livelihood. 

Going  to  Tennessee  after  the  war,  he  became 
interested  in  the  work  of  the  Jubilee  Singers,  and 
joined  them  previous  to  their  second  visit  to  Great 
Britain  in  1875. 

Mabel  Lewis  was  born,  as  she  supposes,  in  New 
Orleans.  But  of  her  parentage,  and  the  date  of  her 
birth,  she  knows  nothing  beyond  vague  supposition. 
She  has  reason  to  think  that  her  mother  was  a  slave 
and  her  father  a  slave-holder,  and  that  it  was  owing 
to  the  interest  her  father  felt  in  her  that  she  was 
sent  North,  when  two  years  old,  and  carefully  reared 


MINNIE    TATE.  115 

in  a  wealthy  family.  Her  earliest  recollection  is  of 
a  pleasant  home,  of  being  sent  to  and  from  school  in 
the  family  carriage,  and  of  being  carefully  guarded 
even  from  association  with  the  servants.  But,  tvhen 
she  was  about  ten  years  old,  for  some  unknown 
reason  there  came  a  change  in  the  treatment  which 
she  received.  The  family,  who  had  used  her  as 
kindly  as  if  she  were  their  own  child,  went  abroad, 
and  left  her  to  the  care  of  the  servants.  Their  cru- 
elty and  neglect  were  such  that  she  finally  ran  away 
to  escape  her  sufferings  at  their  hands.  She  drifted 
about  from  one  place  to  another,  a  homeless,  friend- 
less waif,  cursed  by  the  slight  strain  of  negro  blood 
that  appeared  in  her  hair  and  complexion,  working  as 
she  had  opportunity,  and  as  well  as  she  knew  how, 
for  her  board  and  clothes.  A  benevolent  gentleman 
in  Massachusetts  finally  became  interested  in  her, 
and  provided  her  with  school  advantages.  Other 
friends  afterwards  aided  her  in  obtaining  the  special 
instruction  in  music  which  her  fine  voice  deserved, 
and  finally  introduced  her  to  the  Jubilee  Singers, 
whom  she  joined  in  1872. 

Her  health  gave  way  during  the  exhausting  labors 
of  their  first  visit  to  Great  Britain,  and  she  was  un- 
able for  several  years  to  take  up  again  the  exacting 
duties  of  concert  work. 

Minnie  Tate's  parents  were  both  free  colored 
people.  Her  grandmother,  on  her  mother's  side,  was 
a  slave  in  Mississippi,  but  her  master  gave  her  and 
some  of  her  children,  including  Minnie's  mother, 
their  freedom.  Designing  to  make  their  home  in  a 
free  State,  the  family  took  such  of  their  possessions 


Il6  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

as  they  could  carry  in  bundles  on  their  heads,  and 
started  on  foot  for  Ohio,  little  realizing  how  long  a 
tramp  they  had  undertaken.  They  had  to  work  for 
their  living  as  they  went  along,  and  often  stopped 
several  months  in  a  place  before  they  could  get 
enough  money  saved  to  warrant  them  in  again  tak- 
ing up  their  pilgrimage.  Finally  they  reached  a 
German  settlement  in  Tennessee,  where  the  good 
people  treated  them  so  kindly  that  they  decided  to 
bring  their  journey  to  an  end,  and  make  their  home 
among  them.  Minnie's  mother  was  allowed  to  at- 
tend school  with  the  white  children,  and  obtained 
quite  a  good  education  in  the  common  English 
branches.  Afterwards  she  removed  to  Nashville, 
where  she  married,  and  where  Minnie  was  born. 

Her  mother  gave  her  her  first  lessons  in  reading 
at  home,  but  when  older  she  went  to  Fisk  School. 
She  was  one  of  the  original  Jubilee  Singers,  and  the 
youngest  of  the  company  which  made  the  first  visit 
to  Great  Britain,  where  her  sweet  voice  and  her 
youth  drew  to  her  many  friends.  On  the  return  to 
America,  she  was  obliged,  by  the  prostration  of  her 
voice,  to  give  up  singing,  and  resumed  her  studies. 

Benjamin  M.  Holmes  was  a  native  of  Charles- 
ton, South  Carolina.  He  was  born  of  slave  parents 
in  either  1846  or  1848,  but  which  year  he  never  cer- 
tainly knew. 

When  a  little  fellow,  scarcely  old  enough  to  look 
over  his  employer's  bench,  he  was  apprenticed  to 
learn  the  tailor's  trade.  His  father  had  learned  to 
read  a  little,  and  secretly  taught  him  his  letters.  He 
studied   the  business  signs  and    the  names  on  the 


BENJAMIN  M.   HOLMES.  1 1 7 

doors  when  he  carried  home  bundles  for  his  master, 
and  asked  people  to  tell  him  a  word  or  two  at  a  time, 
until  by  i860  he  found  himself  able  to  read  the  pa- 
pers very  well.  His  mother  then  promised  him  a 
gold  dollar  if  he  would  learn  to  write.  This  was  not 
so  easy  as  to  learn  to  read,  as  asking  help  in  any 
way  was  more  likely  to  excite  suspicion.  But  when 
sweeping  out  the  shop,  before  business  hours  in  the 
morning,  he  would  study  the  letters  in  the  measuring 
book,  and  so  in  time  learned  to  write.  He  secretly 
taught  his  fellow-slaves,  and  came  to  be  looked  upon 
as  one  of  those  slaves  who  "knew  too  much." 

When  Charleston  was  threatened  with  capture 
by  the  Union  troops,  in  1862,  his  master,  fearing 
they  would  get  their  freedom,  sold  his  slaves  to  a 
trader,  who  confined  them  in  the  slave-prison  until 
he  should  be  ready  to  take  them  into  the  interior. 
While  in  prison  Holmes  got  hold  of  a  copy  of  Presi- 
dent Lincoln's  proclamation  of  emancipation.  Great 
was  the  excitement  and  rejoicing  as  he  read  it  aloud 
to  his  fellow-captives.  Finally  he  was  sold  to  a  mer- 
chant of  Chattanooga,  Tennessee,  who  gave  him  a 
few  hours  before  starting  in  which  to  say  good-by 
co  his  mother,  whom  he  never  saw  afterwards. 

His  new  owner  took  him  into  his  own  store,  and 
soon  came  to  place  great  confidence  in  him.  He 
would  often  say,  "  I  'd  trust  any  part  of  my  business 
to  Ben."  In  1863  he  and  all  his  clerks  were  drafted 
into  the  rebel  army,  and  Ben  carried  on  the  business 
for  a  short  time  until  his  owner  and  one  of  the 
clerks  were  exempted  from  service. 

Near  the  end  of  this  year  Chattanooga  fell  into 
the  hands  of  the  Union  troops,  and  Holmes  took  ad- 


Il8  THE   JUBILEE  SINGERS. 

vantage  of  the  terms  of  the  proclamation  which  he 
had  read  the  year  before  in  the  Charleston  slave- 
pen.  He  hired  out  as  a  servant  to  General  Jefferson 
C.  Davis,  of  the  Union  army,  at  $\o  a  month,  but  in 
the  spring  returned  to  the  employ  of  his  old  owner, 
who  offered  him  $30  a  month.  Afterward  he  worked 
for  a  year  or  two  as  a  cashier  in  a  large  barber's-shop, 
and  on  the  death  of  his  employer  he  was  made  ad- 
ministrator of  his  estate  —  the  first  colored  man  ever 
appointed  to  such  duties  in  the  State  of  Tennessee. 
He  had  previously  taken  an  interest  in  the  business, 
but  on  settling  up  the  estate  it  was  found  to  be  in- 
solvent ;  and  after  it  had  eaten  up  $300  of  his  small 
savings  he  gave  up  the  business. 

He  had  been  anxious  for  a  long  while  to. get  a  bet- 
ter education,  and  in  1868  began  studying  at  Fisk 
University.  The  next  year  he  was  engaged  to  teach 
one  of  the  State  schools  for  the  colored  people  in  Da- 
vidson County,  and  was  promised  $30  a  month.  His 
school  averaged  an  attendance  of  sixty-eight  schol- 
ars, but  those  were  days  of  poverty  in  private,  and 
mismanagement  in  public  affairs,  and  Davidson 
County  failed  to  pay  him  $150  of  his  wages.  The 
attempt  to  educate  the  colored  people  met  with  bitter 
opposition,  and  in  another  school  a  shot  whizzed  past 
him  one  day  while  he  was  hearing  a  class  recite,  fired 
by  some  one  outside,  but  by  whom  it  was  never 
known. 

After  studying  again  for  a  while  at  Fisk,  he  took 
charge  of  a  school'  eight  miles  from  Nashville.  His 
habit  at  this  time  was  to  walk  home  on  Friday  night 
to  attend  the  meeting  of  the  students'  literary  so- 
ciety, of  which  he  was  a  member,  work  at  his  tailor's 


ISA  AC  P.   DICKERS  ON.  .        I  1 9 

trade  all  day  on  Saturday,  and  walk  back  oil  Sunday 
morning  that  he  might  be  on  hand  to  conduct  th ; 
Sabbath-school  in  his  school-house.  He  was  one  of 
the  original  Jubilee  Singers,  and  continued  with  the 
company  until  its  return  from  its  first  visit  to  Great 
Britain,  when  he  resumed  his  studies  at  Nashville. 
During  the  absence  of  the  Singers  on  their  second 
trip  abroad  he  died  of  consumption  ;  the  first  death 
among  those  who  have  at  any  time  been  members  of 
the, Jubilee  Singers'  company. 

Isaac  P.  Dickerson  was  born  in  Wytheville,  Vir- 
ginia. One  of  the  first  things  he  remembers  was  the 
sale  of  his  father  to  a  slave-trader.  When  five  years 
old  he  lost  his  mother,  who  was  also  a  slave,  by  death. 
After  emancipation,  he  went  to  Chattanooga,  Ten- 
nessee, where  he  worked  at  anything  he  could  find  to 
do.  Part  of  the  time  he  attended  an  American  Mis- 
sionary Association  school,  and  when  sufficiently  ad- 
vanced in  his  studies  began  teaching  school  himself. 
But  he  failed  to  get  his  pay,  and  when  he  went  to 
Fisk  University  the  next  year  he  was  obliged  to 
make  economy  one  of  his  principal  studies.  He  was 
very  fond  of  music,  and  in  the  cantata  of  "  Esther," 
in  which  so  many  of  the  Jubilee  Singers  made  their 
debut,  he  sang  the  part  of  Haman.  When  the  Sing- 
ers returned  to  America,  in  1874,  he  remained  in 
Edinburgh  to  pursue  studies  preparatory  to  entering 
the  ministry.  In  1878  he  began  evangelistic  labors  in 
France  —  work  for  which  his  connection  with  the 
Singers  had  in  some  respects  given  him  a  special 
training. 


JUBILEE    SONGS. 


PREFACE   TO   THE   MUSIC. 

In  giving  these  melodies  to  the  world  in  a  tangible  form,  it 
seems  desirable  to  say  a  few  words  about  them  as  judged 
from  a  musical  standpoint.  It  is  certain  that  the  critic  stands 
completely  disarmed  in  their  presence.  He  must  not  only 
recognize  their  immense  power  over  audiences  which  include 
many  people  of  the  highest  culture,  but,  if  he  be  not  thor- 
oughly encased  in  prejudice,  he  must  yield  a  tribute  of  ad- 
miration on  his  own  part,  and  acknowledge  that  these  songs 
touch  a  chord  which  the  most  consummate  art  fails  to  reach. 
Something  of  this  result  is  doubtless  due  to  the  singers  as 
well  as  to  their  melodies.  The  excellent  rendering  of  the 
Jubilee  Band  is  made  more  effective  and  the  interest  is  inten- 
sified by  the  comparison  of  their  former  state  of  slavery  and 
degradation  with  the  present  prospects  and  hopes  of  their 
race,  which  crowd  upon  every  listener's  mind  during  the  sing- 
ing of  their  songs.  Yet  the  power  is  chiefly  in  the  songs 
themselves,  and  hence  a  brief  analysis  of  them  will  be  of  in- 
terest. 

Their  origin  is  unique.  They  are  never  "composed"  after 
the  manner  of  ordinary  music,  but  spring  into  life,  ready-made, 
from  the  white  heat  of  religious  fervor  during  some  protracted 
meeting  in  church  or  camp.  They  come  from  no  musical  cul- 
tivation whatever,  but  are  the  simple,  ecstatic  utterances  of 
wholly  untutored  minds.  From  so  unpromising  a  source  we 
could  reasonably  expect  only  such  a  mass  of  crudities  as 
would  be  unendurable  to  the  cultivated  ear.  On  the  contrary, 
rfbwever,  the  cultivated  listener  confesses  to  a  new  charm,  and 
to  a  power  never  before  felt,  at  least  in  its  kind.     What  can 


122  PREFACE    TO    THE  MUSIC. 

we  infer  from  this  but  that  the  child-like,  receptive  minds  of 
these  unfortunates  were  wrought  upon  with  a  true  inspiration, 
and  that  this  gift  was  bestowed  upon  them  by  an  ever-watch- 
ful Father,  to  quicken  the  pulses  of  life,  and  to  keep  them 
from  the  state  of  hopeless  apathy  into  which  they  were  in 
danger  of  falling. 

A  technical  analysis  of  these  melodies  shows  some  inter- 
esting facts.  The  first" peculiarity  that  strikes  the  attention 
is  in  the  rhythm.  This  is  often  complicated,  and  sometimes 
strikingly  original.  But  although  so  new  and  strange,  it  is 
most  remarkable  that  these  effects  are  so  extremely  satisfac- 
tory. We  see  few  cases  of  what  theorists  call  mis-form,  al- 
though the  student  of  musical  composition  is  likely  to  fall  into 
that  error  long  after  he  has  mastered  the  leading  principles  of 
the  art. 

Another  noticeable  feature  of  the  songs  is  the  rare  occur- 
rence of  triple  time,  or  three-part  measure  among  them.  The 
reason  for  this  is  doubtless  to  be  found  in  the  beating  of  the 
foot  and  the  swaying  of  the  body  which  are  such  frequent  ac- 
companiments of  the  singing.  These  motions  are  in  even 
measure,  and  in  perfect  time  ;  and  so  it  will  be  found  that, 
however  broken  and  seemingly  irregular  the  movement  of  the 
music,  it  is  always  capable  of  the  most  exact  measurement. 
In  other  words,  its  irregularities  invariably  conform  to  the 
"  higher  law  "  of  the  perfect  rhythmic  flow. 

It  is  a  coincidence  worthy  of  note  that  more  than  half  the 
melodies  in  this  connection  are  in  the  same  scale  as  that  in 
which  Scottish  music  in  written;  that  is,  with  the  fourth  and 
seventh  tones  omitted.  The. fact  that  the  music  of  the  ancient 
Greeks  is  also  said  to  have  been  written  in  this  scale  suggests 
an  interesting  inquiry  as  to  whether  it  may  not  be  a  peculiar 
language  of  nature,  or  a  simpler  alphabet  than  the  ordinary 
diatonic  scale,  in  which  the  uncultivated  mind  finds  its  easiest 
expression. 

THEO.  F.  SEWARD. 


INDEX     TO     MUSIC. 


Preface  to  the  Music 121 


NO.  PAGE 

92.  A  Happy  New  Year 213 

60.  A  little  more  faith  in  Jesus 178 

99.  Anchor  in  the  Loid  221 

70.  Angels  waiting  at  the  door 189 

20.  Been  a  listening      144 

105.  Bright  sparkles  in  the  Church- 

yard      228 

16.  Children,  you'll  be  called  on  ...  140 
6.  Children,  we  all  shall  be  free  ...   130 

106.  Come  down  angels      234 

33.  Come,  let  us  all  go  down 156 

J7.  Deep  River      196 

61.  Did  not  old  Pharoah  get  lost?  .  179 
10.  Didn't  my  Lord  deliver  Daniel.   134 

-95.  Don't  you  grieve  after  me    216 

85.  Down  by  the  River    205 

66.   Farewell,  my  brother     185 

5.  From  every  grave-yard 129 

75.  Gabriel's    Trumpet's   going    to 

blow 195 

5*1.  Getting  re.  dy  to  die 172 

109.  Gideon's  Band 238 

17.  Give  me  Jesus 140 

19.  Go  down,  Moses    142 

56.  Go,  chain  the  Lion  down 174 

94.  Good-bye,  Brothers  215 

89.  Good  old  Chariot 210 

90.  Grace    211 


NO.  PAGE 

14.  Gwine  to  ride  up  in  the  Chariot  138 

87.  Hard  trials  207 

38.  He  arose   v 160 

88.  He  rose  from  the  dead 208 

41.  He's  the  Lily  of  the  Valley 163 

25.  He's  the  Lord  of  Lords    148 

50.  I  am  going  to  die  no  more  171 

68.  I  ain't  got  weary  yet  187 

in.  I  know  that  my  Redeemer  lives  242 

11.  Ill  hear  the  trumpet  sound 136 

9.  I'm  a  rolling  133 

22.  I'm  a  travelling  to  the  grave  ...  146 
54.  I'm  going  to  live  with  Jesus  ...  173 
32.  I'm  so  glad     155 

107.  I'm  so  glad 235 

53.   I'm  troubled  in  mind 173 

78.  In  Bright  Mansions  above   198 

67.   Inching  along 186 

30.   In  the  River  of  Jordan 153 

no.  In  that  great  getting-up  morn- 
ing   240 

73.  I Ve  been  Redeemed 192 

13.   I've  just  come  from  the  Foun- 
tain       137 

101.  John  Brown's  Body  223 

26.  Judgment-day  is  rolling  round...   149 

40.  Judgment  will  find  you  so    162 

21.  Keep  me  from  sinking  down  ...  145 


I24 


INDEX  TO  MUSIC. 


NO. 
71. 

I02. 

63. 

76. 
;oo. 

23-" 

44. 
4.9 

103. 
59- 
79- 
43- 
45- 
1. 

97- 
35- 
81. 
91. 
29. 
55- 
4- 
58. 
108. 
42. 

46. 
96. 
12. 

7- 
8. 


PAGB 

Keep  your  ';  mps  trimmed  and 

burning    190 

Listen  to  the  Angels 225 

Love  feast  in  Heaven    182 

Lord,  I  wish  I  had  a  come 196 

Lord's  Prayer 222 

Many  thousand  gone    146 

March  on      166 

Mary  and  Martha     170 

Move  along 226 

My  good  Lord's  been  here 177 

My  Lord,  what  a  mourning     ...  199 

My  ship  is  on  the  ocean  165 

My  way's  cloudy    167 

Nobody  knows  the  trouble  I  see  125 
Now  we  take  this  teeble  body...  219 

Oh!  holy  Lord  157 

Oh,  wasn't  that  a  wide  river    ...  200 

Oh  yes  !  Oh  yes  !  212 

Old  ship  of  Zion 152 

Ol  let  me  get  up   174 

O,  Redeemed 128 

Ol  Sinner  Man 176 

Peter,  go  ring  them  bells 236 

Prepare  us  164 

Reign,  O  reign  169 

Ride  on,  King  Jesus 168 

Rise  and  Shine  217 

Rise,  Mourners 136 

Roll,  Jordan,  roll  131 

Room  enough 127 


no.  PAGB 

69.  Run  to  Jesus 188 

39.  Save  me,  Lord,  save  me  161 

28.  Shine,  shine 151 

98.  Shine,  shine    220 

112.  Sweet  Canaan 243 

72.  Show  me  the  way  191 

24.  Steal  away  147 

2.  Swing  low,  sweet  Chariot    126 

93.  'Tis  Jordan's  River    214 

52.  The  General  Roll  172 

27.  The  Gospel  Train 150 

18.  The  Rocks  and  the  Mountains .  141 

104.  The  Angels  changed  my  Name  227 
47.  These  are  my  Father's  children  168 
65.  There's  a  meeting  here  to-night  184 

37.  The  Ten  Virgins    159 

36.  This  Old  Time  Religion  158 

8.  Turn  back  Pharaoh's  army 132 

86.  Wait  a  little  while 206 

82.  Way  over  Jordan  202 

84.  We  are  almost  home 204 

80.  We  are  climbing  the  hills  of  Zion  200 
15.  We'll  die  in  the  Field 139 

83.  We'll  overtake  the  Army 203 

31.  We'll  stand  the  Storm  154 

74.  We  shall  walk  thro'  the  valley...  194 
57.  When  Moses  smote  the  water...  175 

64.  When  shall  I  get  there     183 

62.  Wrestling  Jacob 180 

34.  Zion's  Children  156 


JUBILEE  SONGS. 


It  will  be  observed  that  in  most  of  these  songs  the  first  strain  is  of  the  nature  of  a 
chorus  or  refrain,  which  is  to  be  sung  after  each  verse.  The  return  to  this  chorus 
should  be  made  without  breaking  the  ti^ae. 

In  Borne  of  the  verses  the  syllables  do  not  correspond  exactly  to  the  noteB  in  the 
music.  The  adaptation  is  so  easy  that  it  was  thought  best  to  leave  it  to  the  skill  of 
the  singer  rather  than  to  confuse  the  eye  by  too  many  notes.  The  musio  is  in  each 
case  carefully  adapted  to  the  first  verse.  Whatever  changes  may  be  necessary  in 
singing  the  remaining  verses  will  be  found  to  involve  no  difficulty. 


No.  1. 


liflbofcp  *mntos  tfje  ©rouble  $  see,  ILorDf! 


hjbM — *t '  ft  Is    fr 

0 N  -F 0 (- 

-r  N-^rf1 — r 

\(^4r--p-7-J^'-^+- 

-      *-t2=£_^_ 

-*-?■-*  •  -  / 

No-bo  -  dy  knows  the  trouble  I  see,  Lord,  No-bo-dy  knows  the 


$m 


-*-*«- 


-N 


3=± 


m 


trou-ble    I    see,  No  -  bo  -  dy  knows  the  trouble   I     see,  Lord, 

Fine. 


PS 


£ 


— * "    '  V       V 

No  -  bo  -  dy  knows  like    Je  -  bus.    1.  Broth-ers,  will    you 


I 


W- 


^i^Zi 


v—*- 


b=$=+ 


u     ^  ^^ — i 


pray  for  me.  Brothers,  will  yon  pray  for  me,  Brothers,  will  you 


D.  C. 


#=£ 


0 


-R-N 


-# — l- 


pray    for    me,  And  help  me    to  drive  old    Sa-tan    a  -  way. 

2.  Sisters,  will  you  pray  for  me,  <fco. 

3.  Mothers,  will  you  pray  for  me,  <feo. 

4.  Preachers,  will  you  pray  for  me,  &o. 

125 


No.  2.     Stoma  toto,  stoeet  ©tjartot 


I  "        ^         V      W^        **        V        V        V 

Swing  low,  sweet  char-i-ot.      Com-ing  for    to    car-ry    me  home, 


i 


a 


g=rg-g^g=g^g: 


Fine. 


tw— E-+*— >■=* 


1.  I     looked       o      -       ver 

2.  U  you         get 

3.  The  bright  -  est  day 
L   I'm          some  -  times 


•       • — V  .   • — V      *       h  i 


Jor  -  dan,  and  what  did    I        see, 
there      be    -    fore  I        do, 

that        ev    -     er  I        6aw, 

up        and         some  -   times  down, 


i  Q              N fe P-. 

r~\ -^ 

— ^ K N -i 

it\j — & — & — & — * — p  9^—*- 

*i     *          ^ 

~f? — F~~^P — T^" 

fm "       *>       ^     J^     _h     ?       *       * 

^     • 

ki,      l*       r 

V  \)       §       §       §       o       e 

;j 

J    l   1    I    I                               "    "   .b 

Com-ing  for     to    car  -  ry     me  home  ?    A      band  of      an  -  gels 
Com-ing  for     to^  car  -  ry     me  home,  Tell    all      my  friends  I'm 
Com-ing  for     to    car  -  ry    me  home,  When  Je  -  sus  wash'd  my 
Com-ing  for     to    car  -  ry    me  home,    But  still    my  soul  feels 
f"     f-     f-      ■*"  • 

i      *       *f 

■■ 

kV£— b— £— b— b— £— u- 

-J L 



D.C. 


:~*    Ml? 


6T — V         IT— V         ^ 

com-ing    af  -  ter     me,     Com-ing   for     to     car  -  ry  me 

com     -     ing         too,     Com-ing   for     to     car  -  ry  me 

sins            a    -     way,    Com-ing   for     to     car-  ry  me 

heaven    -  ly       bound,  Com-ing   for     to     car  -  ry  me 

m m m m 1- T  *- 


home, 
home, 
home, 
home. 


1 


HM'-HHTE 


126 


No.  3. 


ISoom  Enougi). 


_o U_^ 

N      ^ L_ 

J"    J"      ' 

-«.    r>    i 

A.X.I. 

s^f-=^ 

-0 — ^H 1 

_« — # — , — 

— N— 0  .    4 

=^=»— i- 

£p'— 4--*— 

■d    _ 

* — # — ^— 

-r — ^ 1- 

1.   Oh.  brothers,  don't  stay  a  -  way,  Brothers,  don't  stay  a  -  way, 

•        m       m                            -   •     -        m       m       m 

tf"V    U  9 

™ 

*J.    '7.5    w 

* 

... 

^  fc    /*     ' 

v             m 

H     ■  j      i 

V    4 

,        r       ' 

U'       ^ 

i 

•      * 

•      P      . 

^^ 


Broth-ers,     don't     stay       a  -  way,     Don't    stay      a  -  way. 


I 


ozzzr 


^ 


Chorus. 


e 


t*— K 


i=r~r~r 


s;   s 


3— s :  #— ■*-£ 


For  my  Lord  says  there's  room  e-nough,  Boom  e  -  nough  in  the 

—A * fi r— ^ «-^ 1 ,— * 0-± • *— *- 


S& 


■g— W — r 


*=F 


p 


A-A 


¥^=£ 


j=i=?~ 


:)*=$=£=£ 


-N — m- 


mm 


Heav'ns  for  you.  My  Lord  says  there's  room  enough.  Don't  stay  away. 


m 


1 


x=t 


m 


32=2 


^-^^=^=^=^3=^^ 


2  Oh,  mourners,  don't  stay  away. 

Cho. — For  the  Bible  says  there's  room  enough,  Ac. 

3  Oh.  sinners,  don't  stay  away. 

Cho. — For  the  angel  says  there's  room  enough,  &o. 

4  Oh,  children,  dont  stay  away. 

Cho.  — For  Jesus  says  there's  room  enough,  &o. 


•  The  peculiar  accent  here  m&fcee  the  words  eound  thus  :  ••  rooms  nough.'1 

127 


No.  4. 

Choetts. 


£ 


* 


£ 


?» 


yp  '    "  'F~e — p — -■ 

O     redeemed,  re  -  deuujed,     ['m  washed  in  the  blood  of    the 


m^z^* 


fS        -» 


-h 


*0^0 

*s  i — Ft 


jLi  S    g    8    | 


Fine. 


■-G-8    w 

_>v FS n 

— jS N ^ -» — , 

!-^M* N- 

I i- 1 -N— 

p— N N 1 *- — i 

"f R~ 

t^ * — 

— t 1 1 0  — 

hg g £ 1^ 

tr — ^   *— y y b £—  5 — & — y — 5; — ■-£ £ — $ 

1.  Al-though  you    see     me  going  a  -  long     so,     Washed  in    the 

2.  When   I      was  a  mourner    just          like     you,   Washed  in    the 

3.  Re   -    li  -  gion  's  like     a     bloom   -    ing     rose.  Washed  in    the 

„      JN  "     -h        >        ^          *      A      A      ^         **)           .           .        * 

C\'%      F 

i             F 

l>     i>     i       r  f  • 

■      * 

.   J-ff      F 

J           J           \J           I 

P     P     y     k . 

/        V 

-^  y .  b 

>*           1/           1/           k 

1/ 

^^ 

f           \r 

$=£ 


£=&* 


.  s*. 


1 


blood  of     the  Lamb,     I      have    my      tri  -  als    here  be 

blood  of     the  Lamb,     I   mourned  and  prayed  till    I    got  through, 

blood  of     the  Lamb,    As    none    but    those  that    feel    it    knows, 


PCS 


£ 


■K— # 


l=F£ 


t— : 


as.  ^ 


£-*■ 


Washed  in    the  blood  of     the  Lamb.  0       redeemed,  re-deeined, 

•«— ^ * A 0 # H !j  -rr-4  '  #-* 


*  Attention  is  called  to  this  characteristic  mannex  of  connecting  the  last  straits 
with  the  chorns  in  the  D.  O.  1  OQ 


jfrrmt  e&etg  (Brabegari 


^3 


I      w    w    w    w    y    \ 

Just  be-hold  that  number,  Just  be-hold  that  number,  Just  be  - 

^      _TS_  _|^  .  ^      ^      _!N        IV     |  JV  _,*      J*      ^        * ' 


I 


■*> — r 


fcJ 


told  that  num-ber  From  ev  -  e  -  ry    grave-yard. 


s 


±444 


,=: 


£ 


1.  Going  to 
1 2.  Going  to 
3.  Going  to 
'  4.  Going  to 
k5.  Going  to 


n  tt     ^     is     h     h. 

1 

fe.                 V 

y  ft  j    i    i     r 

i 

..  ^     ^     p      IS 

1             i             N  " 

tffi — *     3 — 1 — 1~ 

"J %~ 

~3 — 2 — *  '~~^ 

~J S---T- 

W '     *     * 

1.  meet  the  brothers  i 

2.  meet  the   sis  -  ters  \ 

3.  meet  the  preachers 

4.  meet  the  mourners 
6.    meet  the  Christians 

M.       JS.       J3L       <>. 

h ' 

here,  That 
.here,  That 
there,  That 
there,  That 
there,  That 

,        f 

used  to    join    in  p 
used  to    join     in  p 
used  to    join    in  p 
used  to    join    in  p 
used  to    join     in  p 

>rayer.  Go  -  ing 
rayer,  <fcc. 
>rayer,  &c. 
rayer,  <fee. 
rayer,  &.c. 

rvs    #      r             ' 

*        f 

0              9     •       if 

-zf  *  $ — n h » » — 

— 1 1 

— » # #-•—#— 

— i h W 

-^ ^ ^ 1 1 

y y-^ 

— !— « 1 

-y — y — y — ^J 

_4 y p — 

I 


fcA 


ZX  G 


l^^i 


p= 


i/  b  b  ^  ' — * 

up  thro'  trreat  trib-n  -  la  -  tion  From  ev  -  e  -   ry     grave-yard- 


No.  e.  CijilBren,  toe  all  sljall  be  jFm. 

a. 


in    -   -   -    -    -  % 

Chil-dren,  we  all   shall  be    free,  Chil-dren,  we  all   shall    be 
iS       N       *>  iN       S 


%&=m 


*=!. 


23 


P 


f=fc 


free,  Children,  we  all   shall  be  free,  When  the  Lord  shall  appear. 

y — ^ — f— ^F — is 1 


** 


IPS 


BE 


v_ 


TTT 


?5=!5 


=£? 


^Mt3 


^ 


1.  We  want  no  cowards  in  our  band.  That  from  their  colors  fly,  We 


^S 


:£=£ 


#      *     P- 


u>    y 


Z).  <7. 


*=£ 


—  #_  i__ i , 1 i — #_ 


S 


call   for    val-iant-heart-ed  men,  That  are  not    a  -  fraid  to 

-* * * P— i-  0 0 0 0 0— r-a a * 0- 


die. 


2.  We  see  the  pilgrim  as  he  lies, 

With  glory  in  his  soul ; 
To  Heaven  he  lifts  his  longing  eyes, 
And  bids  this  world  adieu. 

Cho. — Children,  we  all  shall  be  free.  <fcc. 

3.  Give  ease  to  the  sick,  give  sight  to  the  blind. 

Enable  th;j  cripple  to  walk  ; 
He'll  raise  the  dead  from  under  the  earth. 
And  give  them  permission  to  fly. 

Cho. — Children,  we  all  shall  be  free,  Ac. 


1  Th*  words, 
in. 


On  Jordan's  stormy  banks  I  stand."  are 
120 


im*K  sung  to  this 


No.  7. 


&oII,  3iorUan,  £oII. 


aiT:>A"j| 


Roll,  Jordan,  roll, 


roll,  Jordan,  roll,    I  want  to  go     to 


OS3F 


*• ^.      I  J  \       J    .        \       I  k. 


^S 


KoU.  . 


Jr-^-^: 


:2=2- 


d^^ze 


tj    * 


hea  -ven  when    I        die,     To       hear      Jor  •  dan     rolL 


— *+>  —  ^ — f — f-r       r     ■•; 


l^ 


1.  Oh,  brothers,  von  ought  t'have  been  there,    Yes,  my  Lord!    A 


D.C. 


irpr=:S 


=S= 


-5 — y- 


Slt  -  ting     lil 
S       N 


m=tm 


-v 


-v 


the     Kingdom, 


hear    Jor-dan  '  roll. 


/      / 

2.  Oh,  preachers,  you  ought  tliave  been  there,  &<3. 

3.  Oh.  sinners,  you  ought,  &c. 

4.  Oil.. mourners, ,_,ou  ought.  &c. 

5.  Oh,  seekers,  you  ought,  &c. 

6.  Oh,  mothers   you  ought,  &c. 
"*.  Oh,  sisters,  you  ought,  &c. 

131 


No. 


8.    Curn  bacfe  $J)araoi)'8  armg. 

Solo.    Moderato. 


-^v— N- 


M=fc 


£=£: 


i^l 


i 


1 .  Gwine  to  write  to  Mas  -  sa  Je  -  sus,  To  send  some  valiant  soldier, 

2.  If  you  want  your  nouls  converted,  You'd  better  be    a  -  praying, 

3.  You      say  you  are    a    soldier,        Fighting  for  your  Saviour, 

4.  When  the  children  were  in  bondage,  They  cried  unto  the  Lord, 

5.  When    Mo-ses  smote  the  wa-ter,  The  children  all  passed  over, 

6.  When  Pharaoh  crossed  the  water,  The  waters  came  to  -  gether, 

Chorus.   Faster. 


£=£e£ 


'^ 


^Efc 


P 


To  turn  back  Pharaoh's  army,  Hal-le  -  lu  !  To  turn  back  Pharaoh's 

To  turn  back  Pharaoh's  army,  Hal-  le  -  lu  !  To  turn  back,  &c. 

To  turn  back  Pharaoh's  army,  Hal-  le  -  lu  !  To  turn  back,  &c. 

He  turned  back  Pharaoh's  army,  Hal-  le  -  lu !  He  turned  back,  &c. 

And  turned  back  Pharaoh's  army,  Hal-le  -  lu  !  And  turned  back,  &c . 

And  drowned  ole  Pharaoh's  army, Hal-le- lu  !  And  drowned  ole,  &c. 

^  ■*-     •#•      ■*-      <h      ■*- 


§» 


t=FP 


£=£ 


£^£ 


i 


EE 


zz: 


ir  -  my,     Hal  -  le    -    lu     -     iah  !     To    turn  back  PI 


ar  -  my 


jah 


Pharaoh's 


§S 


£ 


"  v    v     ?     tr~  p     y     ■* 

ar-my,  Hal  -  le  -  lu  !  To  turn  back  Pharaoh's  ar  -my,  Hal  -  le 


if^n 


lu    -    jah  !    To  turn  back  Pharaoh's  ar  -  my,  Hal  -  le  -  lu  ! 

/7\ 


\£B. 


■£===^. 


V^9- 


I 


«=4* 


H 


132 


No.  9. 


I'm  a  tolling. 


y  --.•<- 


3 


:P^ 


2 


I'm  a 


rT 


is=fr 


Vbgzjz^i^-pi— I 


*=fe 


roll-ing,  I'm  a    roll-ing,  fm  a    roll  -  ing  thro'  an  un- 


N     N 


SEf 


El 


1r& 


^rr-V-fet 


I 


g 


P 


friend 

L_ 


-lv  world,  I'm     a 


=j*=*=f* 


J— A 


roll  -  ing,  I'm    a 

-J . ^ 


roll  -  ing  thro'  an 


=£f# 


'*=F=? 


H P K- 


tl 


e 


e^ 


32 


£=$: 


9 


>2I 


?a 


* 


on  -  friend-ly  world. 


£±* 


1.  O    brothers,  wont  you  help  me, 

2.  O      sis  -  ters.  wont  you  help  me, 

3.  O  preachers,  wont  vou  help  me, 

J>.   ^     JSL  J. 


A 


E 


1: 


^ 


P 


?=33 


.*=£ 


5H 


*=i 


*-r 


0    brothers,  wont  you  help  me  to  pray  ?    O    brothers,  wont  you 
0     sis  -  ters,  wont  yon  help  me  to  pray  ?    O     sis-ters,  <fec. 
O  preachers,  wont  you  help  me  to  fight?    0  preachers,  &c. 

P.  J*    2.  ~* 


-& 


'     5_jEEfcH— ,-fc=rf-i — :±= 


=* 


fe 


fs     IS 


±-fe 


d.  a 


s= 


9: 


help   me,  Wont  you  help  me  in    the  service  of    the     Lord?* 

A  J.  £•£  «M/.  .*a  t  p   * 


E 


3=^£ 


— #- 


jc: 


*  Betarn  to  the  beginning  In  exact  tl&«. 

133 


No.  10.  Mtrn't  mg  Horfc  treliber  IBmitl. 


Sung  in  Unison. 

J?ul>4      ft     b  --&■!■»     ^-j£=3±-. 

—f    •    0 — 0—z 

fe?  H     *      0— *— 0 f—4 f—t h- 

q  b  P 

Did -n't      my  Lord    de  -  liv  -  er        Dan    -  iel,      •  D'liver 


e 


p^s 


-K S- 


'•^f 


S        K       N      IS       Ps         k j 

-i 0 S--0         i  g 

r #-F « g — » 


ft=S: 


1 


Dan  -  iel,    d'liver   Dan  -  iel,    Did  -  u't  my  Lord    de  -  liv  -  er 

« 
1st 


¥ 


2=fr 


S^m « 0- 


*=* 


£=> 


"^ — V 

Dan  -  iel,    And  why  not     a      eT  -  e  -  ry     man  ?        He    de 


A*-9 *■> 1*— - 

* 

# 

#      0 

^  • 

m    *f 

--# — 

,  » 

_*  .. 

W^>    u 

=# 

=*l 

tf 

=&=*= 

=S 

=£=± 

--r 

-*-*fc 

=£= 

liv  -  er'd    Dan-iel   from  the   li  -  on's   den,       Jo  -  nah  from  the 


:9 5 * 0 


-S V 

-y ; 0 N- 


S- — s 


#-^ K S 


* * « 0- 0 #-- 

bel  -  ly     of    the  whale,  And  the     He-brew  children  from  the 


m 


¥ 


V=fr 


•g— t,        sL_^_-— H— ^ 


fie  -  ry      fnr-nace,  And      why    not       ay  -  e  -  ry        man? 


fHi 


S=v 


fcfc 


-N — 0- 


=£ 


-? ' 


Did  -  n't      my   Lord    de  -  liv  -  er         Dan  -  iel.         D'liver 


^ 


N &■ 


*-0—0- «  -0 


N N— -fc-  — S N s— 


rW 


Dan  -  iel,      d'liver     Dan-iel,    Did  -  n't   my  Lord  de  -  liv  -  er 
•  Oo  on  without  pause,  leaving  out  two  beats  of  the  measure. 

134 


i 


p=f- 


rj^-.f 1 1 w W~ 


-1- 


£=* 


E 


Dan  -    leL        And    why   not 
2d  Verse. 


ev  -  e   -    ry      man? 


1 


The  moon  run  down  in  a     purple-stream,  The  sun  for  -  bear  to 

+  D.  0.   "■Didn't  my  Lord." 


m 


#-  M~  4 


+ \/ V ^ 


V     V      ^= 


*-0 


%=¥■ 


-m^ — #- 


m 


$ 


shine,  And  ev  -  e  -  ry  star     dis-ap-pear,  King  Jesus  shall  be  mine. 
3d  Vebsr. 


k 


3=£ 


The     wind  blows  East,  and     the      wind  blows  West,      It 


i 


^ 


w 


£i 


— b* • * ■= \f- 

blows  like  the  judg-ment  day,     And     ev  -  ery  poor    soul  that 

D.  O.  "Didn't  my  Lord." 


5 


Vr 


*—*- 


i 


nev  -  er    did 

4th  Verse. 


pray,     '11     be      glad      to      pray    that     day. 


-0 — 
-fr— 


set      my     foot     ou     the     Gos  -  pel     ship,  And   the 


I 


§£ 


ship     it      be -gin    to    sail,     It     land-ed     me    o-  ver    on 

D.  C.  "Didn't  my  Lord.' 


0  0      s S--0- 


*=^= 


M 


Ca-naan'a  shore,  And  I'll    nev-er    come  back,   a  -  ny    moxe- 
185 


No.  11.  FU  l)ear  tt)e  Etumpet  gxmna. 


m 


s 


4— v 


Es     S     N- 


-K— K 


You  may  bur-v  ine     in    the  East,     You    may  bur-y    me 


in  the  West;  But  I'll  hear  the  trumpet  sound    In  that  morning. 


£-*— »     1       h — 


es 


In  that  morn-ing,  my  Lord,  How  I      long    to     go.     For    to 


pi 


hear      the   trum-pet 


Father  Gabriel  in  that  day, 
He'll  take  wings  and  fly  away, 
For  to  hear  the  trumpet  sound 

In  that  morning. 
You  may  hury  him  in  the  East, 
You  mav  bury  him  in  the  West; 
But  he'll  hear  the  trumpet  sound, 

In  that  morning. 
Cho. — In  that  morning,  &.e. 


sound, 
3. 


^=$ 


In      that        morn  -    ing 

Good  old  christians  in  that  day, 
They'll  take  wings  and  fly  away,&c. 

Cho. — In  that  morning,  &c. 
Good  old  preachers  in  that  day, 
They'll  take  wings  and  fly  away,&c 

Cho. — In  that  morning,  &c. 
In  that  dreadful  Judgment  day, 
I'll  take  wings  and  fly  awav,  &c. 

Cho. — In  that  morning,  &c. 


*  Repeat  the  music  of  the  fixBt  strain  for  all  the  verses  but  the  first. 


No.  12. 


iJtse,  piouwets.* 


jH 

?rV2 — f^g- 

r?s 1 

0  • 

-€         0^g- 

r, — »  0  . i    1 ! ,  *  f—r — f— 

i 

^^F= 

9         w 

-] ^ — 

-^—x—^-Y^    b   [,    I 

1.  Rise,  mourners, 

2.  Rise,  seekers, 

3.  Rise,  sinners, 

4.  Rise,  brothers, 


rise, 

mourners, 

0  can't  you  rise  and 

rise, 

seekers, 

0  can't  you  rise,  &c. 

rise, 

sinners, 

0  can't  vou  rise,  &c. 

rise. 

brothers, 

0  can't  you  rise,  &c. 

Fine. 


i 


tt 


»«- 


£ 


tell,  What  the  Lord  has  done  for  you.  Yes,  he's  taken  my  feet  out  of  the 

D.C 


i 


*?=* 


V- 


mi  -  ry  clav,  And  he's  placed  them  on  the  right  siae  of  my  Father. 

•  This  hymn  i»  sung  with  groat  unction  while  ••  seekers  "  are  going  forward  u. 
th*  altar.  1M 


No.  i3.JFbe  just  come  from  tty  ^Fountain. 


'jy^-— *- 

* 
,N       \       s         s 

r^H fc 

H* v s: n 

1.  I've  just  come  from  the  fountain,    I've  just  come  from  the 

2.  Been  drinking  from  the  fountain,   Been  drinking,  &c. 

](~\  *    U    9 

if*-  ?    -      *f 

^                   *T    •       P 

•     p       * 

m       o       g>   .      0 

-^   b  1,  *        ' 

\                     '5 

I        ^  p4j. 

! £_J 

^ — I U 

M/ — V — U v—  J 

n    u 

fs                > 

"*fc, 

i  V  ■  p     w     l     — 

J        1        J 

^ 

j^?_7__k__n_ 

-n-^-H^— ^— f> — ^ 

-J a P- 

#  «     ^~ 

u  -n  1  j    j    j  .  j* 

Ij       l         !j 

1_  f  •  J 

fountain,  Lord!  I've  just  come  from  the  fountain.  His  name's  so 

rv  k 

"1 

k  1  • ,  7        »        3        a    .      • 

P              J 

1-^   '?   \i     I          I          i             l/* 

!ii             V 

J 

i — 2_k-^ — b — U — v- 

[_U ^ fr 6_J 

-^ 1 >J 

* 

I 


Chorus. 

h  fc  r    - 


JS 


s=^ 


?t=pt 


£fe=fc 


*^n 


2-t^-1- 


£-p — s 


W^^ 


gweet.       O  brothers,     I     love  Je  -  sus,    O   brothers,     I     love 

V—  -^ ^ ?* — n~  V < y-4V *-■! — £-*-■ — ■ 


■S > 


tttjt 


Je  -  sus.     O  brothers.     I      love  Je  -  sus,  His  name's  so  sweet. 

^      fc      S        ^  S       I  s 


2 g 


?q^=?=^^ 


a 


^=^ 


5=i 


St 


^ 


i — 

3.  I  found  free  grace  at  the  foantain, 
I  found  free  grace,  &c. 

Oho. — O  preachers,  I  love  Jesus,  <fec. 

4.  My  soul's  set  free  at  the  fountain, 
.    My  soul's  set  free,  &c. 

Cho. — 0  sinners,  I  love  Jesus,  &o. 

The  Tenors  usually  slug  the  melody  from  this  point 

137 


3=Ct 


No.  I4.<5totne  to  rttie  up  in  tije  (Eljartot 

Chorus. 


^    Solo. 


M? 


-\ — K- 


.£=?U 


■* — K — K — 9 — b — tr 


J*     1    *. 
1.  Gwine  to  ride  up   in   the  chariot,    Soon-er     in    the  morning 


:g=g=g=^ 


9* 


*4- 


SOLO. 


Choeus. 


£— £ 


FT* 


g 


Ride 


up      in     the     cha  -  riot,      SooD-er      in     the  morn-ing. 

& 


n    Solo. 

Chobtjs. 

i^     *s 

**      S       fc       £       K     fcl 

'Xu    5        b        fc        fc        \        re        i>- 

m      J*       S       N     J^     h  i 

fn\  ff     s     ,n      ^      ^     ,^     ^ 

\rj7         v—~ 9       *       #  *    J      J 

H     H 

"V   ""  *         *        #        •      ?    J 

>       • 

J     <      J      J      "j    J    1 

Ride  up    in     the  cha -riot,  Soon-er 

^       •       1/       *     • 
in   the  morning,  And  I 

^    J*     -ft     -ft     •*  -ft 

r\»tt 

K      r< 

4     <s      •        r       l>     i  j    1 

)»f*_r 

L^             P1 

'^      !>       ^       ^       5     Hi 

I-7     B 

^       ^       ^       ^     J    \ 

1          ff 

flnH*'  h     N     "- 

i — ' * — S^n 

0    ?—*?- 

-J*— S~ ft : 

hope  I'll    join     the 

^2  T  s"  *-*-# 

— 1 — 

band. 

J — y — k.* 

O  Lord,  have 
4L      A.         ^ 

mer-cy     on    me, 

pg 0 f       *      1 

e^  C"  hvb- 

H ' 

^~ 

-         ^       "       ' 1 

B* 


£E£ 


138 


-i * — p- — — ? — p — r 

O       Lord,   have    mer-cy     on      me ;         0       Lord,     have 


H h r — 0- 


m 


d.  a 


pmmmmm 


0    ' 

me,     And   I     hope  I'll       join      the     band. 

ft    b 


* 


%=*=$ 


2.  Gwine  to  meet  my  brother  there,  Sooner,  <fcc. 

Cho. — 0  Lord,  have  mercy,  &c. 

3.  Gwine  to  chatter  with  the  Angels,  Sooner,  <fco. 

Cho. — 0  Lord,  have  mercy,  &c. 

4.  Gwine  to  meet  my  massa  Jesus,  Sooner,  &o. 

Cho. — 0  Lord,  have  mercy,  &c. 

5.  Gwine  to  walk  and  talk  with  Jesus,  Sooner,  &o. 

Cho. — O  Lord,  have  mercy,  &c. 


No.  15.        amell  ite  in  tije  jpieHi. 

Unison. 


^S: 


--$=$=£ 


1.     O    what  do    you   say,    seekers,       0     what  do    you    say, 


W 


E^il 


-%=££[ 


seekers  ;  O  what  do  you  say,  seekers,    A-bout  the  Gospel  war  ? 


fe^r=^ 

=*=T^ 

i  *   r>   1 

-h-nP- 

h     s     [  ■'. 

And     1     i 

!            0  •  w 

-0 0—0— 

-0 0=r< 

arill     die 

r* *~' 

'0       *   • 

-0 0 0 

in     the  field, 

v0 * e ! 

*       i»       '* 

Will   die 
r* *-* 1 

0=i—i- 

in    the  field ; 

m. 0 ^ 

T     1 1— 

ryvil  5 

V— J 

Lu — V — i 

0 0~ — 

*>        1 

^  c  M 

ii 


9 


*-. S- 

-#-^ — #— 


Will     die         in     the  field,    I'm     on    my   jour-ney  home. 

-A 0—1 ^* * *-! «— —# * « * 


9s£ 


I 


B 


•       •       •         •        V      V      ST 

2.  O  what  do  you  say,  brothers,  4c. 

3.  0  what  do  yon  say,  christians,  4c, 
L  0  what  do  you  say,  preachers,  &0. 

139 


No.  16.  ©fjiHiwn,  gou'U  be  callea  on. 


*      0 J      " p    '  * *— 1-5 # «        *     -MJZ3 


1.  Chil-dren,  you'll  be  called  on 

2.  Preachers,  you'll  be  called  on 

3.  Sin-ners,  you'll  be  called  on 

4.  Seek -ere,    you'll  be  called  on 
6.  Christians,  you'D  be  called  on 


To  march  in 
To  march  in 
To  march  in 
To  march  in 
To  march  in 


the  field    of 
the  field,  <fcc. 
the  field,  &c. 
the  field,  &c. 
the  field,  &c. 


3= 


-N- 


=£=£ 


bat- tie,  When  this  war  -  fa re'U    be      end-ed,  Hal-le    -   lu. 
Chorus. 


*s— h—tc 


K-0- 


0  -. 


¥=& 


When  this  war  -  fare'll  be   end-ed,     I'm    a     eol-dier    of       the 

.  a 


m 


jrz-w 


V=fr 


-*—i 


£±* 


0-^=± 


E 


-'in* 


-*-r 


ju-bi-lee,  This  warfare'll  be  ended,  I'm  a  soldier  of  the  cross. 


No.  17. 


©the  me  Jesus. 


h~ ^-ft-f^-t-^T 

Is.       IN      ft           -  1" 

•J                                                                      -0- 

1 J^ — ^ \\-0-  -0 ^0~ 

#— «  ^  ^  .  4-* > ' 

1.  O     when  I      come     to   die,      0     when  I    come  to    die,     O 

2.  In  the  morning  when   I    rise,  In  the  morning  when  I    rise,  &o. 

3.  Dark  midnight  was     my  cry,  Dark  midnight  was  my  cry,  &c. 

4.  I    heard  the  mourner   say,      I    heard  the  mourner  say,  &c. 


i 


when  I     come   to      die— Give  me      Je   -    sus,    Give  me     Je 


3C 


£ 


i,  Give  me  Je  -  sas,  You  may  have  all  this  world,  Give  me  Je  -sus. 
140 


NcxlS.&ije  Mocks  antr  tyt  Jttountains. 


n    u  i  .      h     s 

is      ^     K      j         s 

h        %     1 

V  i  /  r>  4    J         N 

1              is    1       I       1 

J          N 

/L^l/4   *  •  J^ 

<9         •    *    «             •?       h 

fnv   7    4              i 

1                    1      #     '       1 

"k          4    -         ! 

!                 !               J 

i/                       *    »    S        9           9-900           9         0         w     •    9     ^.          .£ 

Oh,   the  rocks  and  the  mountains  shall  a)  1  flee     a -way,   And 

C\*    L  i"y|    f    •    * 

*           9*090          0 

P       0  '   0 

r  J»i  k  b4           p 

0         p    •    a       0        m         0 

p       5  •  M-    f   I.    " 

-^  b  1/  'i           J 

i        &          ' 

P  7   4   F   •  V 

U Lj      fr     |>      1 u-J 

.1 U — £_> k— 

1 


^ 


a 


a 


p 


* » — — • 1 * ^r 

you    shall   have      a     new     hid   -  ing  -  place    that      day. 


§&* 


-9-±- 


1 


Eg 


2Z 


fe^ 


BSE 


-# #- 


t 


1.   Seek  -  er,       seek  -  er,      give     up  your  heart  to    God,     And 


^ 


B 


5 


I 


ta=£ 


*=£ 


D.C. 

1 — n 


9 


BE 


— # 9 0—. 0 ■ 0 J ' ! * > — 

yoa    shall  have      a     new     hid    -  ing  -    place    that     day. 


m 


l>         U         V  $      V        I  V  I 

2.  Doubter,  doubter,  give  up  your  heart  to  God, 

And  you  shall  have  a  new  hiding-place  that  day. 
Oh,  the  rocks,  &c. 

3.  Mourner,  mourner,  give  up  your  heart  to  God,  &C: 

4.  Sinner,  sinner,  give  up  your  heart  to  God,  &c. 

5.  Sister,  sister,  give  up  your  heart  to  God,  &c. 

6.  Mother,  mother,  give  up  your  heart  to  God,  <fet. 

7.  Children,  children,  give  up  your  heart  to  God,  <ko 

141 


No.  19. 


<Bo  nuton,  looses. 


ife 


^A 


& 


?=r=i=i 


-*=k 


§5P 


i  '        t    i  r 

1.  When  Is  -  rael  was    in    E-gypt's  land  :  Let  my  people  go, 

1 F — ^-r«-. 


ltfnl>S: 


£4 


4>     |»     «— *- 


I       I       I 


S 


g^~fr     T 


a 


:*=l*: 


*=f£ 


4= 


1=3 


i  'it 

Oppress'd  so  hard  they  could  not  stand.  Let  my  peo-ple    go. 


m^ 


t=\ 


mmm 


1 1 — t 


•^      i   i 


a 


-# — &-*- 


=F=T 


W=t 


■$=*=■ 


W^E^ 


Go  down,     Mo  -  ses,      Way   down    in        E  -  gypt  land, 


m 


E^ 


g^gg 


&£i 


^ 


S 


-  I        -'  =fe-«i #- 


^ 


Tell      ole         Pha  -   roh.  Let    my      peo  -  pie      go. 


sg 


-4 — «>-•— 


-S — & 


P=$ 


2.  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  bold  Moses  said, 

Let  my  people  go  ; 
If  not  I'll  smite  your  hrst-born  dead, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  &o. 

3.  No  more  shall  they  in  bondage  toil, 

Let  my  people  go  ; 
Let  them  come  out  with  Egypt's  spoil, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  &c. 
142 


4.  When  Israel  out  of  Egypt  came, 
Let  my  people  go; 
And  lei'i  the  proud  oppressive  land, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

i.  O,  'twas  a  dark  and  dismal  night, 
Let  iny  people  go; 
Whcm  Moses  led  the  Israelites, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down.  Muses.  Ac. 

6.  'Twas  good  ol fi  Moses  and  Aaron,  too. 

Let  my  people  go; 
'T  was  they  that  led  the  armies  through, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

7.  The  Lord  told  Moses  what  to  do. 

Let  my  people  go; 
To  lead  the  children  of  Israel  through, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

8.  O  come  along,  Moses,  you'll  not  get  lost. 

Let  my  people  go; 
Stretch  but  your  rod  and  come  across, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down.  Moses,  Ac. 

».  As  Israel  stood  by  the  water  side, 
Let  my  people  go; 
A',  the  command  ot  God  it  did  divide, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

10.  When  they  had    reached   the  other 

shore, 
Let  my  people  go; 
They  sang  a  song  of  triumph  o'er, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

11.  Pharaoh  said  he  would  go  across. 

Let  my  people  go; 
But  Pharaoh  and  his  host  were  lost. 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

12.  O,  Moses,  the  cloud  shall  cleave  the 

way, 
Let  my  people  go; 
A  tire  by  night,  a  shade  by  day, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

13.  You'll  not  get  lost  in  the  wilderness, 

Let  my  people  jzo; 
Willi  a  lighted  candle  in  your  breast. 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  dowu,  Moses,  Ac. 

,*   Jordan  shnll  stand  up  like  a  wall, 
Let  my  people  go; 
And  the  walls  of  Jericho  shall  fall. 
Lyt  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Mo*es,  Ac. 


16.  Your  foes  shall  not  before  you  stand 
Let  my  people  go; 
And  you'll  possess  fair  Canaan's  land. 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses.  Ac. 

16.  'Twasjust  about  in  harvest  time, 

Let  my  people  go; 
When  Joshua  led  his  hoi*  divine. 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

17.  O  let  us  all  from  bondage  nee, 

Let  my  people  go; 
And  let  us  all  in  Christ  be  free. 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

18.  We  need  not  always  weep  and  moan. 

Let  my  people  go; 
And  wear  these  slavery  chains  forlorn* 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

19.  This  world's  a  wilderness  of  woe, 

Let  my  people  go; 
0,  let  us  on  to  Canaan  go. 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  dowu,  Moses,  Ac. 

20.  What  a  beautiful  morning  that  w£J  be, 

Let  my  people  go; 
When  time  breaks  up  in  eternity. 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

21.  0  bretheren,  bretheren,  you'd  better 

be  engaged. 
Let  my  people  go; 
For  the  devil  he's  out  on  a  big  ramp- 
age, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

The  Devil  he  thought  he  had  me  fast, 

Let  my  people  go; 
But  I  thought  I'd  break  his  chains  at 
last, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

0  take  yer  shoes  from  off  yer  feet, 
Let  my  people  go; 

And  walk  into  i he  golden  street, 
'  Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

I'll  tell  you  what  I  likes  de  best, 

Let  my  people  go: 
It  is  the  BUouting  Methodist, 

Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 

1  do  believe  without  a  doubt, 
Let  my  people  go; 

That  a  Christian  has  the  right  to  shout 
Let  my  people  go. 
Go  down,  Moses,  Ac. 


22. 


143 


No.  20. 

1 


Been  a  Utetnung. 


* 


S= 


-N.— #- 


Been        a         lis  -  ten  -  ing      all        the  night  long,    Been     a 


■B- 


I 


3= 


-• « * j—. m 

the       night      long,       Been       a 


lis  -  ten  -  ing 


all 


PEE5 


n  ft 

k        *»       i 

Fine. 

ii  y  « 

n     >s     k      k 

fc               I           IS 

^      h 

/L 

R     £     P     p 

J      i      *\    h 

rm 

g          9          0            J 

J"h 

*       J\  J    _  .__..  ! 

•/ 

lis -ten -ing  all 

the  night  long,  To  hear  some  sinner     pray. 
e        »        m 

9'4= 

*      a      *       m   • 

r       # 

V,        1/        i             i# 

u              4     *  •     » 

zS  " 

W     W     Ij      u 

tv        ^        '            fj 

^      j      y      i 

1 

£ £_4^ 1 

!=SE 


-yl    N     N     N.       .      N      I  -Fnc— ^ * b— k: 


1.  Some  say  that  John  the  Baptist  was  nothing  bnt    a    Jew,  But  the 

2.  Go  read  the  third  of  Matthew,  And  read  the  chapter  thro',     It 


ge 


0—4— mi 


v* — i/— V > — /- 


P-*-£ 


if-U- 


>—•-*-•-#—*- 


-y-L^ 


"^ ^ 


n  ft                             k_      is      i 

ZX  C  "  Z?em  a  listening." 

'V    *t           S         S         !S         h        i                        N 

f\           |s 

A."                      ■           i         J        jff tf              P 

fH            4        0        0**           0 

_* J 1 1 1 

iV -■  - 

Ho  -  ly      Bi  -  ble  tells    us       he 
is     the  guide  for  Christians,  and 

L.s  ,  .  ,  p  r  f — p 

1 # 0 4 — U 

was       a      preach-er       too. 
tells    them  what    to       do 

h f        »        * 

i^-*    U— ^— u    ^-  '    u_ 

— y 1 f « # 1 

-^zz^ ^ U \-      J 

144 


No.  21.  Heep  me  from  ainfcing  Bofcon 


1          "fr  '1      & 

-1 ^ — r- 

#  -.— * — «r— 

mi 


Oh, 


^ 


Lord.     Oh,     my  Lord!     Oh.       my  good  Lord !  Keep 


ni              ,                  ~nx*f 

y 

• 

i  y  ft  j-       i           ^ 

V 

K 

k.               Ik.               w 

A*.    £                       j             S        IS            k. 

PJ 

fa)           J          1          K       i           P* 

J              J              J              J 

me        from   sink-ing     down,     j  ,-,*   j       .     , 

you    what    I 
up  yoDder,  and 

*r\'#        i     •               *      *    •     A 

k           is 

T'ffj      U            i                  -         «    . 

K            N           P           fc. 

-^    k      i     •               j                     " 

R 

T^ 

^                  L  " 

*— -1 J s      '    ' 1 

j — jj-, 

bzj_ 

_^ * J . 

fl     * 

p 

f 

y    fU.           N,           (^           ^ 

i    , 

JS                            ^          ih. 

gjT*— 3     -^=^= 

=$4^ 

_P          "i          h           -_i                IS" 

-, — ^ K — 4-^ ^— - — 0- — 

mean    to       do ; 
what  do  I     see  ; 

Keep    me 
Keep   me 

■ — *— - 

^         -*        ♦""       -0-    ' 

from  sink-ing     down  :     I 
from  sink  -  ing     down  :     I 

*        *        >S         J^ 

-s #P *- 0 — i 0 — i 1 

E^ini3   f    l"-2 

—t~ 

—&—i- 

. 1 1 — — 1 & 

h^t— ¥ — fc t^— 

=&- 

1 

J       0      *-.      0    .     /   _ 

w 


if 


d.  a 


-0- — 0 0—r 

-0-      -0-   . 


mean  to      go     to    heav-en    too  ;  Keep  me  from  sinking  down, 
see  the  angels  beckoning  to  me  ;  Keep  me  from  sinkiug  down. 

&      fc      N        , 


m 


f^—a- 


-N-K 


3tZZ3t 


3.  When  I  was  a  mourner  just  like  you  ; 

Keep  me  from  sinking  down  : 
I  mourned  and  mourned  till  I  got  through  ; 
Keep  me  from  sinking  down. 
Oh,  Lord,  &c. 

4.  I  bless  the  Lord  I'm  gwine  to  die  ; 

Keep  me  from  sinking  down  : 
I'm  gwine  to  judgment  by-and-by  ; 
Keep  me  from  sinking  down. 
Oh,  Lord   &c. 

145 


11 


No.  22.  Fm  a  trailing  to  fyz  ffirabe. 

Chorus. 


fe^ 


P 


-=fc 


w 


I'm     a    trav'ling   to      the  grave,   I'm     a    trav'ling    to    the 


i 


EFr— ^ 


j — ^ 


— # — > — i — i — i — 

grave,  my  Lord,  I'm  a  trav'ling  to  the  grave,  For  to  lay  this  bod-y 
Fine.  / 


^m 


-v—v- 


x=t 


I 


down.   1.  My  Mas-sa  died    a  shouting,   Singing  glo-ry    hal  -  le  - 

B.C. 


KI--J — V 


*-v*-^~*^£& 


w 


?zk 


lu  -  jah,The  last  word  he  said  to  me.  Was  a-bout  Je  -  ru  -  sa-lem. 

2.  My  missis  died  a  shouting,  &c. 

3.  My  brother  died  a  shouting,  <fcc. 
4  My  sister  died  a  shouting,  <fcc. 

No.  23.      jBlang  OTjousantr  (&om. 

Plaintively. 


~W^< 


m 


1.   No  more  auc-tion  block    for    me,        No  more,     no  more  ; 


m 


^~ 


&- 


No  more  auction  block  for   me.     Ma  -  ny    thousand    gone. 


§S 


m 


BE 


-5 — c 


2.  No  more  peck  o'  corn  for  me,  &c. 

3.  No  more  driver's  lash  for  me,  &c. 

4.  No  more  pint  o'  salt  for  me,  &c. 

6.  No  more  hundred  lash  for  me,  &o. 
6.  No  more  mistress'  call  for  me,  dec. 
146 


No.  24. 

p 


j&teal  atoag, 


m 


:m 


h±& 


■■zj±=±± 

T4    u— 


Steal    a  -  way,  steal    a  -  way,  steal    a  -  way    to     Jo  -  sus  1 

f\       -N      !S       S 

f :  r-  f  .  f 


v?  j.  •  4* 


E 


-b — b — b — P- 


^ 
*>     f 


l^-A- 


Fine. 


E 


Gzi=*: 


:pr= 


J 


b     b 


b     * 

Steal  a-way,  steal  a-way  home,  I  hain't  got  long  to  stay  here. 

^      'S      N       ^ 


&B 


b=E 


v— ^ 


S 


n L_p !     -  p> 


£ 


r* 


b         '         "       "         5/       '        1  \J~ 

1.  My    Lord       calls  me,     He    calls  me  by   the  thunder ;   The 

2.  Green  trees  are  bending,  Poor  sin-ners   stand   trem  bling ;  The,  &c 


J  W  i>  J 


=fr 


S 


J*  * 


9: 


n         n.      h      ^      ^ 

h       ».         h       P 

/T\ 

B.C. 

ifc^tn^1- 

-»— ^-J^-fr 

h   h  J.  r1- 

-f-r-i 

trumpet  sounds  it 

s    r*    's    fc 
.     ,*  f  r-  f- 
p-i,  B   "    b    r 

in  my  soul :  I  h 
-b— £—  ^ ^ 

^> — ^     *  -9 

ain't  got  long  to  t 

b     b — b — fe 

stay  here. 

r* * n 

B.  My  Lord  calls  me, 

He  calls  me  by  the  lightning ; 
The  trumpet  Bounas  it  in  my  soul : 
I  hain't  got  long  to  stay  here. 
Cho. — Steal  away,  &a 
4.  Tombstones  are  bursting, 

Poor  sinners  are  trembling  ; 
The  trumpet  sounds  it  in  my  soul : 
I  hain't  got  long  to  sta^  here. 
Cho. — Steal  away,  &c. 
147 


11* 


No.  25.      i^e's  tt)e  iLorn  of  Horns 


'fe-2 l-TH- 

n 

—m^ 1 — 

~f"r_i — ] — 

— 1 

^      •      • 
Why,  He's  the   Lord    of 

mm*       m*'* 

•      • 

lords.  And  the 

King  of 

kings,  Why 

*^J— 2 — # 5 — # — [-5 

— # * * — 

-0 1 [  ■  »    * # 

— -^    t>  4        ij         ij         ! j         I              # 

- 1 | 

i              i*l               !  j      " 

i      /4     w      y      \s    1  f 

I           v       V 

I            F      II             U 

-*s— ^ 


-S— N 


#— #- 


^X 


*Zl1l 


i— «- 


-*s-±v 


£=i 


fc 


0 


Je  -  bus  Christ  is  the  first  and  the  last,  No  one  can  work  like  Him, 


-0——M M- 


& 


V     V 


-*- 


1    J 


m 


1.  I    will  not  let   you  go,  my  Lord ;  No  one  can  work  like  Him,  Un 

-+—r" h 1 r* — * » — *■ 

^  .1 . T li     ^     1     ^*— »     ■     ■  — 


X£JJ 


2=2: 


-# «_ 


I 


£=± 


P 


?^S 


. S- 


— *r 


til    you  come  and  bless  my  soul.    No    one  can  work  like  Him. 


^ 


-   -  JL 


—V — 7      J 

2.  For  Paul  and  Silas  bound  in  jail, 

No  one  can  work  like  Him  ; 
The  Christians  prayed  both  night  and  day, 
No  one  can  work  like  Him. 

Cho.—  Why,  He's  the  Lord  of  lords,  <feo. 

3.  I  wish  those  mourners  would  believe. 

No  one  can  work  like  Him, 
That  Jesus  is  ready  to  receive, 
No  one  can  work  like  Him. 
Cho.— Why,  He's  the  Lord  of  lords,  <feo 
US 


III 


No.  26Jirtrgment  Bag  is  rolling  Htmitfj, 


fc-j:  jj  1 1 «  f 


4- 


*-«: 


Judgment,  Judgment,  Judgment  day  is  roll-ing  around;  Judgment, 

rFi- 


■g-  »■ 


** 


EE£ 


<? — #-  *— * — <5> * — ($•— - 


SEE 


trzn 


SEE 


5Z=#::» 


f2^^ 


Judgment,  O  how  I   long  to     go.    1.  I've  a  good  old  mother  in  the 


1 


-1$" — # 


rri— r 


-rN4 


—    y    r 

heav-en,    my    Lord.    How   I 


ze*: 


long     to    go  there  too,  I've  a 


^  f  y  k 

good  old  mother  in  the  heaven,  my  Lord,  O  how  I    long  to    go. 


I 1 m---0—r&T ri 

sesHeI 


1 

2.  There's  no  backsliding  in  the  heaven,  my  Lord, 

How  I  long  to  go  there  too, 
There's  no  backsliding  in  the  heaven,  my  Lord, 
O  how  I  long  to  go. 
Cho. — Judgment,  &c. 

3.  King  Jesus  sitting  in  the  heaven,  my  Lord, 

How  I  long  to  go  there  too, 
King  Jesus  sitting  in  the  heaven,  my  Lord, 
O  how  I  long  to  go. 
Cho. — Judgment,  &o. 

4.  There's  a  big  camp  meeting  in  the  heaven,  my  Lord, 

How  I  long  to  go  there  too, 
There's  a  big  camp  meeting  in  the  heaven,  my  Lord, 
O  how  I  long  to  go. 
Uho.  —Judgment,  &c 
149 


No.  27. 

Unison. 


&f)Z  (Sospcl  Stain. 


Up 


— <&"- 


^ 


-0 — 


r 

1.  The      gos-pel  train  is       com-ing,       I       hear   it    just    at 

2.  I        hear  the  bell  and    whis-tle,      The   com-ing  round  the 

3.  No  sig  -  nal   for  an  -  oth  -  er    train     To      fol  -  low    on    the 


EB 


A-N- 


hand,    I  hear  the  oar  wheels  moving,  And  rumbling  thro'  the  land, 
curve;  She's  playing  all  her  steam  and  pow'r  And  straining  every  nerve, 
line,     O ,  sinner,  you're  forever  lost,  If  once  you'  re  left  be  -  hind. 


Get  on     board,  chil-dren,  Get  on 


0  i-\ \—0-\-0 


O^T9 1 1 W W 

board,  chil-dren,  Get    on 


m 


j^i 


^ 


m 


:p=t=f=&£L 


&--    ~—\ E? — * 

board,  children.  For    there's  room  for    ma  -  ny    a     more.   more. 

-*>-        -0~    i&-       ■*■■•■  ■*■•*-     •*-    -e-    -0-     ^>  ^ 


i 


*c 


m 


4L  This  is  the  Christian  banner, 
The  motto's  new  and  old, 
Salvation  and  Repentance 
Are  burnished  there  in  gold. 

Oho.—  Get  on  board,  children,  Ac 

5.  She's  nearing  now  the  station, 
O,  sinner,  don't  be  vain, 
But  come  and  get  your  ticket, 
And  be  ready  for  the  train. 
€ho. — Get  on  board,  children,  Ac 

&  The  fare  is  cheap  and  all  can  go, 
The  rich  and  poor  are  there, 
No  second-class  on  board  the  train, 
No  difference  in  the  fare. 
Cho, — Get  on  board,  children.  Jbo. 
150 


V.  There's  Moses,  Noah  and  Abraham, 
And  all  the  prophets,  too. 
Our  friends  in  Christ  are  all  on  board, 
O,  what  a  heavenly  crew. 
Cho. — Get  on  board,  children,  <fcc 

8.  We  soon  shall  reach  the  station, 

O,  how  we  then  shall  sing„ 
With  all  the  heavenly  army, 
We'll  make  the  welkin  ring, 
Cho. — Get  on  board,  children,  Jcou 

9.  We'll  shout  o'er  all  our  sorrows, 

And  sing  forever  more, 
With  Christ  and  all  his  army, 
On  that  celestial  shore. 
Cho.  —Get  on  board,  children,  Sea. 


No.  28. 

ft, 


£1)hu,  Sijinr. 


i 


=9* 


-*.—w — 


Shine,  shine,  I'll  meet  you  in     the  morning,  Shine,  shine,  I'll 


II 


i— +r-t 


•-a- 


+-fi---0—1 — 0— 


V — £-V 


meet  yon  in  the  morning,  Shine,  shine,  I'll  meet  you  in  the  morning, 


£=£ 


r— * 


Ms 


jrzri: 


<* Z7- 


1 


Oh!  my  soul's  going  to  shine,  shine,  Oh!  my  soul's  going  to  shine,  shine, 


k 


£=£=£ 


a — ^— v 


3> 


±jt 


H~ — K     '    :      I 


-0 0- 


1.  I'm  going  to  sit  at  the  wel-come-ta  -  ble,  I'm  going  to  sit  at  the 


— N — V 


->  # — 0- 


E 


^1=: 


t=P 


wel-come  ta  -  ble,    I'm  going  to  sit     at     the   wel-come  ta 


ble, 
B.C. 


tt 


M£ 


ISl 


P 


Oh!  my  soul'a  going  to  shine,  shine,  Oh!  my  soul's  going  to  shine,  shine. 

2.  I'm  going  to  tell  God  about  my  trial,  <Jcc. 
Oh!  my  soul's  going  to  shine,  <fec. 

Cho. — Shine,  shine,  &c. 

3.  I'm  going  to  walk  all  about  that  city,  &«. 
Oh  !  my  soul's  going  to  shine,  &c. 

Cho. — Khine,  shine,  &c 

151 


No.  29. 


©to  Sfotp  of  S&toti. 


h 


H; 


What        ship     is      that      a 
Tis    the         old  ship     of 

Do     you   think  that    she       is 


i     '    '     ■ 

sail  -  iug,  Hal  -  le 
Zi  -  on,  Hal  -  le 
a  -  ble,  Hal  -  le 


55 


$m 


*=* 


lu 

lu 
lu 

JSt. 


Repeat  twice  for  first  verse 


I     I    i-L 


-e& 


m 


jah> 
jah, 
jah, 


What  ship  is  that  a 
'Tis  the  old  ship  of 
Do    you  think  that  she    is 


sail-ing,  Hal-le  -  lu. 
Zi  -  on,  Hal-le  -  lu. 
a  -  ble,  Hal-le  -  lu. 


^J 


EBEEE 


r 


■&• 


— | ! 1 f— 

i      i      i     1  = 

w 

— 0 

— 0 0 0 0 

— 0 0 — 

— 0 — 

-# 

XT * 

Do 

you 

J 

i           1           1        ■  ! 
think  that     she       is 

J     J     J     J 

I           ! 
a   -  ble, 

J    J 

— 1 

Foi 

— £ 

I ' 

to 

m  - 

«■- 

— *- — 

—W 1 

I          1         1 

r 

1          1 

n  ^       is      is     i 

^ 

,       1 

\  j  #       r      i 

1       I 

I          1 

jL.          J       m       a 

1         !         i         1 

<m      t — t — f— 

-P-Ji   * 

1 

&_^J? 

-# — 

— #— 

— 1 — 0 

—& —  - 

W — y — * — \— 

car  -  ry     us 
A     #-     #- 

all.... 

42. 

home. 

0 

J2- 

glo 

_„r_ 
-ry. 

-0 r— 

Hal-le 

m        m 

■  lu. 

S3 

CA-i*       ■#       >       p 

« 

j*ft                               i 

-— 

-j 

I         i         1         1 

-^        Is     u 

&f 

c*> 

[III 

L#— 

-*— 

—0 p— ' 

\-& — LI 

I  I 

ta  singing  the  last  two  verses  the  music  is  not  to  be  repeated.^. 

2.  She  has  landed  many  a  thousand,  Hallelujah, 
She  has  landed  many  a  thousand,  Hallelu, 
She  has  landed  many  a  thousand, 

And  will  land  as  many  a  more.     Oh  glory,  HalleltL 

3.  She  is  loaded  down  with  angels,  Hallelujah, 
She  is  loaded  down  with  angels,  Hallelu, 
And  King  Jesus  is  the  Captain, 

A.nd  be'll  carry  up  al!  home.     Oh  glory,  Hallelu, 
152 


No.  30.      in  tty  Hihw  of  Jortran. 


1.  In    the  nv  -  er      of    Jor-dan  John  baptized,  How  I  long  to 


fcE 


5L1 


1 


£=* 


i     I     I- 


i=± 


w 


-*    0   -* — * 


m 


be    bap-tized ;  In     the    riv  -  er     of    Jor-dan  John  bap-tized, 


I 


i=t 


¥ 


tt 


3 


m 


To   the  dy-ing  Lamb.      Pray  on,      pray  on, 


KE 


pray  on, 


42. 


F=f 


-^-^ 


&*    1      1      f^d=Q:^-7b 

-+  J    M.  J 1  1  H 

mourning  souls,  Pray  on,     pray  on. 
cy£— * « & i £*-jL       | 

an -to     tht»  dy-ing  Lamb. 

\s         1 < 1 1 f- ^L— 

1 1 L| , 

^r"C  r  r~p~p 

2.  We  baptize  all  that  come  by  faith, 

How  I  long  to  be  baptized  ; 
We  baptize  all  that  come  by  faith, 
To  the  dying  Lamb. 
Cho. — Pray  on,  &c. 

3.  Here's  another  one  come  to  be  baptized. 

How  I  long  to  be  baptized  ; 
Here's  another  one  to  be  baptized. 
To  the  dying  Lamb 
Otu>. — Pray  on.  <fcc. 

153 


No.  31.     W>tfll  atans  tfje  gtorm, 


raze 


Ob!  stand  the  storm,  it  won't  be  long,  We'll  anchor  by-and-by, 

/7\ 


v — r 


i 


pm^m 


1*=t 


-N- 


?  zt=£— fa 


#— izz-i: 


a 


Stand  the  storm,  it  won't   be  long,  We'll  an-chor  by  -  and-by. 


FEB        L>    ^-^ 


!£EEtEE3F 


m 


N     N 


-^_ 1> — 1/_ 


*c 


4   4  -  1    Z 


1.  My  ship    is    on     the    o-cean.  We'll  anchor  by-and-by,      My 

I  i 


2i 


V- y     ^  i 


N     ,N 


D.a 


PS^ 


<=jtz#: 


^=p: 


ship      is    on 

4—     -0-      -0-     -#■ 


the 


* — * 


p 


oean.  We'll  an-chor     by  -   and-by. 


,N       I 


«? 


I 


9v*3 


2.  She's  making  for  the  kingdom, 

We'll  anchor,  &c. 

3.  I've  a  mother  in  the  kingdom, 

We'll  anchor,  Jbo. 
154 


No.  32. 


Fm  so  @lafc< 


^— * 


3ES 


t'ru      so      gia,d,      E'ijj      so       glad,      I'm      so      glad     there's 


£=t 


-#— 


n  «* 

!4Lff- 

k        i 

h.    i 

K 

IS         JS         iS         IS         IS         N         i 

p     i 

/h 

d 

m 

—          J          J         ^          —          —          J 

"k 

m 

i*     *  ■ 

*> 

no    dy  - 

ing  there. 

L.  m 

tell  you  how   I  found  the  Lord, 

cv£ 

1      s  .  - 

_J'£ 

•« 

L/ 

*       | 

/ 

1 

E   i 

— y : 1 

n  * 

Jfc*- 

h 

1 

fc- 

-v 

N N !S 

Q— 

~* 

# 

— 0 — •— 

— # — 

— 0 # 0 

J 

# 
V 

No 

1 
dy 

■    wig 

there, 

m 

Witb 

a 

hung    down     head 

9-1- 

a      • 

m 

y                            e* 

i 

i 

V 

1 

— v— 

Z>.  C7. 


and       ach   -   ing      heart. 


|j$]= 


No        dy 


2.  I  hope  I'll  meet  my  brother  t  here. 

No  dying  there, 
That  used  to  join  with  me  in  prayer, 
No  dying  there. 
Cho.  —I'm  bo  glad,  &o. 

3.  I  hope  I'll  meet  the  preacher  there, 

No  dying  there, 
That  used  to  join  with  me  in  prayer, 
No  dying  there. 
Quo.— Tm  so  glad,  <fco. 

155 


my        there 


No.  33.    ffioms,  let  it*  all  go  JUototi. 

i — fr 


1.  As     I      went  down  in      the    val-ley  to  pray,  Studying  a-  Dout  that 

2.  I        think     I    hear    the  sinner  say,  Come,  let's  go  in  the  val  ■ 

3.  I        think     I    hear    the  mourner  say,  Come,  let's  go  in  the  val- 


m 


se£ 


i2Z 


9^ 

yood  old  way;  You  shall  wear  the  starry  crown,  Good  Lord,  show  me  the  way. 
ley  to  pray;  You  shall  wear  the  starry  crown,  Good  Lord,  show  me  the  way. 
ley  to  pray;  You  shall  wear  the  starry  crown,  Good  Lord,  show  me  the  way. 


i 


-J — h    I — to — 0 — U-h— l — h 

By  -  and  -  by     we'll   all     go  down,  all      go  down 


P 


& 


• Z7— 

all     go  down, 


^^ 


:j7-: 


By  -  and-by   we'll  all     go  down,  Down  in    the  valley    to    pray. 


No.  34. 


Sum's  <ttl)ilnrni. 


i 


s 


ZZZ 


Oh  !  Zi  -  on's  children  com-ing    a  -  long,  Com-ing    a  -  long, 


rfh — h 1 

i 

-*s ! £ : 

JL.U       r            k.             P 

a       f 

ffTv    j    j     ^    i 

i         '         _i       _i 

^    *    *      ! 

V-L>          *       4       J 

*       • 

*       /J) 

Jr                           *      V 

Com-ing    a  -  long,     O      Zi  -  on's  children    com-ing     a-  long, 


\- * *— 


Pi 


Talk-ing       a  -   bout      the      wel  -   come     day. 


1.  I 

2.  Oh! 

3.  I 


SF 


■Ji=i 


z 


FE 


hail     my    moth-nr     in      the   morn  -ing,  Com-ing  a  -  long, 

don't  you    want   to    live     up    yon  -  der,  Com-ing,  <fcc. 

think  they        are      might- y    hap  -  py,  Com-ing,  <fcc. 

15B 


morn  -  ing,      Talk-ing    a  -  bout     tiie  wel  -  come     day. 


No.  35. 


i 


i 


p4 


©1) !  ©olg  Eort! 


Oh !       ho  -  ly        Lord  ! 


Oh! 


ho  -  ly        Lord! 


3eee£ 


I 


Oh!      ho  -  ly        Lord!         Done    with    the     sin       and 


¥ 


i — i — h 


t=± 


I 


sor  -  row.      1.  Oh  !   rise     up     chil  -  dren,  get    your  crown, 


r=r-TTj 

t 0 * 0 1 


I 


-*=$ 


A—~ 


Done  with  the  sin     and     sor  -  row,     And    by  your  Sav-iour's 

d.  a 


^3 


m 


He 


side    sit    down,      Done  with  the    sin      and     sor  -  row. 

2.  What  a  glorious  morning  that  will  be, 

Done  with  the  sin  and  sorrow  ; 
Our  friends  and  Jesus  we  will  see, 
Done  with  the  sin  and  sorrow. — Cho. 

3.  Oh  shout,  you  Christians,  you're  gaining  ground, 

Done  with  the  sin  and  sorrow  ; 
We'll  shout  old  Satan's  kingdom  down, 
Done  with  tho  sin  and  sorrow. — Cho. 

4.  I  soon  shall  reach  that  golden  shore, 

Done  with  the  sin  and  sorrow  ; 
And  sin  g  the  songs  we  sang  before, 
Done  with  the  sin  and  sorrow.  —  Cfta 

157 


No.  36. 

Ctjis  ©Ur  Eimc  Religion. 

— hH — f* — \t^ — i — hi; — 0 — >rr"h~i ^i 

— 0 0 #-v — ^»-  ~d 1 *—  -* #-f~*-  -m 1 « — - 

*    *     *  .  f.    0    f     *  -i — h     *  '•    *     •— 

Oh! 

g     - 1         i     y           i 

this  old  time  re  -  li  -  gion,  This  old  time  re  -  li  -  gion,  This 

V    > — |*-i-5 — ! ? |c    > — '#_jl_> — I 0 '0-z 

Pff4     V 

U    4 U_£— *_J U_j U      t-f—\ fcCl 

1 Uy i Up 1 

:1 


Vr~ 


— m — — 


£ 


.* »-■—•-.— ir 


old    time     re  -  li 


gion. 


PS 


S 


t 

is     good  e  -  uough  for      me. 

m        -0-       +■•*-•      -0-         m 


m 


i 


* 


P 


— I 0- 

-0 0- 


l 0   i P 

* 0  l~0 


^-J ft-fe 

■J-— I 0 0~ 

g 0 0 0- 


^— fe- 


-0 — I — 0 — 0—\ 

0 f 0—0—\ 


I.   It    is  good  for  the  mourner,  It  is  good  for  the  mourner,  It  is 


m^ 


+.*.+.•  «. 


H=fr 


?3ZJE 


faj 


BS 


^«-« 


54^ 


* Ml 


*=± 


M^lp 


£=* 


— Ps- 
-0— 

-to- 


good   for       the  mourner,    It      is    good  e  -  nough  for     me. 


m^= 


t=z=M: 


M— 


£ 


#= 


t= 


r^ 


n 


2.  It  will  carry  you  home  to  heaven, 
It  will  carry  you  home  to  heaven, 
It  will  carry  you  home  to  heaven, 

It  is  good  enough  for  me. 
Cho.—  Oh,  this  old  time  reli^on,  Ac. 

3.  It  brought  me  out  of  bondage ,  &c. 

Cho.— Oh,  this  old  time  religion,  *o. 

4.  It  is  good  when  you  are  in  trouble,  <fec. 

Cho. — Oh,  this  old  time  religion.  Ika. 

\58 


No.  37. 


ftf)e  SCen  Uirging. 


Lizt 


111^11111 


i       I 


Five  of  them  were  wise  when  the   bride-groom  came, 


U 


~g^& 


n  tt-  iJ    j     i     i     i 

1 

y- 

dl-ME — 1     -1 1 1— 

ffcrit — t — € — • — €  - 

_J=vJ 1 

-  *— * — d 

[— fK-J-^J 1 

— ' — T" 

\€p— J * — 0 0 — 0 — 

Five  of  them  were 

rvrtt-f — f — f — f-i 

0Jf     t      I 

wise   when  the 
r*-^* — 0 ±- 

1 

l)ride- groom 

came. 

1 
— &~. n 

9»P  *    *    *    0 

rj        v   * 

"#'               | 

-r^-i 

ft — 1 — i — 1 — 1 — 

— 1 1 

_  ^            fif 

rJ  .        1 

Repeal,  pp 


0    _^.»  &*      &       +    +.    + 


:£?-=; 


S] 


O      Zi-on.    0 


Zi-on,     O     Zi-on,  when  the  bridegroom  came. 


3BS£ 


s= 


F=F 


,5?— r* — #- 


•~—*—W—*~ 


■I     I     ! 


^-^ 


i 


22- 


i     I 

2.  Five  of  them  wene  foolish  when  the  bridegroom  came, 
Five  of  them  were  foolish  when  the  bridegroom  came. 

Cho.—O  Zion,  &c. 

3.  The  wise  they  took  oil  when  the  bridegroom  came, 
The  wise  they  took  oil  when  the  bridegroom  came. 

Cho. — 0  Zion,  &c. 

4.  The  foolish  took  no  oil  when  the  bridegroom  came, 
The  foolish  took  no  oil  when  the  bridegroom  came. 

Cho.—O  Zion,  &c. 

6,  The  foolish  they  kept  knocking  when  the  bridegroom  came, 
The  foolish  they  kept  knocking  when  the  bridegroom  came. 
Cho. — 0  Zion,  &c. 

6.  Depart,  I  never  knew  you,  said  the  bridegroom,  then, 
Depart,  I  never  knew  yon,  said  the  bridegroom,  then. 
Cho. — 0  Zion,  <fcc 

159 


No.  38. 

Slowly. 


l§e  arose. 


V— n-F* *— 

t— #— H — * — * 

E si >S .( . 


1.  The  Jews  killed  poor  Jesius,     The  Jews  killed  poor  Jesuh,     The 


E=» 


-0=fM. 


£3£ 


\ — * — i — i — i — i 


■*—*=?- 


VI 


Jews  killed  poor  Je  -    bus,        A.nd    laid    him     in       a     tomb. 


-t? — fcr 


^=i 


*=-i Ps- 


He     a 


He     a   -    rose He      a 


gr 


^ 


:*- 


Repeat,  pp 


He   a  -  rose  and  went  to  heav-en    in 


^=it 


cloud. 


j] 


T=5 


W^-»—ft — W- 


f=* 


fri- 


2.  Then  down  came  an  angel, 
Then  down  came  an  angel, 
Then  down  came  an  angel, 

And  rolled  away  the  stone 
Cho. — He  arose,  &c. 

3.  Then  Mary  she  came  weeping, 
Then  Mary  she  came  weeping, 
Then  Mary  she  came  weeping, 

A  looking  for  her  Lord. 
Cho.—  He  arose,  <fco. 

160 


No.  39.       Sbzbt  me,  Horn,  g>abe, 


m 


i— t-^ — p — # — ^~ 


1.  I  called  to   my  fa-ther,  my  fa-ther  hearkened  to  me,  And  the 

— * — a— r# — a a~r1 1 * a— t~# s 1 1 — 


W=F 


-10-11~T    T-tt 


^-=-^ 


£EEE| 


-#_« — *_•. 


« ^ «-# ^~ 

last     word     I    heard  him    «ay,    was,  Save  me,  Lord,  save  me. 

32:     ^.  

:p=P=3z: 


§ 


* — P- 


i r 


1 V    •    K    M          I              is    M    I         is    s 

II                    IS     N>    1 

/    •    P   .           1      i      p  pi    i  n    r  p 

i        1        i        i      r 

-<»-i_«i      « 

-«— f — d — €-«H 

im;  .  *  ■  j 

5         5          ^         ^      5 

Ajid  I  wish  that  heav'ii  was  a  mine.  And  I  hope  that  heav'n  will  a 

*¥-*£-h- 

1   II 

1      ■      "      ■■' 

— — 

^* 

— 

-S       •    p      p 

a        a        p        p     p 

'<?      V      3 

* 

P     »     «     *    * 

k    • 

i     i    1    1/  b 

i         tr-* 

> 

i      1      i      b   l* 

^i£flj44^ 


iH 


be  mine.  And  I  wash  that  heav'n  was  a  mine,  0  save  me,  Lord,  save  me. 


■#-    i 


-# — # 

I     i 


v~v~\ — f 


<» — -^ 


JCZpf— -!fi-PC 


a 


/     y      ^ 


2.  I  called  to  my  mother,  my  mother  hearkened  to  me, 
And  the  last  word  I  heard  her  say 
Was,  Save  me,  Lord,  save  me, 

Cho.  —And  I  wish  that  heav'n  was  a  mine,  Ac. 

8.  I  called  to  my  sister,  my  sister  hearkened  to  me,  Ac. 
Cho. — And  I  wish  that  heav'n  was  a  mine,  <fcc. 

4.  I  called  to  my  brother,  my  brother  hearkened  to  me,  <fcc> 
Cho. — And  I  wish  that  heav'n  was  a  mine,  Ac. 


161 


12 


No.  40,    Judgment  toill  fins  pu  so. 


rft^-2-    -\ 

ET^? 

—I 

i — i ^- 

— i p-f 

—J U 

i — ' 

i n 

J 

Just 

a3      you 

Hve,  just 

so      you 

die,    And  af  -  ter  death, 

rv*i  9     # 

•  # 

■ 

■    m 

kj.-f.  4 

I           i 

|          I 

I           * 

-^    £t> 

I           J 

i           I- 

I          I 

I           ! 

I         Ti£ 

-** 

-* 

I 

H 


w^t 


3=1=3 ' — 5 


» *        „        f 


Judg-ment      will  find     you       so.      1.   O     brethren,  brethren, 


mm^^ rff^^^^^ 


r 


9 £ * 

watch  and    pray,     Judg-ment     will     find     you      so.      For 


r*- 


s 


r=Eqc 


M 

D.C. 

a 

!  X.    5      *      m      * 

0        m 

'       i       _i 

§  ft— i — 1 — r— u 

\           m        & 

_,      _,.'       * 

0               1               1 

4       &          m 

Sa-tan's  round  yo 

'^ ~ — 

aev-'ry    day, 

0          & 

Judgment  will 

+— r     r 

■9-    f 

find  you    so. 

1*31 , 

tzz: 

H — P r- 

lf-f-M 

2.  The  tallest  tree  in  paradise, 
Judgment  will  find  you  so  ; 
The  Christian  calls  the  tree  of  life, 
Judgment  will  find  you  so. 
Cho.  —Just  as  you  live,  &c. 

8.  Oh  !  Hallelujah  to  the  Lamb, 
Judgment  will  find  you  so  ; 
The  Lord  is  on  the  giving  hand, 
Judgment  will  find  you  so. 
Cho.—  Just  as  you  live,  Ao. 

162 


No.  41.  ?$e'0  tije  Hilg  of  tfje  tTalieg. 


g — *- 


t=-T 


He's  the 


of      the      val  -  ley, 


sv-4— = — F 


-•— r 


■^— ^ 


S 


r 

Oh!      my 


7i2I 


^ 

=t= 

V 

Ps- 

^h 

1    j  II  II 

Lord  ; 
-*-  . 

— g-y 

— i— 

■#• 

He's 

F 

the  li  - 

i 

iy 

-»- 

. — "— 

i 

of 

; — *— 

*        9 

the  val 
— * — » 

1 — *— 

—0 ' 

-  ley, 

a*, 

1 

Oh, 
1  &  - 

my 

Lord ; 

,^-b- 

— ! 

9 

-*4V- 

4- 

— V* 1 — 

-1 ' 

<? 

jo 

1 

+— 1 

1.  King  Je  -  sua    in     the   cha-riot  rides,    Oh !     my     Lord  ;  With 


1 


i— r-rr 


-&-!. 


I 


d.  c. 


^ 


?a 


^$- 


four  white  horx  -  es       side     bv      side. 


is 


Oh !      m.T 
-& *- 


Lord. 


:c/~. 


What  kind  of  shoes  are  those  you  wear, 

Oh  !  my  Lord  ; 
That  you  can  ride  upon  the  air, 

Oh  !  my  Lord. 

Cho.  — He's  the  lily  of  the  valley,  Ac 

These  shoes  I  wear  are  gospel  shoes, 

Oh  !  my  Lord  ; 
And  you  can  wear  them  if  you  choose, 

Oh !  my  Lord. 

C/ui.  — He's  the  lilv  of  the  valley,  Ac 

1G3  1 


No.  42. 


prepare  us, 


Pre  -  p*re 

42l 


-^SE 


iiie.     Pre  -  pure  uie,  Lord,  Pre  -  pure       me,    When 

& 0—, 


0- 


death  shall  shake  thiH  frame 
* P- 0 « #-!- 


go     down  the* 


It: —  ^ 

/Lb      h 

n_             .              fe.             it             1 

frTr 

^        v 

V 

n 

^ 

■  ■ 

(^ 

\(\J        0 

J          a    • 

•f       *       0 

stream    o 

f      time 

■0- 
When 

«le:itlj 

0 

shall 

* 

• 
shake 

• 

9          \ 
y 
this    frame, 

1 

c\* 

)*i       r* 

•* 

P 

i 

•» 

S  \j      \ 

/ 

V 

0 

& 

■    U  "' 

V 

U 

d.  a 


'  t)  1          ft.       ft.                       h-                              1                                       ill 

A_  ^          h        P        K        IS        H        ft.                                  ft.        ft.        h        IS              1 1 

rv      J      J       P      r    J       h      is       K       r     r      r     r    _i    II 

,v  \)       4     4***1       i         r  '     '       !     J      J     *•  II 

*/          --          *      #      *      ^     V      ♦ 

leave  this  sin-ful  world  behind.  When  d 
Rf- a s — f^ 

'y     1/     y     y     » 

eath  s  hall  shake  this  frame. 
^0 0 0 0  _  j. 

r   ■    l  l  r  il 

Jj^ I 3 ^ 

1/    u    u    u 

The  man  that  loves  to  serve  the  Lord, 
When  death  shall  shake  this  frame  ; 
He  will  receive  his  just  reward, 
"When  death  shall  shake  this  frame. 
Cho. — Prepare  me,  &o. 
Am  I  a  soldier  of  the  cross, 

"When  death  shall  shake  this  frame  ; 
Or  must  I  count  this  soul  as  lost, 
"When  death  shall  shake  this  frame 
Cho. — Prepare  me,  &c. 
My  soul  is  bound  for  that  bright  land, 
When  death  shall  shake  this  frame  ; 
And  there  I'll  meet  that  happy  band, 
When  death  shall  shake  this  frame 
Cho.—  Prepare  me,  &c. 
64 


No.  43.   ^s  £W  &  on  tyz  ©wan, 


•£fe 

— K- 

— tv 

— v 

=rf 

— v 

-+- 

—* 

— K- 

L  : 

My  ship 

m        -0- 

-*- 

• 

is 

on 

b  b  b 

the  o-cean, 

— #— 

My 

•#- 
~1 — 

5 

ship 

is 

0 

on 
-f- 

— k 

the 

-0 — 0— 

o-cean, 

— 0 — 
My 

K     4  i — 

-P- 

* 

-V- 

•   iff     # 

^ 

-4- 

-V- 

-V- 

-V- 

=8= 

-*- 

=fc= 

=t= 

y 

u 

b 

-*-b- 

-v- 

1 

j 

1 


p 


b    P    p     b 

ship    is     on      the  o  -  cean,  Poor     sin  -  ner,    fare  -  yon  -  well. 

qyg     1      I      !       i  i      1     =4= 

p»  * — ^zzgL-V..— i>  *     ]0      ]0 


& 


rfli 

i 

— t *; — h- 

H^ — ^r- h — k n 

t?&- — ^ 

-0— 

0         0 P-2- 

— 0 — 

_* — *_*      # =* L_ 

p 

1.    Fro    go 

n          0          m 

ine     a  -  way 

&  ■   y    p  b   u   j   f 

to     see    the  good  old  Dan-iel. 

p 

Pna 

0 

9:l— r- 

r      r      r  ' 

m 

P   *    (•      r       #      '       * 

r 

i-^         L^ 

.j 

h  L>        K«      li1       L*       L* 

u 

i            ^ 

I 


Z).  (7. 


P 


SI 


I 
go 


ing 


wa\ 


To 


see       my        Lord. 


2.  I'm  going  to  see  the  weeping  Mary, 

Tm  going  away  to  see  my  Lord 
Cho. — My  ship,  &o. 

3.  Oh  !  don't  yon  want  to  live  in  that  bright  glory? 

Oh  !  don't  yon  want  to  go  to  see  my  Lord  ? 
Cho. — My  ship,  <fcc. 

165 


No.  44. 


J&arct)  ©n. 


i 


m 


$=$ 


V     u     u 


1 .  Way      o  -  ver    in     the 


gypt  land,    You  shall  gain  the 


cy— a- 


0              v          h 

i 

i  y  ■)       r 

^ 

i**       ! 

&& — * — i— 

« 

* — 

« 

— y — 

-#- 

— # — 

a -m 

ivU     ■  •  0 

— K*~ 

H>- 

~!^~ 

~~% — 

•7 

vie  -  to    - 

-0-       ■#- 

>7> 

Way 

o  - 

?er 

in 

the 

E  - 

gypt    land, 

fcV                  0                lit                " 

J*l               1                   1 

-^      \>            '  i               \  1               1 

1      v      j       w       \ 

fs    j  \     -ft — 1 — 


y     if  I 

You  .shall  gain  the    day 


^ 


E£Ei 


S 


March  ou,     aad  you  shalJ  gain  the 

-*9-        -0   .      -0-      -0-       0-       -0-  .      -0- 


SB 


gBiSS 


Repeat,  pp 


vie  -  to  -  ry,      March  on,       and     you  shall  gain  the      day. 


b£ 


*2=fc=Efcdr 


2.  When  Peter  was  poaching  at  th^  Pentecost, 
You  shall  gain  the  victory  ; 
He  was  endowed  with  the  Holy  Ghost, 
You  shall  gain  the  day. 
Cho.—  March  on,  &c. 
S.  "When  Peter  was  fishing  in  the  sea, 
You  shall  gain  the  victory  ; 
He  dropped  his  net  and  followed  me, 
You  shall  gain  the  day. 
Cho.     March  on,  <&c. 
4.  King  Jesus  on  the  mountain  top, 
You  shall  gain  the  victory ; 
King  Jesus  speaks  and  the  chariot  stops, 
You  shall  gain  the  day. 
Cho. — March  on,  <fcc 

Ififi 


No.  45.        *8g  82aag?s  <Eloxtt& 


Oa!  breth-er-en,  niv      wiiv,  mv  way's  cloud-y,     my 
^         jZL      J±       JL      M-         JL     J5- 


■  a\,    Gc 


mm 


J? — <? 


-^        »-•-»— 


n  * 

'_y  **.* 

^          »_          ^                                    S          fc         i*.         *. 

lfrr% 

ft                      k.                                    V         ^         S 

*             e *        -S         m m         -\ ' — 

w  *     ; 

»   .   S      £ 

J 

0         -.        r        m                            mm 

tjend  tbeiu  an  -  gels  down.  Oh  !  breth-er  -  en, 

JL.                                                        JL.        ML       JL      JL. 

0     *, 

my          wav, 

42.           42: 

<2*'^ 

\            0          *          m          0 

1                ; 

9% 

£?                        r^ 

ft 

j     *     *                y*    k    n 

!             r 

U       'J                r        u1        i^        •       ^       • 

£-f— *-»-.-> — *— *  .  —  v— Y* ;^~ 9        >     rz=j  ] 


my  way's  cloud  -  y,      my      way,   Go  send  them  an-gels  down. 


S     N     S     s    1 


BE 


V— tr 


1.  There's  fire  m  the  east  and  fire  in  the  west.  Send  them  angels  down.  And 

2.  Old    Sa  -  tan's  mad,  and  I    am  glad,  Send  them  angels  down,  Be 

3.  I'll   tell  you  now  as  I  told  you  oefore,  Sen  d  them  angels  down,  T« 

4.  This  is      the     year  of    Ju  -  bi-lee,  Send  them  angels  down,  The 


2*FF=I 



r  *— » — *— 0 — 0— i -. 

\U    if    \J    \j—\          7 

1         fr 

V 

1  - 

d.  a 

~y~^—0 — # — g — m — 0—     — p— 

t^     -^,-h 

t> — ^ — ; — ^ 

ii—*-^—i=^=ii 

fire     a-mong  the  Meth-o-  dist,      0 

missed  the  soul  he  thought  be  had,    0 

the  promised  land  I'm  bound  to  go,  O 

Lord  has  come  and  set   ns    free.     O 


I 


3=1 


send  them  an-gels 
6end  them  an-gels 
send  them  an-gels 
send  them  au-gels 


-L-fcr 


down, 
down, 
down, 
down. 

SI 


16; 


No.  46.      Hme  oa,  Htng  Jesus. 


PPFZ 


£ 


3L 


£?_ 


1=t 


Ride  on,     King     Je  -   stis,      No    man    can    a     bin-der    me, 


i 


9= 


:> 


±1 


— ^«r^ 


B 


9 — ' — 9 1— ' — I 1 V- 

•-#■    m    -*■    -0-  -0-  -#■ 


Ride  on.    King    Je 


No      man       can  a    hinder  roe. 


|0 1 hH 1 ^.4^ J 1         h'f   r*     |*     r* 

to — *-  #^-J — 0 — #---^_^_^L--€__^__;_jL-1 — p_ j_ 

1.    I     was  but  young  when  I  begun.  No  man  **h.u  a  hinder  me.  But 


1^ 


-# — 0- 


bow  my  race    is    almost  done,     No    man      can  a   hinder  m*. 

2.  King  Jesus  rides  on  a  milk-white  horse, 

No  man  can  a  hinder  me  ; 
The  river  of  Jordan  he  did  cross, 
No  man  can  a  hinder  me. 
Cho\ — Ride  on,  <fcc. 

3.  If  you  want  to  find  your  way  to  God, 

No  man  can  a  hinder  me  ; 
The  gospel  highway  must  be  trod, 
No  man  can  a  hinder  me. 
Cho. — Ride  on,  &c. 

No.  47. 

Ctyese  are  mp  Jpatljer's  <5i)iHiten. 


ft 


!^§ 


if 


» & 0- 


-*-* 


m 


* — &- 


These  are  my  Father's  children.  These  are  my  Father's  children, 


\¥M. 


s 


T=$ 


fit 


«-#-* «- 


^=r=t 


WA 


Tb^se  are     my    Father's    chil-dren.      All   ...      in     one  band. 


* 


S=* 


£=£ 


l=ft— h      Is    -f"^: 


^Z^^^^^^=^^=^9 


1.  And  I    soon  shall  be  done  with  th«  troubles    of    the  world, 

168 


itfy   ->     h     n     n   rr~H 

h     h     k     n 

m 

If^*— *_^— ;_ ^-'-h 

-'     '  "  J     *'      4- 

Troubles    of     the     world,     Troubles    of    the  world.     And    I 


£=£ 


£=* 


S 


soon   shall  be  done  with  the  troubles    of    the  world,    Go-ing 

d.  a 

j 


*  #- 


2Z: 


houie. 


to 


live     with 


God, 


Oh! 


2.  My  brother 's  done  with  the  troubles  of  the  world,  <fcc. 

Cho.  —  These  are  my  Father's  children,  <fcc. 

3.  My  sister's  done  with  the  troubles  of  the  world,  Ao. 

Oho.  — These  are  my  Father's  children.  &c. 


No.  48.         ISf  ign,  ©1)  !  l&rign. 


*—& 


Reiem,  Ob  !  reign,     O     reign,    my       Sav  -  iour,    Reign,  Oh  ! 


^^=^^ 


-0-T #- 


^=T 


reign.    O    reign,  my   Lord.     1.  Takes  an  hum  -  hie    soul     to 


m 


i- 


join      us     in       the     ser  -  vice    of     the     Lord, 


Takes    an 

d.  a 


.  w.  >  '•  £ 


hum-ble   soul      to      join      us     in       the        ar     - 


my. 


2.  Here's  a  sinner  come  to  j^oin  us  in  the  service  of  the  Lord, 
Here's  a  sinner  come  to  join  us  in  the  army. 

Cho. — Reign,  Oh  !  reign,  &c. 

3.  Oh  !  ain't  you  glad  you've  joined  us  in  the  service  of  the  Lord ; 
Oh !  ain't  you  glad  you've  joined  us  in  the  army. 

Cho. — Reign,  Oh  !  reign,  <fec. 

169 


No.  49.        JBarg  ana  J&artija. 


:*=£=£ 


±^r 


& 


> — N— N- 


I.    Ma-ry  and  a    Martha's  j  list  gone  'long,  Ma-ry  and  a    Martha'i 


-r  r  r  ,  £ 


U*     U     I 


^-+— I- 


l>    y    i»_^- 


V— y— 7~^ 


fc=q n 

-_>    h    r*    r*   i    J 

ri~ i — =^q 

tfVT — 0 — j l~ 

~d     ^ — i     *     *     5 

-5 — g — *-.—#— 

"k        2      i*      ^ 

«      9      m      m      * 

*       4*9. 

•^              l 

just  gone  'long 

rv '      % — % 

,  Ma-ry    and    a    Mar-tha's 

■tf- 
■#>■#■•#-■•-+- 

— 9 1 1 y 1 1 

just  gone  'long,  To 

zJ  te « ; 

T    I — i n 

/      1        1        1 

■'V       \J       \J       V       1          i 

ill       j 

\=t 


\L — c # J # — 


=c?z: 


•gr 


^z 


§5 


i  i  it 

ring  those  charming  bells;  Cry-ing  free  grace  and  dy  -  ing   lore, 


<• 


4-r-4- 


4=t 


3^^3 


$=±S=*=£t 


:£- 


jL»     S 


Free  grace  and  dy  -  ing  love.  Free  grace  and  dy  -  ing  love,  To 


l  I 

ring  thorn  charming  bells.  Oh!  way  o-ver  Jordan.  Lord.  Way  o  -  ver 


-w— # — #- 


# 


:MC 


170 


f9-      -*- 


4-T-4 


*E£ 


fa 


s 


Jordan,  Lord,  Waj  uver  J  ordan.  Lord, To  ring  those  charming  bells. 


,^VVH~-f=F=F=F 


t 


f    y    y    r 


-i — i — r- 

2.  The  preacher  and  the  elder's  just  gone  long,  <fcc. 

To  ring  those  charmiug  bells. 
Geo. — Crying,  tree  grace,  &c. 

3.  My  father  and  mother's  jnst  gone  'long,  <fcc 

To  ring  those  charming  bells. 

Cho. — Crying,  five  grace,  &c. 
i.  The  Methodist  and  Baptist's  jnst  gone  long,  &c 
To  ring  those  charmiug  bells. 

Cho. — Crying,  free  grace,  &c. 


m 


No.  50.    ] 

I  ain 

t  pi 

"S 

to  t» 

ie  i 

to 

h^ — 1 

more 

• 

^— 4 

j  , 

L**#>- 

L^j_ 

-J-ds. 

& 

Lv_l_ 

ttiTr^1 

Ob  !  nin't  I     glad.      Oh  !  ain't  1  glad,  Oh  !  ain't  1     glad,       I 


^> S     v     N 


ain'tagoing  to  die  no  more;  1.  Going  to  meet  those  happy  Christians 


m — v 


soon  -  er       in      the     morn-ing,      Soon-er     in     the  morn-ing, 


n  " 

■  /^  JJ      » 

■s      s 

s 

!\ 

s, 

^ 

s 

B 

B 

p 

v         C 

s| 

R 

>■  vj/ 

-# — 

-J^ 

# 

-ft- 

* 

*r 

— c e — 

-0 — 

-# — 

-* — 

— 0 — • 

^m- 


Soon-ei        in      the     morn-ing.    Meet  those  hap-py  Chris-tians 

D.a 


•*    •    0 


jcrr 


soon-er     in    the  morning,  I    ain't  a  going  to  die     no  more, 

2.  Going  shouting  home  to  glory  soouer  in  the  morning,  <fcc. 

Cho.—  Oh!  ain't  I  glad,  <fcc. 

3.  Going  to  wear  the  starry  crown  sooner  in  the  morning,  <fco. 

Cho.—  Oh  !  ain't  I  glad,  &c. 

4.  "We'll  sing  mrl  troubles  over  sooner  in  the  morning,  Jbo. 

Cho. — Oh!  ain't  I  glad,  &o. 

171 


No.  51.   .   (Batting  i&eafcg  to  Bit. 


1 h 


^ 


2— # 


*      ^ 


Get  -  ting   read  -  y  to       die,      Get  -  ting  read  -  y 


i 


i=t 


I 


^ 


r=^ 


-9 & 

die,     Getting   read  -  y        to     die,      O       Zi  -  on, '     Zi  -  on. 


I 


^m 


*       0       0 


\f—0 — ^ — = — = — * — ' : '  0     <^3J~L^ — «* * 

1.  When  I    set  out,  I    was  bnt  young,  Zi  -  on,         Zi  -on.    But 

D.  C. 


I 


i=^ 


m 


al-most  run, 


Zi 


on, 


Zi  -  on. 


now  my  race  is 

2.  Religion 's  like  a  blooming  rose,  Zion,  Zion, 

And  none  but  those  that  feel  it  knows,  Zion,  Zion. 
Oho. — Getting  ready  to  die,  Ac. 

3.  The  Lord  is  waiting  to  receive,  Zion,  Zion, 

If  sinners  only  would  believe,  Zion,  Zion.—  Chorut. 
4u  All  those  who  walk  in  Gospel  shoes,  Zion,  Zion, 

This  faith  in  Christ  they'll  never  lose,  Zion,  Zion. — Charm. 


No.  52. 


&ty  (general  Holi. 


t  s  r\ : 


0—i — K  0   .     N  0 


Fll  be  there,    I'll  be  there,     Oh  when  the  general  roll  \h  called. 


^P^S 


-K-0—.~ * 
-0 — 0- 


!i=^3n=^3 


I'll  be  there.  1.  O   hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jah  to    the  Lamb,  The  general 
2.  Old  Sa  -  tan  told  me  not   to    pray,    The  general 


i 


p 


-N — en- 


roll     is  called,    I'll      be  there ;  The    Lord     is      on      the 
roll      is  called,    I'll      be  there ;    He    wants    my    soul     at 

D.C. 


m 


K      0    . 


N— 0- 


giv  -  ing  hand,  The  gen  -  eral  roll     is  called,   I'll     be    there. 
Judgment  Day,  The  gen  -  eral  roll     is  caUed,  I'll    be    there. 
172 


No.  53.     IPm  ftroufclrtr  in  JKUntr. 

[The  person  who  furnished  this  eong  (Mrs.  Brown  of  Nashville,  formerly  a  slave), 
stated  that  6he  first  heard  it  from  her  old  father  when  she  was  a  child.  After  he  had 
been  whipped  he  always  went  and  sat  upon  a  certain  log  near  his  cabin,  and  with  the 
tears  streaming  down  his  cheeks,  sang  this  song  with  so  much  pathos  that  few  could 
listen  without  weeping  from  sympathy  :  and  even  his  cruel  oppressors  were  not 
wholly  uumoved.] 


ps^i^^^p^^g 


I'm  troubled,  I'm  troubled,  I'm  troubled  in  mind,  If  Jesus  don't 


^mm 


Jt-zr 


— p-4 


:*—gr 


help  me,  I    sure-ly      will  die.     1.  O    Je-sus,  my    Saviour,  on 

D.  C. 


fr 


-jz=Z$- 


P-~\J~&~i — 0- 


*— &— jjt 


-77— r 


3-=^ 


JjtjL- 


+.* 


thee  I'll  depend,  When  troubles  are  near  me,  you'll  be  my  true  friend. 

2.  When  ladened  with  trouble  and  burdened  with  grief, 
To  Jesus  in  secret  I'll  go  for  relief. 

Cho. — I'm  troubled,  <fcc. 

3.  In  dark  days  of  bondage  to  Jesus  I  prayed, 
To  help  me  to  bear  it,  and  he  gave  me  his  aid, 

Cho. — I'm  troubled,  &c. 

No.  54.  Fm  going  to  Etbr  ttriti)  Jesus. 


1.  I'm  going  to  live  with  Je  -  sus, 

2.  I've  start-ed  out   for  heav-en, 

3.  I     know  I  love  my  Je  -  sus, 


A  soldier  of  the  Ju-bi-lee,  I'm 
A  soldier  of  the  Ju-bi-lee,  I've 
A    soldier  of  the  Ju-bi-lee,  I 


* 


fa: 


m 


going  to  live  with   Je  -  sus, 
start-ed   out    for   heav-en, 
know  I    love    my     Je  -  sus, 


A  sol-dier  of  the  cross. 
A  sol-dier  of  the  cross. 
A      sol-dier    of    the    cross. 


Oh!  when  you  get  there  remember  me,  A  soldier  of  the  Jubilee,  Oh! 

A Ps 

J 1 1 


-Js-V 


m 


when  you  get  there  remember  me.  A     sol-dier  of    the    cros£ 
173 


No.  55 


©!)!  Ut  vat  get  up. 


1.  Oh!  just  let    me    get    up     in    the  house  of  God,  Just  let    me 


te-=* 


St. 


-v m s — : 


9—^p—W  W—?—^—*—^-W * 9 w~ 

get    up     in     the  house  of  God,  Just  let    me   get    up     in     the 


house  of    God,   And  I'D    nev-er    turnback    a  -  ny    more. 


S 


■* 


# — w- — *- 

al  -  might -y, 


1 


No     more,     no     more,    why     thank   God 


No  more,    no  more,    I'll     ne-v  -  er    turn  back  a  -  ny     more. 

2.  Oh  !  just  let  me  get  on  my  long  white  robe,  &o 

3.  Oh!  just  let  me  get  on  my  starry  crown,  <fcc. 

4.  Oh!  just  let  me  get  on  my  golden  shoes,  &c. 

6.  Oh  !  the  music  in  the  heaven,  and  it  sounds  so  sweet,  <fcc. 


No.  56.    (So,  ci)am  tlje  Eton  troton. 

— 0 — 

m-±-v.  -  •  V       '      '    '-a  .  /  ,    ;     i 

— V— 

Go,  chain  the  li  -  on  down.   Go,  chain  the  li  -  on  down.  Go, 


-0—r 


3EEI===^EEII= 


chain  the   li  -  on  down,  Be-fore  the  heav'n  doors  close.  1.  Do  you 


K^N S__X._ 


-0 0—-0 0- 


-j-0 0- 


-HS 


*=fc=fcSr-*- 


-0 0 0 0 0- 


B 


see  that  good  old  sis-ter,  Come  a  waggirg  up  the  hill  so  slow.  She 

d.  a 


-  x — N — s> — S  — N--  -K  — h         I  > — I P N — i P 1. 

— N K S  N 1 1 0 0^—0 m— n *— 0 b -L 

-0 0 0 0 0 0 *0 L#_^ 0 9 f_ 

wants  to  get  to  heav'n  in  due  time.  Be- fore  the  heav'n  doors  close. 

2.  Do  you  see  the  good  old  Christians?  &c. 

3.  Do  you  aee  the  good  old  preachers  ?  &c. 

174 


No.  57  8Ja|)cn  iSloses  #mott  tty  fflgaater, 


Pig 


F=£ 


'  I.  ^  ^  K  K'  K  * 

\Vhe7i    Mo-ses  smote  the      wa-ter,     The     chil-dren  all  passed 


-» — » — »—  g — ^ 


y-^ 


o  -  ver,  When  Moses  smote  the  wa  -  ter,  The  sea  gave    a  -  way. 
«—  0 — # 


i 


:£ztg 


n           i 

N 

1  V   i           1 

n        h       -^ 

h 

AuT         J 

.  0  . 

0    •        p 

n 

p 

P    ] 

rnV      , 

^          m          4 

(■ 

.  J 

"v 

\j 

* 

* 

"~p! 

s     1 

J         1 
1.  0 

m 

1/          ]/          ]/ 
chil  -  dren   ain't 

yon    glad    You've  left 

that 

sin  - 

fill 

£2\* 

f      m      T 

5 

™ 

™ 

1    " 

)*i 

k 

P 

-^  Yt 

\J      \j      u 

i      P 

k 

!• 

\s 

1/ 

• 

■#=*=£  =£1 

-H*  -*   *  J 

r-l 

^— fr 

H — N — *- 

Z).  (7. 

ar  -  myV  0 

cv 1"    %—*- 

^    L/    ' 

p.hil-dren  ain't  you 

.    .    *   t- 

glad  The 

rl           g 

sea    gave    a  - 

1 
way? 

r# — n 

P'b     U      b 

ft  u  l>  v\ 

b     * pZTZ^ztpZzH 

t    t? — ^ 

2.  O  Christians  ain't  you  glad 

You've  left  that  sinful  army? 
O  Christians  aiu  't  you  glad 
The  sea  gave  away? 
Oio.  -"When  Moses  smote,  Ao. 

8.  O  brothers  ain't  you  glad 

You've  left  that  sinful  army? 
O  brothers  ain't  you  glad 
The  sea  gav©  away  ? 

Cho.  —When  Moses  smote.  4c 

175 


No.  58.  ©1)!  gfinnzT  plan. 

J. ^*  • L,      0  »    I-  I  #— -T-      1 *_#_L#_! H_ — # p 

i9~  -0-  K  -0-*       -&■  19-         -#■  -#» 


Ob  !     sin-ner,     Oh !         sin-ner     man,       Oh !     sin-ner,  Oh ! 


£=£ 


^ 


tt 


^ 


i 


I=h^1g=±£=fr 


f    i 


rrr  '  r-tg=f=g 


* — *- 


which  way    are     yon    go  -  ing  ?  1.  Oh !  come  back,  sinner,  and 


iiS 


i^=# 


ji      U 


ggife 


frh 1 — i 

~~fc  ~f< — fs — r 

-jS— I fr 

-*— |S— h 

(fob/  f    f    J— 

^        j     t 

e       *  *  0  •     N 

#     *        * 

*      S      0      [ 

v  y            Lj       , 

o 

\J 

don't  go  there,  Which  way  are  yon  going  ?  For  hell  is  deep,  and 

^r-fr-fc 

-y F— h  •   # 

f^W 

-p — *     y — y- 

-y— 1 9- 

.... 

1      7  1? 

v 

ZXC 


§3^ 


i^^ 


# 


2.  Though  days  be  dark,  and  nights  be  long, 

Which  way  are  you  going  ? 
We'll  shout  and  sing  till  we  get  home, 
Which  way  are  you  going  ? 
Cho. — Oh!  sinner,  &o. 

3.  Twas  hist  about  the  break  of  day, 

Which  vvay  are  you  going? 
My  sins  forgiven  and  soul  set  free, 
Which  way  are  you  going?  # 
Cho.  -Oh!  sinner,  &c 
76 


dark    des  -  pair.     Oh  !  which  way     are       yon      go  -  ing 


No.  59.    JHj)  goon  iLorir  '#  bmx  Ijere. 


-rfl-fiy 

1         1 

i — i r^ — 

H — ^sh 

mrl ' — r 

-  -j 1 

— « ^— '- — 

d      -&      J 

-« — -d? — #-q 

-# ^==^ 

\/    *     d 9 zr-^-w zr-v- 

1          l          I 
My   good  Lord 's  been   here, 

ii         (f         it        (9          #         /9  . 

been     here, 

been     here, 

p».4o     5       •       & 

"  p        ^  • 

| 

-p           |»5I     •    '  - 

k1.3J     f       f 

\S      9                             ! 

r      a    > 

M 1 ' 

P   * 

!  V   ft 

I           !            N      IS 

i 

A*,             i          i           i 

j    j     i           >     i 

lm                 •        ' 

4          *>          0            \       \     A     •         ' 

iw;        '■           - 

1       f       d     \&       \\ 

«/             9         d         &             9         rj            9       0          9         0         9         0           &    • 

My  good  Lord's  been  here,  And  he's  blessed  nay  soul  and  gone. 
n        0        *        s?            »        S2           m       m         ♦      ♦"       m                    0    . 

£"V*f        0        0% 

9/3           9       *      |    '          i           ,           i 

2?   • 

rV             i        i 

-^ 

i     t       L*   L»  1  r    f    ?    f — 

| 

1       '"ii     |          * 

'■  »  ' — u 

p£ 


1.   O     brothers,     where  were  you,    broth  -  ers,     where  were  you. 


£=E 


*± 


I 


^ 


t=t 


Z).  c. 


p 


^^rf: 


broth -era,     where  were  you  When  ray  goo.!  Lord  w^  here? 


m 


4=F 


i 


2.  0  sinners,  where  were  you,  <fcc. 

Cho. — My  good  Lord's  been  here,  <fcc. 

3.  0  Christians,  where  were  you,  &c. 

Cho. — My  good  Lord's  been  here,  Ac 

4.  O  mourners,  where  were  you,  &c. 

Cho. — My  good  Lord's  been  here,  <fcc. 

177  13 


No.  60.  a  little  more  jFattf)  in  Jesus. 


1  $-  tj1 r r : h— N— * ^ 

-s fc" 

-A S S 6v_ 

J       g    5    J    "E    1/    i>    ^ 

lit  -  tie    more  faith  in     Je  -  sua. 

l.   When 

—A N < ' — 

-0 0 0 0 — 

-ev  -  er     we  meet 

9-.pM— »— t^ — D   r   C   E  ' 

-HF 

HF 9— 

K y = 1 

I 


-A —.- 


?JT±= 


¥ 


-N-r-K 


7)1"H 


=p=? 


you  here  we    say,     A     lit  -  tie   more  faith  in     Je  -  sus.   Pray 


ifa 


■T-HM-e 


-» » #- 


?=fcc 


n    I-. 

Z).  G 

%Vi'NKISISlSK-».             1                                  k_i_!sK 

irKK? ' ' — -1 — J — d — 2 *^ — M — N — * — S-nr1  — ' ' — -±-\-  - 

W *— *      *      0      0      0      g  j     S-H3  -R-f  £,-     *      #— #       -f 

i/                                                         *    *      *     #     •     ff 

what's  the  or- der    of    the  day''  A     Ut-tlamore  laithin  Je-sus. 

*    +  *  +    .*-    +     .      . 

fv»   i 

1            Z?     0     0     * 

^7»i  y    ^          r          *•          *r  •   0 

:Z1W            5                          !                          * 2 K 

Ly y 1 y y V Ir^— —  " 

M E — . £— 

-0— 2— y — * — * u 

I  tell  you  now  a8  I  told  yon  before, 
A  little  more  faith  in  Jesus, 

To  the  promised  land  I'm  bound  to  go, 
A  little  more  faith  in  Jesus. 
Cho. — All  I  want,  &c 


Oh  1  Hallelujah  to  the  Lamo, 
A  little  more  faith  in  Jesus, 

The  Lord  is  on  the  giving  hand, 

A  little  more  faith  in  Jesus. 

Cho. — All  I  w*nt,  &c. 


I  do  believe  without  a  doubt, 
A  little  more  faith  in  Jesas, 

That  Christians  have  a  right  to  shout. 
A  little  more  faith  in  Jesus. 
Cho. — All  I  want,  &c. 

5. 
Shout,  you  children,  shout,  you're  free, 

A  little  more  faith  it  Jesus, 
For  Christ  has  bought  fois  liberty, 
A  little  more  faith  in  Jesus. 
CJto. — All  I  want.  &c. 


178 


No.  61.  Wit}  not  oft  Pjaraoi)  gn  last  f 


1.     1    -    saac   a     ran-soin,  while  he  lay      Up -on     an     al  -  tar 


A— V 


A— 4- 


I 


bound ,  Mo  -  ses,  an  infant  cast  away,  By  Pharaoh's  daughter  found. 


'-f-z i ;: — k — r 

1 : — , 

1 ^■^"~   ; — 

i        *  I 

Vvb                         n      n 

r>        r> 

•  1 

rnV               _i         ' 

._    <0       • 

A '  •  • 

"        .  1 

"  K             1*            ^ 

r     r     f 

^>       • 

r      r 

^v? 

_  £/ 

•>               1               i 

un!      ol(i 

U1       U      I 
Pha-raoh  eret       lost 

000^' 

iu     the 

Red 

i 
sea' 

CV           5          « 

—<$-—•- 

g 

• 

"T-  " 

-^  b>      '         '                       1 

^ 

V      V                              \J       V 

i             u       ^ 

1 

2.  Joseph,  by  his  false  brethren  sold, 
God  raised  above  them  all  ; 
To  Hannah's  child  the  Lord  foretold 
How  Eli's  house  should  fall. 
Cho.— Did  not  old  Pharaoh,  fee. 

5.  The  Lord  said  unto  Moses, 

Go  unto  Pharaoh  now, 
For  I  have  hardened  Pharaoh's  heart, 
To  me  he  will  not  bow. 
Cho.— Did  not  old  Pharaoh,  fee. 

4.  Th^n  Moses  and  Aaron, 
To  Pharaoh  did  go, 
Thus  says  the  God  of  Israel, 
Let  my  people  go. 
Cho. — Did  not  old  Pharaoh,  fee. 

6.  Old  Pharaoh  said  who  is  the  Lord, 

That  I  should  Him  obey? 
His  Lame  it  is  Jehovah, 
For  he  hears  his  people  pray. 
Cho.—  Did  not  old  Pharaoh,  fee. 

Tnen  Mopes  numbered  Israel, 
Through  all  the  land  abroad, 

8aymg.  children,  do  not  murmur, 
But  hear  the  word  of  God. 
Cho.— Did  not  old  Pharaoh,  fee 


in. 


179 


Hark  !  hear  the  children  murmur, 
They  cried  aloud  for  bread, 

Down  came  the  hidden  manna, 
The  hungry  soldiers  fed. 
Cho.— Did  not  old  Ph  j*oh,  &o. 

Then  Moses  6aid  to  Israel, 
As  they  stood  along  the  shore. 

Your  enemies  you  see  to-day, 
You  will  nejrer  see  no  more. 
Cho.— Did  not  old  Pharaoh,  &o. 

Then  down  came  raging  Pharaoh, 
That  you  mav  plainly  6ee, 

Old  Pharaoh  and  his  host. 
Got  lost  ;n  the  Red  Sea. 

Cho. — Did  not  old  Pharaoh,  fee. 

Then  men.  and  women,  and  children 

To  Moses  they  did  flock  ; 
They  cried  aloud  for  water, 

And  Moses  smote  the  rock. 

Cho. — Did  not  old  Pharaoh,  fee 

And  the  Lord  spoke  to  Moses 
From  Sinai's  smoking  top. 

Saying,  Moses,  lead  the  people, 
Till  I  shall  bid  you  stop. 
Cho— Did  not,  old  Pharaoh,  &0. 

13* 


No.  62 


Wrestling  3|aco&, 


i-y-'Vr                       h       -   -  i 

6  /W  r>    4                — ,      k         w.         r*      «         is         *       •    "  ~m 

»     r     * 

<* 

1  roY    i    J          i       n    J     i             ■    " 

V 

I  Irp7     4     #    .      '             9       ,       .    1            w 

y      w     y 

1  *^                  *     *          y    y    ■        • 

1.    Wrest-  ling    Ja  -  cob,  Ja  -  cob,  day        is 

a  -  breaking, 

C\m    i-i  rt 

fc-i     ^4                             ■« 

-^  ^    ri 

v  4 

!_C L 

— j— 

_JS 

N       K       ,K 

Fine. 
— j q- 

-y-f-^ — i s- 

-f* 

-*1 

*\ — n 

— # — 

*       *— V 

/>■>/      J            n      N 

"  k        4     •     A      1 

« 

« " " 

J           4          £     £ 

Wrest  -  ling  Ja  - 
'      ,      P     ■     * *- 

cob, 

P— 

Ja 

-  cob,    I       will 

-P         ?      T    P 

not  let    thee 

O^rb-^ 1 r— 

-| 

* 

p — p-^rf~ 

-# — # — # — 

-tf? i  - 

y      ? 

ii    Si 

5      <        > 

v     y     v 

i           y      > 

y 

1 

n    I 

/7\ 

fT\ 

k          , 

V        ^ 

_ 

N 

y 

K 

v       *     ■  N        1        i 

JL.  ? 

—0 — 0 — 

j— — 

*    s — * 

— | 1 -M 7d & A 

^Fl} 

h 

1 ^  a 

-0 — 

— 0 =i =t 1 1 

y   y 

Let    me 

go, 

Ja  - 

cob.             I     wiil 

*       P 

0        0        0        & 

not     let  thee   go. 

C\-     L, 

;      1  ; 

y^ 

*» 

•f         *J            0        \    O 

r       i         i         ■           ' 

i 

1    •?     5     i 

i— 2— 

J — £— Lk- 

a/ — y — \i — e — i 

1  n    !-. 

/Ts 

/TS 

i 

y  i  v 

r> 

IS          IS 

■"N     ",N 

^" 

JL.i 

," 

J    i*     *i 

pi 

fm" 

j           a 

I            l 

#       #i 

•;    • 

\MJ                1  ,                                                 i/3 

J            # 

J 

Let  me 

go, 

Ja  -  cob. 

I     will    not 

0          0          9 

let  thee 

go,      Un  - 

ry   u 

£j              J> 

#  • 

M'\  V 

*•         •*     *• 

_  0 

1*         * 

i           "f 

~S  b 

\                1        M_ 

\j 

L  •     /      1 

v 

[j         ]j 

y     u* 

* 

i 

± 


lil     thou     bless  me,             I 

0 

will  not    let    thee     go  ;       Un  - 

r     •      h     ^ 

IQ,'     1.                                                                             i 

p-J.,    7            -                       *•       .    +■.       *j        W 

0        0                               i                •* 

K  b                     v        '    ? — 5 

-fj — 4 — y — y —  * — * — J 

J, \L 1 \/ 

Lf/ ^ K ^ j 1 

m 


til      thou    bless  me. 


will 


m 


not      let     thee     go. 

-a — fc — * — 


m 


-■21 


Wrest  -  ling     J  a  -   cob,     J  a  -  cob,  day 


a  -  break  -  ing, 


^ 


S       S       N 

^   n  _h   h   | 

V      7                                             v      #         0        # 

fjm.  nl                          (S        h_         P        I           1    •      1 

#       *,      #       4       J          h  '" 

fm-             J                       P                a        a        a 

IS] J             0    •      -        J        #        *        *        * 

#         *                                   !            0 

J               «    •     -J.      -fr       #                                                        -        -        #   . 

Wrest  -  liDg  J  a  -  cob,  Ja  -  cob,    I    will   not    let  thee    go.      I'll 

{Or  this.)     I'll 

'—         |_          — '         ^         —    • 

%-)»  pi                j       1       J»      U      ji 

i            ,            ,                                     •? 

*        #      r       *      1/      >       > 

1/       U       L/       U      F 

1                       !              1/        U        *        *        V        * 

1 

f-V * sn 

.fs    is.--fi— f»— h 

— K— 

££}/ f » ^     m — p — r ^— 

tt—4—*    1    *  ' 

# 

hold  thee  till  the  break  of  day,    I      will  not    let   thee  go, 
wres  -  tie    till  the  break  of  day,    I      will  not    let   thee  go, 

009        N      N 

Un- 
Un- 

^).  p        -                    *•             «*  .  * 

~»   > — *    * — f  - 

V 

2^                       i    L^E 

-Ff-^-tH — <- 

0     ' 

2).  C 

^                   \ 

(fc, 

_  N. 

ft      N        !       i  r 

iLb 

-                           -      #  .    c 

fw 

•■      *i         i       i 

'  v          !£ 

2 

J 

a       m           !        1 

til 
til 

J       s       •                >       •       #       - 
thou  tell  me  what's  thy  name,  I   will 
thou  come  and  bless  my  soul,     I   will 

0            0 

not 
not 

9 

let  thee    go. 
let  thee   go. 

CV    !-. 

T«    P 

m                                      1*                     •*    •    0 

0 

# 

-^  h 

\                       1          / 

1        P.- 

/ 

=b 

-V— 

u»      y       f 

, 

181 


No.  63.       Hotic^cast  in  ©eatoen. 


$ 


-* — *- 


There's  a      love  -  feast    in    the      heav  -  en      by  -  and  -  by, 


I 


i^g 


=$=* 


# — » 


fc^ 


-N K- 


1 


chil-dren,  There' 

s  a     love  -  feast    iu 

-f-T — f—r- 

the     heav -en      by 

-  and  - 

€J^-i*— * — k< — £- 

bHHfczgd 

-| J « 1 1 

>-v — * y — 

I 

by.     Yes,  a      love  -  feast  in    the    heav  -  en  by  -  and  -  by, 

Fine. 


« 


att 


(<;:&■ 


££ 


-N hv- 


m 


chil  -  dren,  There's  a  love-feast  in  the  heav  -  en  by  -  and  -  by. 


jrrt> — :^r 

h  n  h  r 

— N — K — P K— tr 

-^    -tnr" 

$p  k  »— 

_^=e?-^ 

!      d        h    h 

'   J    ^/- 

1.    Oh!  run    up,  cbil-dren,  get  your  crown,  There's  a  love-feast  in  the 


dfcJr- 

~^ 

K 

-f- 

-fr— |* 

Is" 

=JE 

=fs 

~h — h 

— fr— 

W*- 

W 

^- 

-*' — 1 

r*-- - 

9       ~9~ 

-*— 

# 

* 

-* d 

# 

heav-  en   by  -  and -by,      And  by    your  Sav-iour's  side  sit  down. 

D.  S. 


£A-*-^- 

=r— F 

"_=b   =fc 

~h~ 

S          IS 

ai^-i. 

~- 

^^-p-?- 

_*__^_ 

9         J 

# 

N    L-i 1 — 

*>— 

-jA-^—l- 

L 

There's  a  love  -  feast  in     the  heav  -  en    by  -  and  -  by.     Yes,   a 

2  Old  Satan  told  me  not  to  pray,  &e. 

He  wants  my  soul  at  the  Judgment-day,  &c. 

3  Oh,  brethren,  and  sisters,  how  do  you  do,  &c. 
And  does  your  love  continue  true,  &c. 

4  Ob,  brethren,  brethren,  how  do  you  know,  &§  * 

Because  my  Jesus  told  me  so,  &c. 
182 


No.  64.    ©Hbcn  s&all  31  get  t&ere. 


(fa — =1 

-h K-    — r3 * — 1 r-N K~ 

ffT^'    4        S       S 

*     -* — if-^          >     ^h       J 

v*-    4        <       c 

*           V                                 s                         ^        ^  t#          _# 

There's  a  heaven  -  ly    home  up    yon  -  der,  There's  a  heaven  -  ly 
0           it       w.                                                                                        *      - 

G          _^__N_^_ 

~k — k— o    n    n—^^t — 

fc»_i__jL_J — p-j     fe     n> 

^=^^       *~*  -g-J= 

home  up  yor 

-f — «^ 

l  -  der,   There's  a  heaven  -  ly    home  up  yon-  der,  Oh  I 

Fine.       Solo. 

*■*,      K        w 

i 

/^M J.  1    S    J P 

*_4_* * *_- •  — M 

W     y            •-*    * —  *        * 

_      L+_ |_ 1_ 4 

*)              *                                                                                                          ^           r               w               r               r 

■when      shall        I      get    there  ?          1.  Old  Pi  -  late     says,     I 

Chorus.                                               Solo. 
P                                                                                            -" 

&  f— r-  ^=^ 

-r—r — >    r. ^h 

wash    my      hands ; 

U  6 — ---' 

>        i 
When   shall 

I         get     there?       I 
Chorus.                              2?.  C 

If      »  * 

v   -> 

-/< 

*  * 

-*—**-*-*--*— w—tt- 

find    no    fault  in    this  just      man  ;  When  shall     I     get  there  ? 


2  John  and  Peter  ran  to  see, 
When  shall  I  get  there  ? 
But  Christ  had  gone  to  Galilee, 
When  shall  I  get  there  ? 

8  Paul  and  Silas  bound  in  jail, 
When  shall  I  get  there? 
They  sang  and  prayed  both  night  and  day. 
When  shall  I  get  there  ? 

4  I'm  bred  and  born  a  Methodist, 
When  shall  I  get  there  ? 
I  carry  the  witness  in  my  breast, 
When  shall  I  get  there  f 
183 


No.  65.  Caere's  a  earning  bzu  Co=nig[)t. 


itflft  ?-£ . 

-5— ^>U     h      H-^f-v 

^F 

BM-B- 1)(- 

Get  you  rea 

i            'f  J;  J:  S-S- 

■  dy,  there's  a  meet  -  ing    here     to-night, 

Come  a  - 

CviT    4 

b).*     4        M                        <* 

_       In  *     !•  *     Lt       ^ 

M 

V    ''3  *         /                     ^ 

n4 

L2    y      y — £ — * ■ 

3*=^ 


H 


long,  there's  a  meet-ing    here 


to-night ;  I    know  you  bv  your 


3— *- 


V     V 


/  r  ^     ,N    \ 

nine. 

p 

it-4-A    « — .- — &-& 

-jj-j3 — >■ — S;-r— -: 

# 

-i 1 . 

W — - — — * — '  * 

dai  -  ly  walk,  There's 

£ *___ jg %—%- 

a  meeting  here     to-night.  1 
s      s 
9      *•*.**.* 

Camp-meeting 

^ifftt_b    b    b~~  $  V 

-0 — y — i 1 — f  '-  -:- 

-*- 

M 

\ 

f  J— 2— H —  • 

-*v— N- 


Vi 


^-w— 


down  in     the  wilderness,  There's  a  meeting  here   to  -  night ; 
JL   .pL 


m 


*■  -p- 


V—^7 


J&-V- 


n—w- 


x+ 


D.  C. 


-N— V 


-2L 


a  !  m  I  m — j- 


know  it's  among  the  Methodists, 


m 


There's  a  meeting  here  to-night. 


84 


2  Those  angels  wings  are  tipped  with  gold,  etc. 

That  brought  glad  tidings  to  my  soul,  <fcc. 
8  My  lather  says  it  is  the  best,  <fcc. 

To  live  and  die  a  Methodist,  <tc. 

4  I'm  a  Methodist  bred  and  a  Methodist  born,  <fcc. 
And  when  I'm  dead  there's  a  Methodist  gone,  &c. 


No.  66. 


jTarctocll,  mp  Torot&cr. 


3zz* 


Farewell,  my  brother,*  farewell      for-ev  -  er,     Fare  you  well,  my 


§iM=  — 


-v— v 


S7\      /T\ 


*—* 


^-^~-,-3-I^z=z^~==;z=;z?zgzJ 


If    I  & 

broth-er,  now.  For     I     am  go  -ing  home.  Oh  good-bye.  good-bye,  For 


m^=^ 


# — #--•-# — *-- 


1=1 


• — 7 ? — V 


D.  C. 


T*1F 


-0 0- 


-S-V 


irv 


0—0 


TTTT 


I     am  bound  tn  leave  vou,  Oh  good-bve,  good-bve,  for  I  am  soing  home. 


_e # 


cidt  r  T  *  •  1;  *  p  E  IP  p  >  E  •     I       .  t=T"Try"""nF 


After  Da  Capo  sing  this : 
Shake  hands,  shake  hands,  for  I  am  bound  to  leave  you, 
Oh,  shake  hands,  &c. 

*  Or  Sifter. 
185 


No.  67. 


3lncFjing:  along. 


[Attention  is  called  to  the  appropriateness  of  the  melody  for  the  expression  of 
these  singular  words.  It  is  all  embraced  within  the  first  three  tones  of  the  scale, 
and  thus  may  be  said  to  be  itself  not  more  than  an  inch  long.] 

Chorus. 


£gfS^ 


Nt-V 


Keep  a      inch-ing       a  -  long,  Keep  a    inch-ing      a   -    long  ; 


\9~ 


3 


=F 


-h- 


Je  -  sus  will  come  by'nd-bye  ;  Keep  a    inch  -  ing  a  -  long  like     a 

Fine.       Solo. 


gkb  d — w- 

'—&- 

— ft 1- 

C         9 

1 — 

— N h 

-9 

* 

=1 

-4 

poor  inch-worm,  Je-sus  will  come  by 'nd-bye.  1.  Twas  a   inch  by  iuch  I 
Chorus.  Solo. 


is-rw 


-h- 


» 


sought  the      Lord,         Je  -  sus      will  come  by 'nd-bye.    And  a 

Chorus.  D.   C. 


inch  by  ioch  He  blessed  my  soul,     Je  -  sus  will   come  by'nd-bye. 

2  The  Lord  is  coming  to  take  us  home, 

Jesus  will  come  by'nd-bye. 
And  then  our  work  will  soon  be  done, 
Jesus  will  come  by'nd-bye. 

3  Trials  and  troubles  are  on  the  way, 

Jesus  will  come  by'nd-bye. 
But  we  iffust  watch  and  always  pray. 
Jesus  will  come  by'nd-bye. 

4  We'll  inch  and  inch  and  inch  along. 

Jesus  will  c<~>me  bv'ncl-bve. 
And  inch  and  inch  till  wTe  get  home 
Jesus  will  come  by'nd-bye. 

186 


No.  68.      31  ain't  got  toeatp  pet. 


j—*^— -—-—«-  -Fs-:-F-#H 


And    I   ain't  got  wea-iy  yet,  And  I  ain't  got  wea-ry  vet ;  Been 


*.'  JL    A. 


?—* => ^ 


0   ^  i 


do^vn  in  the  val-ley      so     long,  And  I    ain't  got  wea-ry  yet. 


m 


-0 — 0 — 0 — 0-'- 


E$ 


*=F 


L>    0  P  0  p 

Solo. 


Pi 


p    P    P    P 


Chorus. 


:r. 


"P- p — ? — 

1.  Been  praying  for  the  sinner  so  long,     And  I   ain't  got  wea-rv  vet ; 

.*-    A     A  JL    ^.    V    V  • 


* 


-y    » 0 0Z 


V— /— / — s- 


0-- 


DUET. 


D.  C 


^-JUtfe*^ 


%=$=%-%-%=% 


I 


t     * 


1=1-5-4- 


ztt 


Been  praying  for  the  sin-ner    so    long,  And  I  ain't  got  wea-ry  yet. 

0 — 0 — 0. 


\>  u  p  p 

2  Been  praying  for  the  mourner  so  long,  &c. 

3  Baen  going  to  the  sitting-up  so  long,  &c. 

187 


No.  69. 


Etm  to  3IC0US. 


[  This  song  was  given  to  the  Jubilee  Singers  by  Hon.  Frederick  Douglass,  at 
Washington,  D.  C,  with  the  interesting  statement,  that  it  first  suggested  to  him  the 
thought  of  escaping  from  slavery.] 


-* 


i 


Run       to  Je     -     sus,     shun    the      dan 


ger, 


)■ #" 


-&-9.^— *- 


don't  ex  -  pect      to    stay    much      long  -  er      here.  1 .  He  will 


^-^- 


be     our     dear-est  friend,  And  will  help  us     to      the     end.     I 


■W— — 


don't  ex-pect  to  stay  much   long  -  er  here.       Run  to      Je  -  sus, 


~et~- 


"S3 


mm 


mw 


shun  the     dan  -  ger,    I    don't  ex-pect    to  stay  much  long-er  here. 


2  Oh,  I  thought  I  heard  them  say, 
There  were  lions  in  the  way. 

I  don't  expect,  etc. 

3  Many  mansions  there  will  "be, 
One  for  you  and  one  for  me. 

I  don't  expect,  etc. 
IPS 


No.  70.  9ngcls  toaiting  at  tSe  Door, 


mam 


uNzufcjv 


—?v 


i 


m 


^5 


mm 


1.  My      sis-ter's  took  her  flight  and     gone  home,  And   the 

2.  She  has  laid     down  her  cross  and    gone  home,  Aud,  &c. 

3.  She  has  taken     uo    her  crown  and    gone  home,  And,  <fcc. 


i '-0-T/9- 


^P 


F^ 


F* 


Fv 


»:^'gj:  ^ 


au  -  gel's    waiting  at    the  door.     My      sis  -  ter's  took  her 


P£ 


±.2-: 


&— 


>Jf 


*-* 


^ 


flight  and  gone     home,  And  the  angels  waiting  at     the  door 


-•<&- 


-9 — 0-' 


i-rrrr* 


m 


& 


1219=2: 


±± 


-—*■ 


jS 


*: 


Tell    all     my     fa-ther's  children,  Don't  vou  grieve  for    me  ■ 


■V 


3 


^ 


:?-Y- 


2^ 


-K- 


izczh 


*^^1E 


9:?-* 


i^z: 


Tell    all      mv     fa  -  ther's  children,  Doti't  vou  erieve  for  me 


180 


*    ^ 


No.  71.  &ecp  gout  lamps  trimmeo, 


r>  4    *     * 


s^ 


-# #— #— -M 


Keep  your  lamps  trimmed  and  a-burniug,Keep  your  lamps  trimmed  and  a- 


n-~ 


$=& 


■*—+■ 


^^ 


1^1 


burning,Keep  your  lamps  trimm'd  and  a-burning,For  thiswork's  almost  done 


1ST 


=£= 


Brotbers,  don't  grow  wea  -  ry,  Brothers,    don't  grow    wea-ry, 
Preachers,  <fcc. 

f^  _  Fine. 


I*Lz* 


Es-JS^J 


Brothers,  don't  grow     wea  -  ry,  For  this  work's  al-most  done. 


jt$=fs— |v 


:*=* 


P=S 


-9 — -M 


Keep  your  lamps  trimmed  and  a-burning,Keep  your  lamps  trimmed  and  a- 

-K-fs-r- —  .  I  .     s  ^N «-^- 


02 


burning,Keep  your  lamps  trimm'd  and  a-burning,For  tiiis  work's  almost  done. 


tezjtzijs: 


a 


5^=^to=i_— 


-#— *-* 


i 


'Tis    re  -  lig  -  ion  makes  us   hap  -  py,  'Tis  re  -lig  -  ion  makes  us 
We   are  climbing   Ja  -  cob's  lad-der,  &c. 
Ev  -  ery  rouLivigces  higher  and  higher,  &c. 


&> 


fS     \\*~ 


dS=£=izi: 


n:fc 


N— A- 


m 


hap-pv,  'Tis  religion,  makes  us  happy,  For  this  work's  almost  done. 

190 


No.  72. 


£>I)oto  #le  i&e  S23au. 


53 


1.  Bro-ther,    have    you    come      to      show      me        the 

2.  Sis     ter,     have    you    come      to      show      me        the 
8.     Yes,  .  .         my      good    Lord,  .  .        show      me        the 


rvr-; • • ; * ; • — T-& r — • — j~& • ; • 


!^#-^     p 

*       e    * 

•       •           B 

£2       « 

— r— i 

Cr          .&-  • 

1.  way? 

2.  way? 

3.  way  ? 

1 

lLJl  b 1         f 

^       i 

Bro  -  ther, 
Sis  -  ter. 

Yes, .  .  . 

Mt      J    : 

1                     >^ 

have      you 
have      you 
my      good 

come 
come 
Lord,  . 

-&-    . 

i — ^ — r- 

-h — 

to 
to' 

'j 

SS»=?EEFE 


1. 

show 

me 

2. 

show 

me 

3. 

show 

me 

BizkS: 


the 
the 
the 


+■ 

way? 
way  ? 
way, 

\    . 


Show  me  the 
Show  me  *the 
Show       me       the 


122: 


No.  73. 


Ptif  bem  fietuemeiu 


I've  been  re  -  deem'd, 


I've  been  re 


y. 0 0 *-J — » 0 « 0 0 0 0 # — J 

V       •   V       V         >         '/         V        /   "f   "f   T" 

/   •   / 
I've  been  re-deem'd,  I've  been  re-deem'd,  I've  been  re 

>      j*      P>      p> 

-•-  •-  -0-  -0- 


BE 


B. 


deem'd, 


I've   been    re  -  deem' 


3E5 


-« 0-1 


l'g    y  F 


I've  been  re  - 


^^       -»-       -^-       -»-       -wr  -a-        -0-        -w- 

i.         \A         \*         I*      /  .  .  *  "  r       F         1/         U 

/       /        /        /  //*is*/'*V*V 

-deem'd,  I've  been  redeem'd,  I've  been  redeem'd,  I've  been  redeem'd,  I've  been  re  - 


\     S 


r*  iv  > 


01 


W-W- 


^— r= r 


•  i/ 


>  U  1/ 


ve  been  re 


-0<S>-  -0-       -0-       -0 

'//'//  /       /     / 

deem'd,  I've  been  redeem'd,  I've  been  redeem'd,  I've  been  redeem'd,  I've  been  ro  - 

>       P>      >     > 


3 ft F * f 

i 1_ (-, ,_ r 


P— p: 


i/    ■/ 


deem'd, 


Fine. 


3 


t^        -a*-        -0-        -©-      -0- 

/     /     1/     /  I  I 

-deem  d,  I've  been  redeem'd,  Been  wash'd  in  the  blood  of  the  Lamb. 
V-       -0-      9       -4-  |  ,  ,*       C     I  Is     v 

192  * 


-J . 


Been  wash'd    in 
There     is  a  . 

The    dy     -    ing 


blood 

foun 

tJiief 


Lamb,  Been 

-    tain         fiU'd  with  blood, Drawn 
re     -  joic'd  to  see       That 


Been 
And 
And 


m 


=t=£2=a=t 


mm 


m 


wash'd    in       the     blood       of      the 
sin     -     ners        plung'd      be     -     - 
may 


there 


I. 


though 


Lamb,  .  .  .        Tha( 

neath  that  flood,  Lose 

vile      as      he,    Wash 


$=± 


fc 


i 


1 


=t 


c* 


flows 
all 
ail 


from  Cal  -    va 

their  guil  •    ty 

my  sins  a 

••-  -•-  I 

-9  *  4 


ry.  .  . 
stains. . 
way.     . 


^ 


•  Da  Capo  in  exact  tka*. 

193 


14 


No.  74.  Wit  sftall  toalfe  tjjro'  tfje  ©alleg. 

-l/  -0-     -#-     -<*-       -•   *  -»    -#-  -•-    -0      -0-  -m-     -m- 

We  shall  walk  thro'  the  valley  and  the  shadow  of  death,We  shall 


3EB^=! 


>S 


-•—•—•-«■ — V 


v — $-r-*-^ — iH- 


i—l l=t=t 


v   • 


/     / 


l/  is     is 


walk  thro'  the  valley  in    peace,    If    Jesus  Himself  shall  be  our 

i  i 

-&-         -0- 


-#-       -0-  .  -0-  -9-4        -m- 
y^t — • jjT~  m    m     m    • 


3=z^=^ 


Fixe. 


^Jt^Ut 


JSF£5S^2 


qS^fV 


/    -0-0-    -0. 


lead  -  er,    We  shall     walk      thro'    the    val  -  ley  in    peace. 


lis 


-a-  -m-    -0- 


P #- 


^  i/ 


icr-^r 


/     / 


iiH 


. U^    -(--,« =. 


■*--£. 


-•-       -•-  -•-  -•-  0-0-0-  | 


*=*:= 


We  shall  meet  those  Christians  there,  meet  them  there,  We  shall 


^T — 0 — 0- 


-£=zti 


-0 0 0—  J-0  — r_j 

-0 0 0 — mm  — i  i 


r=| 1 1 


=? 


£E3EEEIEEEt?E3 


meet  those     Chris  -  tians       there,   meet  them  there,      If 

-0.        -p.        -0-   d      J   -•-         -.•-         -•-       -•-        -•-         -• 


iE^EE^E^^ 


s>— i j 

• 0 0 0 0 1 


194 


2  There  will  be  no  sorrow  there,  If  Jesus  Himself  shall  be  our  leader 
There  will  be  no  sorrow  there,  We  shall  walk  thro'  the  valley  ir 

Chorus — We  shall.  &c.    [peace 


No.  75.  ^abrirl'S  Crumpets  going  to  33loto* 

(As  sung  by  Miss  Jennie  Jackson.) 


^ 


=3& 


1.  Gabriel's  trumpet's  going  to    blow,    By  and  by,  by  and  by,  Yes, 


^S 


S 


Gabriel's  trumpet's  going  to    blow       At  the  end      of  time. 


First  sounding  of  the  trumpet  for 
the  righteous, 
At  the  end  of  time. 

5. 
Go,  wake  the  sleeping  nations, 

By  and  by,  by  and  by, 
Go,  wake  the  sleeping  nations, 

At  the  end  of  time. 

6. 

Then,  poor  sinner,  what  will  you 
By  and  by,  by  and  by,      [do  ? 
The  first  sounding  of  the  trumpet   You'll  run  for  the    mountains  to 
for  the  righteous  hide  you, 

"Ry  and  by,  by  and  by,  At  the  end  of  time. 

l'K  14* 


Oh,  get  you  all  ready  for  to  go 
By  and  by,  by  and  by, 

O,  get  you  all  ready  for  to  go 
At  the  end  of  time. 

3. 

Then  my  Lord  will  say  to  Gabriel, 
By  and  by.  by  and  by,      [pet, 

Go,  get  you  down  your  silver  trum- 
At  the  end  of  time. 


4. 


No.  76.     &orS,  $  tofeb  $  baa  a  mint* 


m^^^^i^mmmM 


1.  Lord,  I     wish-    I  had   a  come  when  jrou  call'd  me,  Lord,  I 

2.  There's      no    temp  -  ta  -  tions     in     the    hea  -  vens,  TJiere's 

3.  My   fa  -  ther  and  my  mo-ther     in     the    hea  -  vens,  My  fa  - 


if^S 


a  — g_ 


i.    wish    I     had      a    come  when  yon    call'd     me,     Loid,    I 

2.  no     tern    -  ta    -    tions      in      the      hea  •  vens,     There's 

3.  -  ther    and  my    mo  -  ther      in     the      hea  -  vens,    My      fa 


3S 


:rV 


1.  wish      I        had       a 

2.  no      temp    -     ta     - 

3.  -  ther    and      my      mo 


come     when   yon     call'd      me, 
tions        in        the       hea  -  vens, 
ther        in        the       hea  -  vens, 


i^^s^ 


5S@ 


"*^9 


-* 


£=*=3 


Sitting  by  the  side    of  my   Je  -  sus.  Way     o  -  ver      in    the 

-i       r*=Z    •  * — *1 


-^—w--t 


._) o — y_ 


[=St 


■*— - — *- 

heaveus,  Way    o  -ver    in  the   hea-vens.  Way    o- ver  in    the 


£ 


3E5 


s 


hea-vens,     Sit -ting   by     the   side     of     my      Je  -  sus. 


©rep  ftt'ber, 


Deep  .  .    ri-ver.My   home     is      o    -verJor-dan 


•M 


Deep 


Lord, 


^!ElS^ 


7?7- 


• • -#  -— ^z^—^— * V^rP 

want    to  cross    o  -  ver     in  -   to  camp  ground.  Lord,  I 
196 


fifefl 


M^ 


y?=»-    ,   s_.. 


,-StV-j 


£=fe 


^S 


want    to  cross    o    -    ver   in  -    to  cainp  ground,  Lord,    I 


iA 


^ 


— w c s ^ -lS  —I 

+  S — 0 ,_  ~ C 3 J 0 0'*— C- 


11 


want     to  cross   o    -  ver    in  -  to  camp  ground.  Lord,  I 
J  JL Fine. 


3^3*3 


S53t 


£-£*=* 


want      to  cross        o    -    ver      in     -  to       camp    ground. 


&— s— gr-^ 


5^ 


-azzz^z 


i 


1.  Oh,   don't  you  want  to    go         to    that   Gos  -  pel-feast,  That 

2.  I'll      go      in  -  to     heaven.  and      take    my    seat, 

3.  Oh,    when    I    get     to  heav'n,  I'll  walk    all       a -bout.  There's 

4- , 


J&JL r. 


ff-^— j 


hK= 


X 


:V 


-£: 


-•-  -m-  -#•     .  -9- 

1.  pro  -  mis'd  land  where  all        is  peace?  Lord,  I 

2.  Cast      my    crown     at       Je    -  sus'  feet.      Lord,  I 

3.  nobody  there    for        to     turn     me  out.      Lord,  I 


t-M$st s- W ^ 

l-Wt-" N \ 1 fc S ,v S 1 \ £*— 

'£P -^V^  0 0 #-~A-^ -S  - 9 « ^ =K=> 


want    to  cross    o  -  ver     in     -  to  camp  ground,  Lord,  I 


Ikk 


want    to   cross    o  -  ver    in  -    to  camp  ground,  Lord,  I 


5= 


55  q 


).T ^s- *— •  ■  J>  Jf^=i "3 — ^—-is-J 

want    to   cross    o   -  ver    in  -  to  camp  ground,  Lord,     I 

l:4j-t D.c. , 


T^ — m — w-^-? — 7^~^ — 

want     to    cross      o    -    ver     in    -    to       camp   ground. 
107 


No.  78.    31«  Srt's&t  iWansfons  abour, 


^m^&^mm^ 


In  bright  mansions  above,  In  bright  mansions  above,  Lord,  I 


an. 


y—y-^-i: 


-m — •  *  •    • 


v — j^ — v — V- 


f   r    i 


-fcz^t-*: 


•     £  ' 


>— A 


Fine. 


want     to   live   up  yon-der,  la  bright  man-sions    a  -  bove. 


-hit: 


-tf—  «-f-«— * — * 1> —   «~ g_±z-:* *-=j 


1.  My     father's  gone  to  glory;  | 

2.  My  brother's  gone  to  glory ;    I  want  to  live  there  too,  Lord,  I 

3.  The  Christian's  gone  to  glory;  J 


m 


t_ f j— *— 1=1 — i :  jl  r^" 


an; 


want    to  live    up     yon-der,   In  bright  man-sions     a -bove. 


-• *    .    d-— d 1 


nimLiii 


198 


No.  79.    i*1p  toiU,  tofrat  a  iHourntng. 


P^P^p^l^^ 


My  Lord,  what  a  mourning,  My  Lord,  what  a  mourning, 


t=t 


t=t 


-&-*- 


1 1- T—T- 

-# — & — • — •- 


t=x. 


*=F 


ei§ 


|  1.  You'll 
My  Lord,  what  a  mourning,  When  the  stars  begin  to  fall.  <  2.  You'll 

(  3.  You'll 
£_"?—-  * — *-T-. © — * — * 


m 


:tr::=t. 


^=P=P= 


^— ^— p— r-1- 
r    i     1/    ]/ 


t-^-p-p-p- 


>  i    • 


hear  the  trumpet  sound  To  wake  the  na-tions  un-der  ground, 
hear  the  sinner  mourn, To  wake  the  na-tions  un-der  ground, 
hear  the  Christian  shout,  To  wake  the  na-tions  un-der  ground, 


m 


t^#. 


S 


4 


.     Looking  to  my  God's  right  hand, When  the  stars  begin   to  falL 


~%: 


f=j^ 


-* 


*=* 


199 


I      I       ■/    '     I 


No.  80.  £23e  are  rltmbtng  t!)e  bills  of  Zfon* 

(As  sung  by  Miss  Jennib  Jackson.) 


£glrS=g 


We  are  climbing  the  hills  of    Zi-on,   the  hills  of    Zi-on,  the 


liills    of    Zi-on,    We  are  climbing  the    hills     of      Zi  -  on, 


r  1.  Oh,  brethren,  do  get  ready, 
With  Je  -  sus    in  our  souls.  <  2.  Oh,  seek  -  er.  do  get  ready, 

(  3.  Oh,   sin  -ner,  do  get  rea-dy, 


Oh,  breth-ren,  do  get  rea  -dy. 
Oh,  seek  -  er,  do  get  rea  -dy, 
Oh,      sin  -  ner,      do      get     rea  -dy, 


Oh,    breth  -  ren, 
Oh,     seek  -    er, 
Oh,      sin    -    ner, 


IP 


E 


:d— v 


:zz£: 


do     get  rea  -  dy,    WTiih        Je    -    sus     in    your    souls. 


No.  81.     <ZPb,  toasn't  tbat  a  tofoe  l\\bn? 


^^^ggggl 


Z*=8=J= 


ai=2^»: 


Oil,        wasn't    that  a      wide     ri  -  ver, 

#■  -*-         -*-      -*-      JL  £L         M.         * 

x r  t  t  .  r  .  i-    t-, 


-0 e>- 


zz±z± 


-v— 


%=$=& 


SS^E 


ri  -  ver     of 

j=» — t-q 


^E?=J=i=^z=: 


Jor  -  dan,      Lord? 


HI 


wide 


^E 


200 


ri    -    ver !    There's 
-*-  #  £ 

=t=zszz=4== 


1st.  1 2nd.    | 


Mlf_fl^gB 


one  more  ri-ver  to  cross     cross. 


1   Oh.  the    ri-ver  of  Jor-dan 
\  2.       I     have  some  friends  be- 
)  3.  Shout,         shout, 

4.     Old      Satan    is        a 


BE 


>— fcra=s—  - 


f-V-r 


3 


N  "V 


m 


/        / 

is  so 

fore  me 
Satan's  a 
snake  in  the 


wide,  v 

cone,  /  r\ 

C       '  \  One 

bout,  I 

grass,  ; 


EE 


qc 


more 


^z-V, 


ri    -   ver 


m 


to 


l-#t — J  — 

-^-^-M- ^^    ^— > 

=*— SEJ 

4i|) * — — 

F=1 

L* 9—9 fr— ■£— 

—£ — .- — 

9^9 

cross  ; 

i. . . 

don't  know  how     to      get 

on      the 

cross  ; 

Bv     the 

grace            of .  .  .      God 

111  .  . 

cross ; 

Shut               your        door 

and 

cross ; 

If  .  . 

you  don't         mind       he'll 

get 

'V            a 

f  )  •           • 

fol    -  low      on  ; 
keep     him    out ; 

you       at      last; 


One     mere      ri    -  ver 


B.C. 


to 


201 


E23ap  obrr  Fortran 


Si 


Oh,   way  o 


s=?:=le 


ver  Jor-dan, 


View    the  land,  view  the  land, 

— 1_* 0 (-, / 1 J 


Way 


ver  Jor 


dan,   Oh, 
-•-      -•- 


view  the  heav'nly    land. 

EE^i_i._L_EEEl 


I  want  to  go  to  heaven  when  f  die!  View  the  land,  view  the  land;  To 


ei 


»  --• — m k / — h 1 


2. 


3. 


Old  Satan's  mad,  and  I  am  glad,     You  say  you're  aiming  for  the  skies. 

View  the  land,  view  the  land  ;         View  the  land,  view  the  land  ; 
He  miss'd  that  soul  he  thought  he  Why  don't  you  stop  your  telling 
0  view  the  heav'nly  land,  [had,      O  view  the  heav'nly  land,  [lies  ? 
Oh,  way  over  Jordan,  &c.  Oh,  way  over  Jordan,  &c. 

4. 
You  say  your  Lord  has  set  you  free, 

View  the  land,  view  the  land  ; 
Why  don't,you  let  your  neighbours  be' 

O  view  the  heav'nly  land. 
Oh,  way  over  Jordan,  &c. 
202 


No.  83.      SHfc*U  oberta&e  tl)t  8rmp. 

Well    o     -    ver-take  the  ar-my,     o  -  ver-take  the  ar  -my, 


ee?=?=£S=? 


•-=-• 


V — P- 


Fixe. 


en 


5»I-=1 


->  E 

J^ 


■^-+=1 — gp— 1-« — i — jF^ 

ver  -  take     the     ar   -   my,     Yes,    my  Lord. 
1-       |- 


-— • — -•  — — • p — *  .    :R 


1 


1.  I've  list  -ed,  and    I  mean  to     fight ;     Yes,    my  Lord,    Till 

2.  Tho'     I    may  fall,  I'll  bless  His  name  ;    Yes,    my  Lord,     I'll 

3.  The  God   I  serve  is  a  man  of     war;      Yes,    my  Lord,     He 


ft 


B.C. 


7XZ  * 


53E 


S=te=^= 


ev'  -  ry      foe      is      put     to      flight,         Yes.    my    Lord 
trust    in    God,    and    rise      a   -   gain.  Yes,    my    Lord. 

tights  and    con-quers     e    -  ver  -  more.         Yes.    my    Lord. 


S5 


I 


203 


No.  84.        Wit  arc  almost  l?ome, 

We  are     al  -  most  home,  We  are    al  -  most  home,  We  are 
■9-       -o-       -•-   .    b-     o-      -a- 

t—*-T± — t — t t-r_ 


al  -  most  home     to     ring  those  charm-ing  hells.      i 


1.  Oh. 

2.  Oh, 


!rTr— "C 1 1 -4^— H1 * • • m—rsir—* 1 


Si 


come  along,brothers.  come  along,  come  along,  brothers,  come  along, 
come  along,  sis-ters,  come  along,  come  along,  sis-ters,  come  along, 


0-  -9- 

t—t-  X- 


__^#   *_p_*__* p— ft-  m^-T-*—j*.-. P — p — p T^-TL  x — 


mm^^ss&mm 


come  along,  brothers,  come  along.  To  ring  those  charming  bells, 
come  along,    sis-ters,    come  along,  To  ring  those  charming  bells. 

204 


No.  85 

W 


*e^= 


an 


Oh.  we'll  wait    till  Je-sus  comes  Down  by  the  ri-ver,  We'll 

-• •  •  • — 0 — i 


SEE 


± 


r  p  f- 


1 


Fens,. 


-«  — 0 — 9 — s — #  :  j  .-^ j 

-0-  -0-       -0-         m         -0  \ 


( 1.  Oh, 
wait    till   Je  -sus  comes  Down  bv  the    ri  -  ver  side.    <  2.  Oh. 

(  3.  Oh, 


af 


n  n 


V  ?       ?       ?       * 


hal  -    le  -  lu     -    jah     to  the  Lamb,  Down  by  the  river;  The 
we       are    pil  -  griras  here  be  -  low,  Down  by  the  river ;  Oh, 
little  did  I  think  that  He  was  so  nigh,  Down  by  the  river;  He 


m 


M^ 


0—*-*\ 


>— N_hN [V 


B.C. 


^ 


f-i— J— A 


*         -•-      -•-    -0-     •     -0-  ;  ~P 


Lord   is     on  the  giv-ing  hand,  Down  by   the    ri  -  v^r    side. 

soon  to     glo-ry   we  will  go.     Down  03"   the    ri-ver    side. 

spake,  and  made  me  laugh  and  cry,   Down  by   the    ri-ver    side. 


m 


-c 


205 


'/       t     t     t     \> 


Y=- 


No.  88. 


it  a  %ittu  mm. 


_N      IS 


E 


*=£ 


mm 


Wait     a     lit  -  tie    while,  Then  we'll  sing  the  new  song, 


J3T* 


E: 


£3 


M — m- 


il=± 


V4*-^ 


=3=: 


=^S: 


E.    &  N   ^j^v, 


t 


£ 


m 


Wait    a      lit  -  tie  while,  Then  we'll  sing    the  new  song.     1.  My 


&£=± 


_oj___fe_>_ft_A-S-J- * 1-t-he— H^-H^— fez- N-i l^n 


heavenly  home  is  bright  and  fair,  We  will  sing  the  new  song,  No 
2.  Jesus  my  Lord  to  heav'n  is  gone.  We  will  sing  the  new  songv  He 

.       JfL     JL  •  ~JL      -*-    -*- 

m 


4-b— b hi /* • — • 5f 


=^-«,-.-i^— 2 — -I— 


pain  or     sor  -  row  pn  -ter  there  ;  We  will  sing  the  new,  song, 
whom  I      fix     my  hopes  up  -  on,    We  will  sing  the  new  song. 


m 


■4-r     1    i  r^~r 


2D6 


No. 


®arU  Crials. 


|jgps^^p^|^^p^ 


^2z 


£ 


1.  The  fox-es  have  holes  in  the  ground,  The  birds  have  nests  in  the  air.  The 


feEfS^E^J^H*    .|JN  .r-33=5=j 


Christians  have  a  hiding-place,  But  we  poor  sinners  have  none; 


:rter^=ftz=^z 


k_A 


^4Z 1 0 — T^& 0 5_!_T^*  _« . 0 


s 


Now  ain't  them  hard     tri  -als,     tri  -  bu  -  lations?  ain't  them 


(8 * 


#■     -•-    -•-     -»- 


jn^»— *=*=*: 


Oi. G 0 0 9 — l_j — __g  — m 0 0 i 


hard       tri-  als?    I'm     going     to    live  with  God  1 


___ * c ft     ,    f     »     ft — e 0 _ 

— «M?-t- —  S? — M=g-i-1!""^~-1! — fr — - 


g     '" 


2  Old  Satan  tempted  Eve, 

And  Eve,  she  tempted  Adam  ; 

And  that's  why  the  sinner  has  to  pray  so  hard 

To  get  his  sins  forgiven. 

3  Oh,  Methodist,  Methodist  is  my  name, 
Methodist  till  I  die  ; 

I'll  be  baptized  on  the  Methodist  side, 
And  a  Methodist  will  I  <\ie. 

4  Oh,  Baptist,  Baptist  is  my  name, 
Baptist  till  I  die; 

I'll  be  baptized  on  the  Baptist  side, 
And  a  Baptist  will  I  die, 

5  While  marching  on  the  road, 
A  hunting  for  a  home, 

You  had  better  stop  your  different 
And  travel  on  to  God. 
207 


No.  88.      S3*  rose  from  tl)t  Beatu 


^     He  rose, 


He  rose, 


He 


p  — *  —? — r — • —9 — 9 

V      V      V      *      V      V      V 
He  rose,  He  rose,  He  rose,  He  rose,  He  rose  from  the  dead.  He 


aSs 


S±: 


He  rose, 


Ho  rose 


3z 


rose, 


m 


He  rose, 


He 


-0-    -m-    -0      .     -0-    -0-    --     j 
v     k*     v     r     *     V     v 


rose,  He  rose,  He  rose,  He  rose,  He 

rose  from  the  dead.    He 

\.li               *       •                       o       a       0 

tJ'fJr      H                               fl         H        r 

1           I"    '    f       0          *j 

=i-~J— >— N — — t*=k=*=: 

r> b  ■,  It     f  .:     - 

/     / 
He  rose. 


rose, 


He  rose, 


1/     v     y  v     v     v 

rose,  He  rose,  He  rose.  He  rose,  He  rose  from  the  dead.  And  the 


OB 


jf^ 


» g -» 0 0— t—0-9 — g      .      0 g f H-71 

• • =1 =! 0 0 *  '1      Z\~J*     '     * --*  —9 *  'A 


~¥ — ! 
He  rose, 


F  P  P  =J    •         J     J"    ♦ 

Jews    cru  -  ci  -  fied  Him,  and  nail'd  Him  to   the  tree.    The 

N 


ar 


'I 


V     I 


'fe      «— « 


-V 


^~fEE£E^?a 


I^=* 


^n 


*=^Oj£aEEG 


Jews    cru  -  ci  -  fied  Him.     and  nail'd  Him  to     the  tree,    The 


B$E£ 


nt^i 


:F=r 


:S3 


r-#?*   — '  n  Is   x  fs  ->- 

-^— jS_ N      s     r-     k    ■]* 

Jews  cru  -ci  -  fied  Him,  and  n 

^4-£   ;  c  stte~ 

ail'd  Him  to  the    tree.  And  the 

,\                                                              JL 

r-w » 0 0 0-0 0 , -, 

?     f.     9     |  y    '#     0 

l—i-L        £_£_|,     ^-J_id 

L C * ^ *-j p * J 

-V 


B.C. 


Lord      shall  bear 


His       chil  -    dren     home. 


mm 


— 


2  Joseph  begged  His  body,  and  laid  it  in  the  tomb, 
And  the  Lord  shall  bear  His  children  home. 

3  Down  came  an  angel,  and  rolled  the  stone  away, 
And  the  Lord  shall  bear  His  children  home. 

4  Mary,  she  came  weeping,  her  Lord  for  to  see, 
But  Christ  had  gone  to  Galilee. 

209  15 


No.  89. 


<§oo&  oli  Cftartot. 


Chorus,  pp 


Swing  low,  sweet  cha  -  ri  -  ot,  Swing  low,  sweet  cha  -  ri  -  ot, 


— P-lt-y — E p- 


1 —  I       i_ 


:F=rF:=F: 


st  time. 


ro^j_j^__i_^=:^_s=;|_j_i_,__^rjd^. 


/     *   i 


Swing  low,  sweet  cha  -  ri-  ot,  Don't  you  leave  me   behind,     Oh, 

n 


"  fc— r. — ! -.- 


¥       $ 


rit.       2nd  time.      Fr-NE.  | 


I  ^    ^     >     I 

rv     ,.  ,  i    i-    j    (  1.  Good  old  chariot,  swing    so  low, 

Dostt  'ou  leave  me  behind.  \  n  r,      ,    ,,    -,      ■  .  .  i      °    u  ,        ' 
I  2.  Good  old  chariot,  take  us  all  home, 


Bl 


— v~  t- — i — u— ■  i — s> — n — • — »-r-« — » — p — • — p- — p- — j 


Good  old  chariot,  swing  so  low,    Good  old  chariot,  swing  so   low, 
Good  old  chariot,  take  us  all  home.  Good  old  chariot,  take  us  all  home. 


if    *      /    i/ 


210 


-a       -K 

=¥"-£ =S -$ ;    ' 

B.C. 

Don't 

•             1   :     5s    2 

— 0 0 m — ; 0 m 

1 
you  leave     me        be  -  hind. 

-P-Jt- — 

i 
Oh, 

«f—  L— 

■0-          -0-             -0-      ,          m 
~  t 1 1 (— -—  »  

— 0 1 

p 

— b     *    • 

$    *     t      t — L 

-1 

No.  90. 


<Bvnit. 


The  following  "  Grace  before  Meat "  is  printed  at  the  request  of  numerom 
friends  of  the  Jubilee  Singers. 

Arr.  from  P.  P.  Bliss. 


m=tt#^=t=m 


Thou    art  great,  and  Thou  art    good,  And    we  thank  Thee 


z§^mi 


0 0 0 -i r~ 

0 » 0 {—  \- 


£=± 


P 


3=* 


?=Ff 


g 


i=i 


* 


3 J I 


for     this     food:    By     Thy  hand  must       all 


frfe    \ I 


& 


be 
*- 


fed, 


j=£=i— 

-4 

1 

T~  " 

1 

i                  i          II      -i        "t     Pi 

£j 

« 

0- 

_|_ 

d. 

=*      3     l1?7^ 

.  Give 

-•- 

^ — r— 

us, 

m  — 

— —  • — 

Lord, 

-P- 

our       dai    - 

fe=p£- 

i               «5    ^: 
ly        bread.         A -men. 

*  r. 

-h- 

0 — 

f 

p 

-f- 

-  f — h— flf-P-H 

211 


No.  91. 


m. 


<&\)  pes!  €>X)  pes 


f*f|5=f=3F_*E 


^  |     I    come  this  night  for  to  sing  and  pray,  Oh  yes !  oh  yes !  To 
'  \  That  heav'nly  home    is   bright  and  fair,  Oh  yes!  oh  yes!  But 


drive  old  Sa-tan    far     a    -  way, 
ve  -  ry  few  can   en  -  ter    there, 


I 

Oh     yes ! 
Oh    yes ! 

f  ■      # 


oh  -  yes ! 
oh    yes  ! 


1 


••— j—  ai^ar  -1 ' » 1 

*-^-8— 8  ^  -  fczn=zi=: 


r  i 

Oh,    wait  till  I  -get  on  my  robe,  Wait   till   I  get  on    my  robe, 


SI 


■Hh^-Mi 


;=£==£ 


iszi?:::^: 
?    ?    ? 


» 


s=s 


g 


:S=i 


Wait 


till 


I    get    on     my  robe. 

_£.      JL      ^         -^ -      £ 


Oh 


yes  ! 


oh 


yes ! 


i      ft      fc 


ig— e — i-r- 


3=±: 


2  As  I  went  down  in  the  valley  to  pray,  Oh  yes  ! 

I  met  old  Satan  on  the  way,  Oh  yes ! 

And  what  do  you  think  he  said  to  me,  Oh  yes ! 

"  You're  too  young  to  pray,  and  too  young  to  die,'*  Oh  yes ! 
B  If  you  want  to  eaten  that  heavenly  breeze,  Oh  yes  ! 

Go  down  in  the  valley  on  your  knees,  Oh  yes! 

Go,  bow  your  knees  upon  "the  ground,  Oh  yes  ! 

And  ask  your  Lord  to  turn  you  round,  Oh  yes  J 
212 


No.  92. 
h 


3  feappp  fteto  gran 


p 


SB 


I35S3EE 


m. 


/    /  /    / 

What  a  hap  -py  new  year,  What  a  hap-py  new  year,  What  a 

-0-     -& 


=t=H=*=& 


E£ErEr_13i 


Fr-t-t 


Fine. 


hap-  py,  what   a    hap  -  py,  what   a    hap-py  new   year. 
-•       -»-        -•--»-    -*-      -P-        -*-     -•-    -•-     »-     « 


SE 


fr    i?  » 


tit 


/    • 


3y  new   year. 

I — P~r&—: 

H=>   H      : 


l.     I'm    run-ning  thro'    grace    To     that   hap-py  place;  Thro' 


m 


h=4=£=t=t=$=j 


mm 


B.C. 


Z=x=X 


£^^* 


SS 


grace 


I'm 


de  -    ter  -  min'd     To     see      my  Lord's  face. 
-#-        -*-       #-  -«-      -•-      -•-       m        _ 


EE 


One  tiling  I  do  find, 
I'll  keep  it  in  mind, 
He  won't  live  in  glory 
And  leave  me  behind. 


3. 

0  sinner,  believe 
Christ  will  you  receive, 
For  all  things  are  ready, 
And  you  stand  in  need. 


218 


No.  93.        'Cts  3ortjan'£  SRfter* 


SZiE 


z_P=  :E3==^==^=^^3s=^^^3^=^!=^ 


1/1/         1/ 


'Tis       Jor  -  dan's  ri   -  ver,    and     I    must    go  'cross,  Tis 


BE 


0 I — Z         II p $ _ m — TS P P 0- 

Bz^^-p^p==p=zj»— f^:g—  :p=zp:=:ji— p: 


v      ?      ?      ?      /     /     /      /      y     w 


*~— * 1 *" 


Jor  -  dan's     ri    -  ver,     and        I        must      go     'cross,    'Tis 


5z=S=pz=:pz=P 


— V. 'A A / 

/  /  w         V  v  / 


p=:p=rp:=p=^: 


tJ         .0.          .0.          +.           M9.  .0.  -*0-       -0. 

V  V           V 

/  /               / 

Jor  -  dan  s      ri    -  ver,  ami  I      must     go    'cross ;  Poor 


I 


-U  C 


%r=zi* p:z^z:pi__ 

"1/         ^         0         £  0~~     £  —  /" 


>     is     |V— ft 


N      N 


_— iz=r*— P=r 


I 


sinner,    fare    you  well.     1.   Am      I     a      sol-dier  of  the  Cross? 


±3F 


1^ 


/).a 


— 0 — h — «-#  f-# — m-   -■ — • — € 1  —  • *> — -i — I-  • h 1 — 


3=^ 


'^    1  --  +      *       w    ,•-.' 

Yes,  my    Lord  !    Or  must  I  count  this  soul  as  lost?  Yes, my  Lord 


214 


IBTZITp: 

1 r- 


mi 


2  As  I  go  down  the  stream  of  time,  Yes.  my  Lora  i 
I  leave  this  sinful  world  behind,  Yes,  my  Lord  1 

8  Old  Satan  thinks  he'll  get  us  all,  Yes,  my  Lord ! 
Because  in  Adam  we  did  fall,  Yes,  my  Lord  ! 

4  If  you  want  to  see  old  Satan  run,  Yes,  my  Lord ! 
Just  shoot  him  with  a  Gospel-gun,  Yes,  my  Lord ! 


No.  94. 


#oof>bpe,  Srotberg. 


1.     Good   -  bye,     bro  -thers,      good  -  bye,      sis  -  ters.     If 

JL  IL  JL. 

,— o  4         £=£ $  — / j-y v {,—  v — jjS- 


I    don't    see  you    a  -  ny  more;    111  meet  j^ou  in    hea-ven, 


rr: 9 m 1 1 1 1 r- 1 : — •— n  -• * 0 0 t-- 

z e y  — v —  / /_  l_, r_  i_^ / <: / — t- 


in    the  blessed  kingdom.  If      I  don't  see  you    a  -  ny    more. 

— 0  -,  _, m * — m  — p 


*=* 


3Jr?=^=?=«=^-^ 


S 


2  We'll  part  in  the  body,  we'll  meet  in  the  spirit, 
If  I  don't  see  you  any  more  ; 
So  now  God  bless  you,  God  bless  you, 
If  I  don't  see  you  any  more. 

Then  good- bye,  brothers,  &c. 
215 


No.  95.     Bo  n't  pou  <grirbe  after  illf. 

t-g— r- #  —  *  -» — #  -« 


1.     Oh.  who  is  that  a  coming?  Don't  you  grieve  af     ter  me.    Oh 


ii 


.=, F 


Ttrqtrqri _^f  ~« rr  I i 


$=£ 


— / 


who    is  that    a  com-ing?  Don't  you  grieve    af  -  ter  me,     Oh, 


Z-U-&  —  0 0 0 0 — #—  A— « #_l__» A  _»   -  .• \ T-#V 

v^w- — 0 — «— # — 0— 0 — « — 0 0  -+  —5 *  -  a    •— *-T  #— 


who   is  thflt    h  coming?  Don't  you  grieve    af-  ter  me.  Lord,  I 

.#_       A      A       A       -A      A-      A.       ".A     6    .0.         .0.     .m-     A.       A  •  '  4 


don't  want 

A.         A. 


ter 


*=£Z=LJZ=±= 


2  It  looks  like  Gabriel,  don't  you  grieve  after  me, 
Lord,  I  don't  want  you  to  grieve  after  me. 

3  Oh,  who  is  that  behind  him  ?  don't  you  grieve  after  me, 
Lord,  I  don't  want  you  to  grieve  after  me. 

4  It  looks  like  Jesus,  don't  you  grieve  after  me, 
Lord,  I  don't  want  you  to"  grieve  after  me. 

5  Go,  blow  your  trumpet,  Gabriel,  don't  you  grieve  after  me, 
Lord,  I  don't  want  you  to  grieve  after  me. 

6  How  loud  must  I  blow  it?  don't  you  grieve  after  me, 
Lord,  I  don't  want  you  to  grieve  alter  me. 

7  Loud  as  seven  claps  of  thunder !  don't  you  grieve  after  me, 
Lord,  I  don't  want  you  to  grieve  after  me. 

8  To  wake  the  sleeping  nations,  don't  yon  grieve  after  me, 
Lord,  I  don't  want  you  to  grieve  after  me. 

216 


No,  96. 


fttee  ana  £>f)int. 


^WfrlE  1  f>  l-tt-t-t^^fi 


Oh,  brethren,  rise  and  shine,  and  give  God  the  gl">-ry,  glo-ry, 


-0-     -0-    -0 


r\.    i. t— * — '— t £ 1— 

' £— — -L-/ / / / / / / /  _y /—/—I 

Inen  you  must  rise,  &c. 


LH? nc N % ^ S ^ ^— -ft— ft ft- 


Rise     and  shine,  and  give    God    the     glo  -*  ry,    glo  -  ry. 


ai 


* — *   •  T — r. 


± — t- 


!i 


W=* 


*  $        r 


-/ /- 


-v — v— v — $ —  £- 


^  ,\  jS        [\   .        N  Fine. 

i 

Rise  and  shine,  and  give  God  the  glory, for  the  year  of  Ju  -  bi  lee. 

.0.  •  .0.       .q.  '  .0.     .0.       .0.     .0.  -0.  .0-  .0-  m 

,A.  ,  f    ^ — r    t-  f 1 — r _t_t  4i -*--. -* -*-=-•-* 

^A  fr  -  ir~ir^i~i    *— ft-  fHp  S-es- *lz:£=e 


'1.    Don't  you  want  to  be  a  sol-dier,  sol-dier.  sol-dier.  Don't  you 

£_£ r £ r r m • *. 


L'M  JL_JlZTJg^^^n^^g 


217 


i^^s 


S^i^I 


J=i 


*    iU=5   S: 


want       to     be       a   sol-dier,  sol-dier,  sol-dier  ?  Don't  yDU 


agEzt=t: 


.t  t 


-       -0-         •  • 

f  f — E 


fc—  *— *=*!==*— i=Pi=P= 


v  y 


-z—z — a — g 


H5- 


fc        N  Is  V       fc       fc  V 

>— JZ « 9 0 4     i_, 0 0 0 0 1 0 #_1   ..■_ 


want        to     be       a     sol-dier,  soldier,  sol-dier  for      the 


cfe?— p— W=k 


Jl 


t t. 


5_^^3=^ 


V / • /- 


Rife 


*^=« 


^=$= 


B 


aiS^R 


year     of 


Ju    -  bi     -     lee? 


fe=fc 


2  Do  you  think  I  will  make  a  soldier, 
For  the  year  of  Jubilee  ? 

8  Yes,  I  think  you  will  make  a  soldier, 
For  the  year  of  Jubilee  ! 


Bint  the  three  verses  in  succession,  and  after  the  third  verse  go  back  to  th* 
beginning,  and  sing  the  words,  "  Then  you  must  rise,"  $c. 


218 


No.  97.  $olu  toe  take  tbfe  Jfable  33ot>in 

2Viis  7i?/??m  is  ??iwc/i  iwed  a<  funerals,  and  especially  ivhile  bearing  the  body 
and  lowering  it  into  the  grave. 


1.  Now      we 

2.  Now     we 

3.  Now     we 


take 
take 
lift 


this 

this 
our 


fee    -  ble 

dear       old 

mourn  -  i'ul 


as 


car  -  ry     it     to 
car  .  ry  him  to 

gather     around 


ei 


¥—  - 


the  grave, And  we  all  leave  it  there,  Hal  -  le- 
the  grave,  And  we  all  leave  him  there, Hal -le- 
the  grave, And  we  weep    as     we  sins',  Hal  -  le- 


3 


lu  -  jah,  And  a  Hal-le  -  lu 

lu  -  jah,And  a  Hal-le  -  lu 
lu  -  jah, And  a  Hal-le  -   lu 


jah, and  a  Hal-le 
jali. and  a  Ha  -le 
j  .h,and  a  Ha  -le 
•    -•-  -•-  -•- 


ei= 


— *-* — e^t- — /— t?/-? 


lu  -  jah, And  we 
lu  -  jah,Aiid  we 
lu  -  jah, And  we 


w 


is^l 


V    /     I 

allleave  it  there,Halle-ln-jali,And  a  H;il-1e  -lu -jah, and  a  Hal-le- 
all  leave  him  there,  Hallelujah,  And  a  Hal-le  -  lu  -jah, and  a  Hal-le- 
weep  as  we  sing,  Halle-Iu  -  jah. And  a  Hal-le -hi  -j-ih,and  a  Hal-le- 

&-    -m-  -m-  -m-  m- 


BF*=£f=i=f-fTiB- 


— g-l /—¥- 


V-/-tl- 


-*■ — / — / ^— H b— 1^— ^— b— b— 1 


1 ^* 


¥    *    / 


^ 


lu  -  jah,  And  we  all  leave  it  there,  Hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jab. 
lu  -  jah,  And  we  all  leave  him  there,  Hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jah. 
lu    -   jah,  And     we     weep     as      we     si»«,  Hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jah. 


No.  98. 


^ftute,  Mitt. 


^c 


1 


I  don't  care  where  you 

You  may      bu  -  ry     my       bo 

I'm  £0  -  ing      to    join 

Great  big         stars 


bu  -  ry      my      bo   -  dy, 

dy       in      the  Egypt  garden, 
the    forty-four  thou  -  sand, 
way     up  yonder, 


%=*=* 


=*=*==*=£ 


Don't  care  where  you  bu  -  ry  my     bo  -  dy, Don't  care  where  you 

Bury    my    body     in  the  Egypt     garden,       Bury   my    body  in 
Going    to    join     the        forty  -  four  thousand,  Going  to     join  the 

Great  big  stars  way  up         yonder,       Great  big         stars 


lm^m^^^^^m^ 


bu  -  ry      my     bo  -  dy, 
the  Egypt     garden, 

forty  -  four  thousand, 
way  up  yonder, 


O    my  lit-tle  soul's  going  to  shine,shine, 


^^@§ 


Omy  little  oul's  going  to  shine, shine,  A 11  around  the  heaven  going  to 


_^3K 


shine,  shine,    All      a  -  round  the  heaven  going  to      shine,shine. 
220 


No.  99.        atuftor  to  tbe  lortu 


Anchor,  be-liev-er, 


:hoi 


an    -    chor  in     the     Lord, 


/*       * 


3izfe=2 


^: 


-F — =1 T /- 


i^lfe 


Fine 


£ j? — £ — p—l ! e — S-i    9    3-  i  -  J-t*H — 


^E 


Throw  your   anchor  any       way,        an  -  chor  in  the  Lord. 


± 


^fe^S 


-d — d — -3 — « 


1.  Throw  it     to    my  clear      moil 

2.  Throw  it     to    my  dear 

3.  Throw  it     to    my  dear 


An  -  chor  in    the  Lord. 


ioiher's  door,  ^ 
atlier's  do<.r,  > 
sister's  door,  J 

* 


•-    -•-    -e>- 


m^^^^^^mk^m 


!=g±-ny 


Throw  it     to    my  dear      mother's  door. 
Throw  it     to     my  dear       father's   door,  J>  An  - 
Throw  it     to     my  dear        sister's    door, 


BLi?z 


221 


^^aa^i^ 


King        Je- sus  says  he  will  come  a- gain,     An  -  chor  in    the 
King        Je-sns  makes  the  cripple    to  walk. 
King        Je-sus  makes  the    blind     to     see. 


3SE3E 


P^^S 


~ £ 


1 


a=i 


• — L 0 ■ J- —m—»^0 — •—  J— |-x 


Lord,King  Jesus  says  he  will  come  again,    An-chor  in  the  Lord. 

King  Jesus  makes  the  cripple  to  walk, 

King  Jesus  makes  the  blind    to    see, 
:*:  •  "^  B.C. 


^mm. 


3*p 


-m — m—  t- 


/  v 


No.  100. 


lorD'S  proper. 


KZZC2 


a      d—  :i=gzz: 


Our  Father  which  art  in  heaven,  hallowed         be      thy      name, 
Give  us  this  day  our  daily  bread, 

And  lead  us  not  into  temptation,  but  deliver        us    from       evil, 


m== 


P- 


trzz 


1 


2. 


Thy  kinsr^om  come, 

thy  will  be  done  on  earth 

And  forgive  us  our  tres- 
passes, as  we  forgive        them 

For  thine  is  the  kingdom, 

and  the  power,  and  the  glory, 


3^ 


=0=t*=i 


:S 


as  it 


in  heaven, 
that  trespass  a-gainst  u", 
for     ever    and    ever.       A-i 


ppgpp^ii 


022 


No.  101.      Sfofcn  Proton's  23oip* 


Si  tig  the  verses  in  Hie  order  in  tohich  thnj  are  numbered.  Do  not  sing  the 
chorus  aftei  the  third  verse,  but  go  at  once  to  the  fourth,  and  then  close  with 
the  chorus. 


1.    John  Brown's 
3.   John    Brown 
*4.   Now         his 


bo  -  dy 

died 


come 

-•-    -b- 

PP— ii- 


Hes        a 

that     the 

tlie 

-•-  .    -#- 


mould'rn 
slave 
gln-rioHs 

■-#-  .    -b- 


'/ 

in     the    grave, 
might  he     trie, 
jn    -    hi   -   lee, 

-•-  .     -•-  G>- 

-\=t — r~ =q 
^      0      I 


^ii^iii^iglgiiHi 


John   Brown's 
John     Brown 
Now       has 


ho  -  dy 
died 


»*-E-      S~~> 


lies        a 

that     the 

the 

-•-  .    -•- 


mould 'ring    in      the  grave, 
slave     might     he     free, 
glo-rions      ju  -   bi  -  lee-, 


-^^L_'p-^  ^=RI 1      4- —  1  ■      1 


~ 

*       > 

$     -!        S 

^ 

B    •       B        B    • 

1 

*»     i       ^   *     i 

•        H  •     *l 

— *— 

"     K  m  •     i       J    ■ 

V:T7      2 

m     2   •  «   •   * 

•        •  •     # 

i1       '                  /         £       k 

John 

Brown's 

ho-dv    lies     a     mould 'rmg  in 

the  grave,  But 

his 

John 

Brown 

died     that  the        slave  might 

be     free,    But 

his 

Now 

has 

come        the          glo-rious     ju  - 

bi  -  lee,  When 

all 

-•- 

-*- 

B-B.-0-.-B-        -B-  ,     -B-      -B-  . 

f-    r.  f 

-B- 
-j-      , 

/""V.        1 

| 

II           1           |        1     [             I           | 

\          1          1 

P      1 

^  -¥- 

~  5        r        5 

^5= 

!■ 

-fe=|i-=-l>  •  k  1  Y  •   is — N— 

1 

I 

V   V     V     V 

/        V      / 

V        t^     V 

if 

n     \       r*     i 

1 

Is       S 

i:  v    A        J 

V                                 *            J               «"    1 

X_g j J_^_ 

__^_ 

- — p — 

.    _J  m    _p     _*     j  .    b\  •    «    J 

vU                  •         «   • 

%    '      4           m           m    '      m    '      *       \ 

soul's     marching         on. 

soul's     marching          on. 
man  -  kind    are         free. 

! 

B            4            %            v            9 

Glo  -  ry,      glo  -  ry     Hal  -  le- 

'S*    o        ;p       K  •  I    1 

i     — 1 > 1 ro- 

- — -f* — 

— |i-t-^ —  |i- — |n- )r^~  k~ 

i         I           ^ 

~  r 

/$'*/$ 

*  The  words  of  the  fourth  verse  do  not  correspond  fully  to  the  notes,  but  the 
adaptation  cau  be  easily  made  by  the  singer. 


298 


a 


lu-jah,       Glo>-rv,glo-ry  Hai-le  -  lu-jal 

p-  -•- -0.-0-   0.0-  -•-.  -0-    -g>- _ 

\     [•_ — ! — j^f •  -»—#-•  -g'  t  it  7 


lu-jah,       Glo-rv,glo-ry  H al-le  -  lu-jah.       Glo  -  rv,g*lo-ry    Hal-le- 
-<s> '   •-  -•-.-•-    0.0-  -0-.  -0-     -&-  -0-  .   -0-  -0-  -0- 

£ —  i — P~ p: 


/  /  /    /  ?~ 


I uj ah, His  soul's  marching  on.    2.  He  captured  Harper's  Perry  with  his 


-S>--#-.-H- 


lililS 


-U    I     l-U- 


HI* 

J / /_i _i , 

/        /     /    /    y    / 


1/     r    / 


1 


fc— I- 


si^m^f 


IZItfrS 


/     /     / 


nineteen  men  so   true,  And   he  frightened  old  Vir-gi  -  nia    till   she 
•  .  -0-     -0-  .   •      -•-       -0-  .  -0-       -0-    -0.-0-.  -0-  -0-     -0-  .-0.-0- 


/   e 


mbled  ilirongh  and  through. Thev  hung  him      for     a 
•      -•-  .    -0-  .    -0-         -0-  .      -•- "      •        -•-  .    -•-  .  -•- 

i — / — , — i — / 


trembled  through  and  through. Thev  hung  him      for     a       traitor,them- 

•        -•-  .      -0-  .      -0  -0 -  .    '     -0-  "       -0-  -0-  .      -0-  .  -0-       -0-       -0-       -0- 


?— 


V  t       t       !,         I  £ 

selves     the     traitor     crew,  Hut 


?ls^ii3: 


•  .    -0- 


t 


jnul' 


:hin< 


iill^^izliifiiii 


*-^ 


224 


No.  102.      itsten  to  t&e  angels* 


rf^fc* 


A V 


==S=^ 


iailTT^j 


a — >: 


y~  s    s 


&*- 


Where    do  you  think  I  found  my   soul,  Listen     to    the    hi. gels 


3F3§Q«=3i 

9  —m  -m  -m • 


shouting,  I  found  my  -oul   at  hell's  dune  door.  Listen    to  the  angels 

homing,  Be-fore  I  lay  in  hell  one  day,  List  en   to  the  angels  shoutiugj 

ii  


vi 


"V 


S N 


gsbaa^ 


smg    ana    j 


d   pray   my      soul    a- way,   Listen  to  the  angels  sh 


Run   all    the     wa\,    run   all    the  way,  Run  aU    the  way  my  Lord, 


Listen  to  the  angels  shouting.Blow,  Gabriel,     blow,    Blow, Gabriel, 


:#S tzr=P SI=V^ — £=; c — T =1 


blow,  Tell  all    the  joyful  news,Lisien  to  the  angels  shouting.    I 


*^ 


s=^ 


don't  know  whatsinoer  want   to    s'av  here  for,    Listen  to  the  angels 


shouting.      When    he    .sets  home    he      w 


—Si ~ 


S_# 


r> 


sor-row     no  more 


Listen      to    the      angels  shouting.       Run    all      the     way,  etc 

Brethren,  will  you  come  to  the  promised  land,  Sec  arch,  etc. 
Come  all  and  sin?  with  the  heavenly  band,   See  arch.  etc. 


225 


16 


No.  103a 


iHobc  along;. 


m 


Z^l 


Let    us        move  along,      move  along,      move  along     to       the 

-»        -m-  .  eh       -0-  .  -0-      -m-      -0- 


P 


T=^=X--=a=w=.\=.t=t 


i_._j    ^_j_^i-_bT-j_._i_^T_j_. — ,_^ 


l.javenly       home,  Let   us      move  along,    move  along     I     am 


V A ha b ^ l^-1-^ A , J  ~±i A hs /. 


Fixe. 


E3i^ 


ztszzzfcr^ 


j—g 


/ /-J^/ / / /^» 


bound 


JTi 


1.  We     are    on      the        ocean 

to     meet  you      there,  ^  2.   Yon-der  see      the       golden 

.'->. There  we'll  meet  our  friends  in 


3i 


J m •— I— | 


sailing,   And       a  -  while  must    face     the        stormy  blast,  But    if 
city,     And     the    light-house  gleaming       on  the  shore,  Hear  the 
Jesus,  Who     are    wait  -  ing      on     the        golden  shore,  With  a 


3: 


D.O. 


parrrrr?T^5^p^ 


Jesus      is    our      captain,    We  will      make     the  port   at 
angels     sweet lv      singing,  Soon  our        journey      will  be 
shout  of  joy  they'll  greet  us, When  we      mept      to  part  no      more. 


last. 
o'er. 


3i 


J       \-V-A + 0 #_I_K- 


No.  104.  3Cf)e  attgrfe  cftanjjrti  mp  $ame, 


1.  I  went     to      the     hill    side,      I        went     to    pray,      I 

2.  I        looked    at      my  hands  and     my    hands  were  new,     I 


know  the        an   -  gels     done  changed         my        name,      Done 

know         the        an  -  gels    done  changed         my        name,        I 


S 


:SEE3E 


mma 


changed      my        name         for     the       com   -  ing         day,     Thank 
looked       at  my         feet    and       my       feet    were  too,  Thank 

Chorus. 


^ 


=3S 


• * 


-d-       -*-       -m-       -#- 


God  the      angels         done       changed  my     name. 

God  the       angels         done       changed  my     name. 


-1 1- 


D< 


ll^il^liliisgl^i^ 


changed  my  name    for    the     coming  day,       I  know    the  angels  done 


5ZZ3: 


changed     my      name,  Done  changed        my        name         for       tie 


^^-j^^^j=^ 


coming    day,  Thank  God    the    angels    done    changed  my     name. 


22' 


16 


No.  105. 

IBrigbt  Sparkles  in  tfte  CfmrcbparB, 

As  Sung  by  the  "Hampton  Students." 


r  r  * 

May  the  Lord,  He  will  be  glad  of      me,     M-*y  the  Lord,  He 


N=i 


iza: 


E&EEfeP^llpa 


|P2^ 

-•- 
-#- 

1 

-•- 

-44-1- 

ZEEG 

— •  — 

— •  — 

:fe] 

will  be  glad 

of 

me 

,     May  the  Lord 

,  He  will  be 

glad 

of    me, 

j-©^7 

^*3— _  0 

=1=H= 

-•- 
—  •- 

=F- 

- 1 —  

-P- 

zE:::0-: 

ill 

i 

i  ^-t 

"E2 

S^S^S 


?-  -&-    ■& 


In  the  heaven  He'll  re- joice. 


F  P      E  P 

In  the  heaven  once,  In  the 


fA- 1 1 1 — f- 1 — |-ts> —  h-  -{■ 


©4-©— 


,    -F— p-'-> 1 — -0-'-b- 


f-F- 


hea-ven  twice,  la     the   hea  -  ven  He'll   re  -  joice.    In     the 


-»-  .  -m- 

~-_m 


—- * i_ _  -0-1-0 0 m 0-TZL—         


■=\~ 


P      r     *    F  .    C      C  J  *  I 

heaven  once, In  the  heaven  twice,  In  the  heaven  He'll  rejoice. 


m 


-r—r—p-r- 


m 


-e>- 

— r_t 

228 


-Sq= 


•_„  _ #_ 


ttbzzEzfd 


Duo — Soprano  and  Tenor. 


^~ili 


Bright  spar-kles  in  the  churchyard  Give  light  un-to  the  tomb, 


'    I        I 


J_ 


I         I 


I        I        I 


I         I. 

9-      -&- 


Teio — 1st  and  2nd  Sopraiio  and  Alto. 
: M-i-       I         -I      I     I         1  i— \-^=-\ 1— I- 


-•-     -*-    -&-  -&-      -0-       -•-  -•-    -d9-     -si-  : 

ghtl 


Bright  summer,  Spring's  o  -  ver,  Sweet  flow-ers  in  their  bloom. 


\ 


Quartette. 


r  i  f  -    ' 

Bright  spar-kles     in      the  churchyard  Give  light  un-to     the 


£5f — 0  -  1-0 0 » 0 — -• e> 0— \-0 1 f 0-\ 


tomb,  Bright  summer,  Spring's  o-ver,  Sweet  flowers  in  their  bloom. 
-&-  .  -•-     -•-    -<s>-      -«-     -*-     <s>-  -•-     m      m m ^. 


TUTTI. 


My  n 


My  mo-ther  once,  my  mo-ther  twice,  my  mo-ther,  she'll  re  - 

.0.  -0-         -0-  -0-       -B-       -'-       -•- 

H T— I ' ! 1 1 


£=£; 


229 


1st 


joioe;     Jn  the  hea-ven,  once,  in      the     hea-ven,  twice,  In    the 


I 


— F-~b- 

— r 


I 


gl 


* 


time. 


2nd  time. 


BEE* 


he  he 


hea-ven  shell  re  -  joice, 


In      the  hea-ven  she'll  re -joice. 
-•-  •  -•>    -m-      J 


r  ;  i     i    v    i    f-* 

Mother,  rock  me  in  the  cra-dle  all  the     day,      .     .     .     Mother, 

all  the  day, 


*-  br  Vir-b/v-iH-N— f-  Hn 1 r^r— F= P 


rock    me    in     the     era  -  die  all    the       day. 


Mo-ther, 


1 — & — i — t    i —     r     /       .  '     r    f 


*- 


i    •   i 


i     i    / 

rock  me  in   the    era  -  die  all  the       day,  ....       Mother, 

all    the  day, 

-#. Li_:«-_-*_ .  -•-     -•-    -f-   ■*-.-*-     »      -^ »  "i*     l^"       , ft. 

EzizEfizipiip: 


230 


=^ 


ai 


rock      me      i 
■    ft    '-P        w_ 


i 

the      era  -  die     all       the 

(t • — * — £l_s._  * 


day 


I  F 

Quartette. 


^r-H-t=^Pl= 


All  the       day, 


1/ 


Hiram 


all   the     day 


all  the      day, 


Oh, 


3EE=^ 


-  ■   l  — t==t 


all   the     day, 

-»— T-S>- 


— rrp"? 


-•-     -Q 


z£n— 


:E==J±:IE 


m 


rock  me  in   the  era -die  all  the     dav,  .  .  .     all  the  day,  all  the 


S=|c 


~0 


— i 


issfeg 


?    '-  -m — •— ;  —  # 


day,  all     the  day,      Oh.    rock    me   in      the 

all     the   dav, 


eT o r n= — i  -<&»- 


era  die  nil  « he    day.         Oh,    mother, don'tyou love  your  darling 


r-/- 


'^ 


231 


1st  time,    rsind  tune. 


i^iiliil^^lgllil^gl 


-&-^-p-  |  -m-   ■&- 

child,  Oh,  rock  me  in   the  cra-dle  all  the  day. 


day. 


ff- 


i^p^m 


:=] 


=22. 


as 


Mo-ther,    rock  me   in  the   cradle,  Mother,  rock  me  in      the 
a         .«.    _•_    .*.    jft.    A:    jc±    •  _,.    .».    .0.  .    »- 

— i — i — i^T   ' 


£3; 


-0—  K 


1st  time. 


cra-dle.  Mother,  rock  me  in  the  era -die    all  the      day. 


-it  .  rFH^yj-H-Fp— ^^ 


ei 


*£: 


7~— p-p-f- 


s 


I 


:i 


Mo-ther, 

___ — 1|_. — « __ 

R^ — • —  »-t 

\  / —i i i 


2nd  time 

=3- 


Quartette. 

F 


EESEQtE 


p-T-g" 


=t=J 


1 


^  I  >         |  11/ 

day,         All  the  day,  ...      all  the  day,    .    . 
all  the  day,  all  the 

^  i  INI  ! .  h 


I 


«---#-r-<SI- 


=3^ 


3- 


3=y 


<  r — 


day, 


Oh,  rock    me  in     the  era  -  die,   all    the      day, 


«_*_•_«.._.. 


— &— Pi — Ft — r*t — >r — r — ^-c-^j* 

232 


9 


-1 |S- 

4  ♦  d 


±±z$: 


!jljlJj^±]±EB 


all  the    day,  all  the    day,      Oh, 

all  the      day,    .         .  all  the      day. 


*s  \        i  ••-     -^-     -^-      .i  •  V 


rock  me    in     the    era  -  die    all    the       day. 


S 


«_._» 


fc=* 


:»-*: 


^EEEfel^ 


wm 


You  may 


=3=W 


eS^Ie 


3 


S 


3*E 


e^ 


tr 


l^f^gS 


I 

lay  me  down  to  sleep,  my  mother  dear,  Oh.  rock  me  in  the  cradle  all  the 


iy  me  down  to  sleep,  my  mother 

Frf-^rVt-fJ-|H 


fcSEf 


iTi-S: 


day 


You  may  lay  me  down  to  sleep,  my  mother     dear, 


tzpz 


=fc 


if£g=M^i=:=s=i=s 


Dim  -  tu  -  u  -  en  -  do.  , 


^T 


^|         j       ^      -     w 

Oh,  rock  me  in  the  era  -  die  all  the     day 

all  the     day. 


±=± 


S^S 


v  "^ 


233 


No.  106 

Chorus. 


Come  Ooton,  angels* 

•     p     P-     •  -*-  -#- 


Come  down,  angels,  trouble  the  water,  Comedown,  angels,  trouble  the  water, 


//       //////? 


1st  time. 


Come  down,  angels,   trouble  the  water,   Let  God's  saints  come  in,  Oh, 


-9 — e- 


^V 


-^ 


:H=p=:t=f:=f=rS- 

'/    v     V     V      > 


2nd  time. 


Fine.  |  ^  ^  ^  -  w      , 

r     3  "         ~" 


— «- 


r 


Let  God's  saints  come  in. 


1.  I  love  to  shout,  I  love  to  sing,  Let  God's 

2.  I  think  I  hear  the  sinner  say,    Let  God's 

3.  I  hope  to  meet  my  brother  there, LetGod's 

4 .  Didn't  Jesus  tell  you  once  before,  Let  God's 

Is      IS 


=£=.-*= 


i— •— =P 


J*- 


D.C. 


saints  come  in,  I  love  to  praise  my  heav'nly  King,  Let  God's  saints  come  in. 
saints  come  in,  My  Saviour  taught  me  how  to  pray,  Let  God's  saints  come  in. 
saints  come  in,  Thatus'd  to  join  with  me  in  pray'r,  LetGod's  saints  come  in. 
saints  come  in,  To  go  in  peace  and  sin  no  more,    Let  God's  saints  come  in. 

IN      NJ 


m 


i 


234 


No.  107.  JPm  so  ©tan 

r  jx    Chorus. 


f--0 *^-J-» •  "=-#-^-# # 9 ! 0 • • •-* 1— • •— '— 0 


I, 

I'm  so  glad  the  angels  brought  the  tidings  down,  I'm  so  glad,  I'm 

jl  f-t  t  r-.f  tv v-z— r  r    r-^-jL  -ft, 


^rt£*-P-P-«-*-p-P-^-*=N=*-  HEEE1 


1st  time. 


2nd  time. 


V      if    I  J-OU    L1X11C.  |  ^.LIU     LilliC.  | 


I  1.  You'U 
hunting    for  a  home./    "       a  ' 
14.    The 


1.  not   get   lost  in  the  wil-der-ness,  Hunting  for  a  home,  With  the 

2.  Chris-tians,    you  had  better  pray,  Hunting    for    a  home,     For 

3.  lit  -  tie   long  -  er  here  be  -  low,   Hunting    for    a   home,  And 

4.  an  -  gels  sang   in     Beth-le-  hem,  Hunting    for    a  home, 


-Ik.- 


ft 


£_ i/=£ E— [:  z_j 


.a 


D.a 


1 .  love   of    Je  -  sus    in  }rour  breast, 

2.  Sa-tan's  round  you  ev'-ry      day, 

3.  then  to  glo  -  ry     we  will     go, 

4.  Peace  on  earth,  good- will  to     men, 


Hunting  for  a  home. 
Hunting  for  a  home. 
Hunting  for  a  home. 
Hunting  for    a  home. 


m 


EEEBEEE EEb3= -_° — 


235 


No.  108.  Peter,  go  King  tfjem  iBells. 

1.  Oh,  Peter,  go  ring  them  bells,  Peter,  go  ring  them  bells,  Peter,  go 


BSE 


m-r-0 T ■_ 


b^~^\v=p-v~- 


>  J  VJ 


^_» — »— fo-p-p^::=r« : : j 


*  * 


To  Chorus  after  B.C. 


w  V  .i  u    (/;«//  »i>   uy  vet    jj.kj 


m= 


ring  them  bells,  I  heard  from  heaven  to-day.  I  wonder  where  my 


p — p — PV^ — '/- 


p-pzt-. 


=Tj*      *     ? 


'/     *'$ 


mo-ther  is  gone,  I    won-der  where  my     mother   is  gone,  I 

-^        S      LS    JS      |N      S 


e^-e: 


^  • 


5      5 
/      / 


0    F    ^    l*>     I? 


=&ci*£ 


D.C. 


wonder  where  my  mother  is  gone,  I  heard  from  heaven  to-day. 

S    I*      "  h 


— o 


U-~—R-,  &A£&M-£-JU±A 


VT' 


U     *   *  >   " 
236 


Jr 


mm 


*-» 


Chorus. 


*^=S] 


■*-, 


p      '/      k 
I  heard  from  heaven  to-day,    I  heard  from  heaven  to-  day,   I 

-A        -A.  _A-  -A-  -A 


s  v         N      \  Fine'  ^ 


thank  God,  and  I  thank  you  too,  1  heard  from  heaven  to  -  day. 


^         £  /         /         /      /         /  F    '    M/ 


2. 

I  wonder  where  sister  Mary's  gone — 

I  heard  from  heaven  to-day ; 
I  wonder  where  sister  Martha's  gone — 

I  heard  from  heaven  to-day  ; 
It's  good  news,  and  I  thank  God— 

I  heard  from  heaven  to-day  ; 
Oh,  Peter,  go  ring  them  bells — 

I  heard  from  heaven  to-day. 

Chorus. — I  heard  from  heaven,  &o. 

3. 

I  wonder  where  brother  Moses  gone — 

I  heard  from  heaven  to-day  ; 
I  wonder  where  brother  Daniel's  gone — 

I  heard  from  heaven  to-day  ; 
He's  gone  where  Elijah  has  gone- 

I  heard  from  heaven  to-day ; 
Oh,  Peter,  go  ring  them  bells — 

I  heard  from  heaven  to-day. 

Chorus. — I  heard  from  heaven,  &c. 

237 


No.  109 


©iDeon's  I8an0. 


-  •  -  •  -•-{-» •— #-^  •  -•  -  -« •  —  •  —  •    #— i 


Oh,  the  band  of  Gid-e-on,  band  of  Gid-e-on,  b*nd  of  Gid-e-on, 

Oh,  the  milk-white  horses,  milk-white  horses,  milk-white  horses, 


— #~j-^— « — J — « m 9 — «-— -m.  -«— 4— #  — « — «-^-« — « — 


o  -  ver  in   Jor-dan,  Band  of  Gid  -  e  -on,   b  md  of  Gid  -  e  -on, 
o  -  ver  in  Jor-dan,  Milk-white  hors  -  es,  milk-white  hors  -  es, 


:^=E: 


fcrf 


i 


-y 


*= 


Duet. 


ee  that  day.     1.  I     1 

tiliiiii 

-y— I- e ill 1 


How  I   long  to  see  that  day.     1.  I     hail    to    my  sis-ter,  my 

sfc£ 


t£  ^t~ 


— V 


^z=J 


*=±=* 


-J — v-,1—- J\ 


liillii^l^H^igii 


sis-ter  she  bow  low,  Say,  don't  you  want  to  go    to  hea  -  ven' 


BlfEEE^EE 


111 


Chorus. 


C  Oh,  the  twelve  white  hors-es, 
How  I    long  to  see  that     da; .     l  Qh       ^  ,em  tQ  ^  ^^ 


ffg=glj^ 


FF 


238 


twelve  white  hors-es,       twelve  white    kors-es,  o-ver  in  Jordan, 
hitch  'em  to  the  cha-ri-ot,  hitch  'em  to  the  cha-ri-ot,  o-ver  in  Jordan, 


^  -ft. 
V— /- 


£±4- 


Twelve  white  horses,      twelve  white  horses,  How  I  long  to  see  that  day. 
Hitch' em  to  thechariot,hitch'em  to  the  chariot,  How  I  long  to  see  that  day. 


Duet. — I  hail  to  my  brother,  my  brother  he  bow  low, 
Say,  don't  you  want  to  go  to  heaven  ? 

How  I  long  to  see  that,  day  ! 
Chorus. — Oh,  ride  up  in  the  chariot,  ride  up  in  the  chariot, 

Ride  up  in  the  chariot  over  in  Jordan  ; 
Ride  up  in  the  chariot,  ride  up  in  the  chariot, 

How  I  long  to  see  that  day ! 
It's  a  golden  chariot,  a  golden  chariot, 

Golden  chariot  over  in  Jordan  ; 
Golden  chariot,  a  golden  chariot — 

How  I  long  to  see  that  day  ! 

Duet. — I  hail  to  the  mourner,  the  mourner  he  bow  low, 
Say,  don't  you  want  to  go  to  heaven  ? 

How  I  long  to  see  that  day ! 
Chorus. — Oh,  the  milk  and  honey,  milk  and  honey, 

Milk  and  honey  over  in  Jordan  ; 
Milk  and  honey,  milk  and  honey — 

How  I  long  to  see  that  day  ! 
Oh,  the  healing  water,  the  healing  water, 

Healing  water  over  in  Jordan  ; 
Healing  water,  the  healing  water — 

How  I  long  to  see  that  day ! 

•      239 


No.  110. 

3ln  tftat  ©teat  ©ctttng^up  aborning:, 

As  Sung  by  the  "Hampton  Students." 


^^-. 


-/-t-/ 


wm 


1.  I'm   a-going  to  tell  you  about  the  com-ing  of  the  Saviour, 


-M 


§g= 


m 


1st  time. 


2nd  time. 


^ = 


g=::£J3-: 


^: 


II  I 


Fare  you  well !  Fare  vou  well  !    Fare  you  well !  Fare  you  well ! 

-0-    -0-    -&-       -0-    *-•-    -&- 

3— i — X- — £ — iz — _:t — ijz — it" — ... — ._ — _ — p.— y-  • — 0 — _ — n 

?  '  r  r  ' — u 


■^-f, 


2=p 


:[:~t:=:i=|i=:p=f:=iH=P 


yr 


zpzip— p: 

*f     U  *  I— 


=pl=; 


s 


ES^EJ 


There's  a  better      day     a-coming,  Fare  you  well!  Fare  you  well! 
Prayer  -  makers,  pray  no  more, 

-0-      -©-      -<3-         -•-      -0-      -S>- 


egHE 


£p=p: 

l==t 


±2: 


iPP 


PS 


Oh,  preachers,  fold  your  Bibles,  Fare  you  well  !  Fare  you  well ! 
For  the  last  soul's  con-vert-ed, 


m 


m- 


T_J I 


SE^t 


ztzn 


In  that  great  getting-up  morning,  Fare  you  well !  Fare  you  well ! 

-9-    -0-    -&-     -0-  -0-  -0-    -«-    -0-     -0-    -0-    o-      -m-    -0-    -&- 

t    X- — V-jX-iZ-t—fr—t-  J_t— 1=-  T-t~ t— E"— , 

— H~r— f— p-t^-^zjiz^r— r  ft:—  E=la=f  zgip  z^zzd 


pr 


240 


liip^igiiillilpF^i 


In  that  great  getting-up  morning,  Fare  you  well !  Fare  you  well ! 

vv  r  i if  i  r_ I— p  i  r  r  ^ 


2. 

The  Lord  spoke  to  Gabriel: 
Go  look  behind  the  altar, 
Take  down  the  silver  trumpet, 
Blow  your  trumpet,  Gabriel. 
Lord,  how  loud  shall  I  blow  it  ? 
Blow  it  right  calm  and  easy, 
Do  not  alarm  My  people, 
Tell  them  to  come  to  judgment ; 
Gabriel,  blow  your  trumpet. 
Lord,  how  loud  shall  I  blow  it  ? 
Loud  as  seven  peals  of  thunder ! 
Wake  the  sleeping  nations. 


Then  you'll  see  poor  sinners  rising ; 

Then  you'll  see  the  world  on  fire  ; 

See  the  moon  a-bleeding, 

See  the  stars  falling, 

See  the  elements  melting. 

See  the  forked  lightning, 

Hear  the  rumbling  thunder  ; 

Earth  shall  reel  and  totter. 

Then  youll  see  the  Christians  rising ; 

Then  you'll  see  the  righteous  marching, 

See  them  marching  home  to  heaven. 

Then  you'll  see  my  Jesus  coming 

With  all  His  holy  angels, 

Take  the  righteous  home  to  heaven, 

There  they'll  live  with  God  for  ever. 

«41 


17 


31  fenoto  tftat  mg  IReDeemer  Itoes. 

No,  111. 

1-S, & — 1 TZ0 g #r_i_  0 1 


3      I  i  I 

Oh,  I      know,      I     know,  my  Lord,       I      know,  and   I 


05 


t-p -n-T-F — -— F — «—  i  -"*=■ "ST— x— "<^, 


^^^P^pifpgg 


-Agj^A.H-H^ 


3^S 


Just  stand  right  still,  &  steady  yourself,  I 

,,    .         .~    ,  ..         I  Oh,     Da-niel  in  the   li-on's   den,      I 

know  that  my  Eedeemer  lives.     Qh}  Caleb  and  Joghua)  thfi  yery  onegj  j 

^  Just  watch  that  sun,  and  see  how  it  runs,I 


fi—*—ft—t-t  -#_--— n 


O- — ■ w- — ^ — w- — r- — r-  —  »— -»  — » 
irt^-(i-^-^i-t:=:c==5zz 


a 


.^_^_^_/_  = 


s 


^* 


"• S— T— « S 


*       fc     fc    fc    fc 


(Oh,  just  let  me  tell  you  about  the 
?hh;t7;edbUttoJeGodSJSto 
Oh,  don't  let  it  catch  you  with 
your 


^S 


•p  f-  -f-  •—*- 


B.G 


^F^^E^FR^^-t-f-^^— -K=tt= 


God  Him-self,  \ 
Daniel's  friend,  [  -r 
stop  the  sun,     I 
work  undone,    / 

_ *— - f-fl 9 0 ft 


know  that    my     Re-deem  -  er      lives. 


242 


-* — #-. 
1— 1~ 


No.  112- 


©toeet  Canaan, 


CHOEU3.  . 


-&-    -9- 


Oh,  the  land  I  am  bound  for,  Sweet  Canaan's  happy  land  I  am  bound  for,  Sweet 

JL.M.    JL  _•. 

rris f-y-i-^     m   f-if  — f •-*-,-© — » — •— 


— — f  -M-r—  |Z=tZt  ^y-^    v- C=£3 


^t=3 


-•-  -•-  -»-  -»-  -&-     -•- 

Canaan's  happy  land  I  am  bound  for,  Sweet  Canaan's  happy  land,  Pray 

.#.   .•_   .*-         .m- 


s 


~,w  ™„  , ™.vk+  -kr.^/1   /  Oh,  m^  brother,  did  rou  come  for  to  help  me  ? 

give  me  your  right  nana.  <  f^.,'      J     .    .         j-j~  £     .    ■,    ^        0 

°  jo  '[  Oh,  my  sis-ter,   did  you  come  tor  to  help  me  ? 

,  —  ft pM-=fc 


-    i'ff 


Oh,  my  brother,  did  you  come  for  to  help  me  ?  Oh,  my  brother,  did  you 
Oh,  my  sis-ter,  did  you  come  for  to  help  me  ?  Oh,  my  sis-ter,  did  you 
...  .*.  _»_  JL  #.  J.  •  J.     J*. 


^__: •—•—•  —  •— p-r-j 1-        .  »— r-i  J  p   -•— • •— | 

^r  -  r  r  !B-H^NEg^1'  v  kv-k^ 

i  '/  >  t/ 1/  >  i  '/  ^ 


*rt 


1st  time. 


B.C. 

2nd  time. 


come  for  to  help  me  ?  Pray  give  me  your  right  hand,  your  right  hand. 
Jt.  AM-     Ml 

•--— \--\- m — r~  &        * — #—  n~* a rn— • a 


